The Alaska Adventure continues: Anchorage to Seattle via the Inside Passage (5-20 August 2003)

Chuck and I met in Anchorage on the 5th of August.  Chuck and Bill had flown in from Emmonak to Anchorage on the 4th, I flew in from Minneapolis on the 5th, and they picked me up at the Anchorage airport at 8:45AM.  The last couple hours of the flight into Anchorage were awesome.  We were flying over immense and beautiful glaciers.  After picking up the luggage, we went exploring in the town.  The Chugach Mountains provide the backdrop for Anchorage and they were beautiful.  Chuck and Bill were working out the logistics of getting all their gear back to Florida.  Bill’s truck was still in Whitehorse, so he was making arrangements to leave the next morning to go pick up his truck.  Chuck was looking into getting a trailer to carry the gear and both canoes.  We stopped by the B&B they had stayed at the previous night and made some of the necessary phone calls.  We also made a call to Ft. Richardson, where we had reservations in the BOQ.  We were told we could check in at 3PM.  We went out to a wonderful lunch at the Fancy Moose restaurant and looked at Bill’s photos while there.  This is the first chance that Bill and Chuck had to see the photos they had taken on the trip.  Their films had been developed by Photoworks and sent to me.  The weather was absolutely beautiful and we were able to enjoy sitting out on the open deck overlooking Floatplane Lake and watch small float planes landing and taking off.  The Fancy Moose restaurant is located in the Millennium Hotel.  A world famous display of taxidermy graced the lobby, the most impressive being the Polar Bear and Grizzly.

 

We checked into our quarters at Ft. Richardson in the afternoon.  We were very pleased with our arrangement.  We had a living room with sofa bed, bedroom, and bathroom.  Also, we had a small refrigerator, microwave and coffeepot.  Bill and Chuck headed out to take care of some business while I took a much needed rest.  Bill had contracted an infection in both feet and got some Epsom salts and soaked them.  His feet looked terrible, very red, blue toes, and swollen to the point of having very little definition.  Both Chuck and I tried to get him to see a doctor, but he didn’t want to do that.  The next morning he took a bus to Whitehorse to pick up his truck.  We received word from him that day asking if I would make arrangements for him to see a doctor when he arrived back in Anchorage.  Well, at least something had happened to convince him this was serious.  Chuck and I spent the day of the 6th, our anniversary, walking around the streets of Anchorage, buying souvenirs, eating, calling about trailers and we also went to see a movie on Alaska.  I got a beautiful gold nugget that Chuck had picked out in his travels.  Chuck did find a trailer and the man who was selling it was a welder and offered to customize it to their needs.

 

Bill arrived back in Anchorage on the 8th.  He and Chuck got the trailer customized.  Bill also saw a doctor about his feet, got antibiotics and other medications for them.  He had not only a fungal infection, but also bacterial and it was working its way up his leg.  The 9th was spent getting the trailer loaded with their gear and Bill took off on his return trip.  Chuck and I got the last of our shopping completed and organized for our trip to Seward to catch the ship for our Inside Passage trip.  Since we are going to explore Alaska by RV next year we weren’t pushed to see everything in this week.

 

The morning of the 10th we left for Seward.  The drive down was spectacular.  We were dropping the rental car in Seward.  We arrived at our ship at about 4PM and found that we could board as soon as we checked in.  We checked our luggage, processed in and found our room, then Chuck drove the car downtown and caught a ride back to the ship.  The ship is awesome.  It is huge. The ship holds 1,266 people and a crew of 560.  Our stateroom is great.  We have a living area with a desk, a sofa, table, and a safe.  We have a bedroom and a bathroom with tub/shower. By the way, for those of you wondering about the canoe, the room would easily hold the canoe, however getting it around the corner into the room might have been a problem.  We’re glad we didn’t have to try that.

 

We have taken one other cruise a number of years ago and had a wonderful time on it.  This is to be no different.  There are 12 decks, 9 of which passengers use.  Five decks are primarily rooms, but many have observation decks or the promenade deck.  Four decks contain most of the services provided.  Some of these are two swimming pools, jacuzzis, six bars, four restaurants, a spa, fitness room, café java, theater, casino, shops, internet café, photo gallery, card room, puzzle corner, library, video arcade, and a lounge for presentations and shows.  The only charges over what you pay for the cruise involve bar tabs, the casino, beauty salon, some spa treatments, shore excursions, and internet.  Our meals in the main dining room are five course meals and have all been superb.  Breakfast and lunch can be taken in the main dining room or you can go to a number of other locations and get just about anything you can imagine.  You can also choose to have an evening meal in the more casual dining areas.  Between 6:30am and 12 midnight there is no time that you can’t eat.  There are snacks, ice cream bar, pizza, sandwiches and more available, some at about any hour of the day or night.  We need the fitness center!!!  And, Nancy, the Java Café has an incredible assortment of coffees, teas and sweets.  It is open from 7:30am to 10:00pm.  They also serve a special afternoon tea in one of the restaurants.

 

We have a naturalist on board who describes everything we are seeing along the way.  He also gives presentations telling us what will be coming up.  Today, Tuesday 12 August, we were in Glacier Bay.  We picked up two park rangers on the way into the bay.  Besides glaciers, we’ve seen seals, otters, and sea lions.  We haven’t yet seen whales, but today has been foggy off and on, so spotting them might not be so easy.  The Glacier Bay National Park Rangers spent the day with us and we will drop them off at 7PM today on our way out of the bay.  Tomorrow morning, Wednesday the 13th , we will be docking in Sitka and spend the day there.  There are a number of shore excursions that can be chosen.  Well, that’s all for now because we have to get ready for dinner and the magic show.

 

There are shows every evening.  Some of these we have gone to and some we haven’t.  We have participated in the two formal dinners, which were absolutely wonderful.  The suggested wear was suit or tux, however, coat and tie are acceptable.  We marvel continually at all the services that are available and all the space.  We have now seen whales a number of times.  We saw a few pods of killer whales and also some humpbacks.  We made stops in Sitka, Juneau and Ketchican.  Chuck and I didn’t take any of the shore excursions, however we did go exploring in the towns and that was fun.

 

On the night of the 16th of August we were to have our suitcases out in front of our door.  We were reminded not to pack the clothes we were going to wear the next morning.  At 2AM the stewards pick up the luggage and it is taken to a luggage area to be moved off the ship in Vancouver.  We kept our clothes for the 17th and our carry-ons with us.  On the 17th, we, once again, had a wonderful breakfast as we watched Vancouver come into view.  We were all issued group numbers that would be called when we were to disembark.  We were number 4.  The disembarking was trouble free, our luggage was waiting and going through customs was a snap.  Chuck and I then headed for the buses and caught a shuttle to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (SEA-TAC).

 

The Air Mobility Command (military air transportation) has a ticket counter at SEA-TAC and this is where we were hoping to catch a hop to Korea.  Susan had sent us a message that there were flights for Korea on Monday morning and Wednesday morning.  Military retirees and their families are allowed to go on flights, if there is space available.  There is an order of priority for everyone that goes on the flight.  Emergency is the number one priority and then several other categories for active duty and other duty folks, and at the bottom of the list are retirees.  SEA-TAC has a nice USO where soldiers and their families can relax while waiting for flights.  We arrived at SEA-TAC at about noon on Sunday and found that we could not sign in until 11:25 that evening and then would have to wait till showtime at 0300AM (Monday) to see if we had a seat on the Monday morning flight.  We spent some time in the USO watching movies with everyone, then also spent time walking around the airport.  At 0300 we found out we were 71 out of 71 that wouldn’t make the flight.  We called one of the local hotels and they sent a shuttle to pick us up.  We would be in Seattle for a couple more days.  We had the good fortune to be able to get in contact with some friends of ours who live in Seattle and who had been stationed with us in Japan.  Cindy and their boys were at a family cabin on the lake, but Doug, Chuck and I went out for a nice dinner on Monday night.  Tuesday we all drove down to the lake and visited with Cindy and the boys.  We had a great dinner and headed back to Seattle.  Once again we would be heading for the terminal for a 0300 showtime.  However, this time we were already signed up so needed to be there at 0200.  We caught the 2AM shuttle from the hotel, making arrangements with the hotel to hold our keys in the event we didn’t make the flight, we would be coming back to our room.  We had moved to 43 on the waiting list, however a group of 42 soldiers from Ft. Bragg had arrived to try to get on this same flight.  One of the AMC folks told us – “hang in there, strange things happen, you may still make it”.  Well, at about 6:45AM we found out we were going to make it on the 7AM flight.  Off we ran to the train that would take us to the appropriate terminal.  I called the hotel and told them we wouldn’t be coming back, we arrived at the gate just as the plane was loading and we were ecstatic.   All these middle of the night showtimes had helped prepare us for the time change.  When we touched down at Osan AFB in Korea, the first person I saw out the window was our son-in-law, EJ, waiting patiently for us.  We were so happy to be here.

 

 

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Chuck | Leave a comment

Canoeing the Yukon – Post Trip Activities – August

Post Trip Activities

4 August 2003: The canoe trip is now behind us, but there is no time for kicking back and reflecting, not just yet anyway. Today we hope to air-ship our canoes and gear to Anchorage, then arrange to get ourselves on a passenger flight. We paddled across the channel to Emo (Emmonak) and started the two-mile walk around to the airfield; soon we were offered a ride on a four-wheeler. The air cargo hangar of Arctic Transport Services (ATS) was open but no one was to be found. We walked to the little Passenger Terminal and arranged two seats on the 5pm flight to Anchorage; about $330 each for a two hour flight in a nine passenger King Air twin turbo-prop by Beachcraft. Bill introduced me to Michael Prince, one of the pilots. He was an Eskimo and truly a prince. He explained many details of Eskimo life and told us about the differences in heritage and language of the various native cultures. Bill continued the discussion while I located the ATS representative; he told me that the rate for airfreight to Anchorage is only 21 cents per pound, great news. Previously, we had been told the rate might be 60 cents per pound and maybe higher. Bill and I were both ecstatic, we reevaluate our plans on what will be shipped and what will be left behind.

After a quick dash back to our campsite, we launched into a flurry of activity. While sorting and cleaning gear, we both identified many items that we carried nearly 7,000 miles (about 5,000 from Florida to Whitehorse and 2,000 on the Yukon) and never used; we had forgotten that some items were along. Each of us established a pile of treasured gear that would return to Florida, a pile of gear and food that we would give away in Emo, items to take with us on the passenger flight, and a pile of items to be tossed. Additionally, I set aside clothes, cameras and such that I will use the next couple of months while on the Inside Passage to Seattle and while visiting our daughter, Susan, and her family in Korea. Most of the items to be tossed were not really trash, but items that had been opened and partially used such as a half-empty jar of peanut butter, bottles of olive oil, vinegar, etc.

We also tried to insure that all gear was as clean as possible and totally dry. It was another cool, overcast day, but the light breeze did help dry our tents and bags. Bill swept through his gear in record time, loaded it all in his canoe and paddled over to Emo in hopes of saying good-bye to Dave. Since my gear will be sealed in dry bags for several weeks, I tried to get everything as dry as the weather would allow in order to keep mildew from taking possession of it. Time moves on, I couldn’t wait any longer, tents sleeping bags, clothes, etc. get stuffed into bags and I paddled over to join Bill.

A dozen or so young kids were buzzing around Bill and his gear. He was talking with young Michael Prince, the son of the gentleman we had met this morning at the passenger terminal. Michael is about 13 years old and very well behaved. He tells us a lot about the local area and also much about Eskimo culture. I placed my bags and canoe nearby, made an attempt to clean the canoe and tied the paddles securely under the thwarts. After calling to remind the ATS folks that we were waiting for pick-up, a really beat up 5 ton, flatbed truck arrives. We get the two canoes and all the gear on the bed of the truck then crawl on with it to try to keep stuff from bouncing off. There are no railings on the flatbed and no springs on the truck. The engine only runs in surges down the bumpy gravel road to the airfield. This is clearly the most precarious part of this long trip, trying to hold on ourselves and keep all our gear from bouncing off is more than we can keep up with. At one point we pound on the cab to get the driver to stop so we can push canoes and gear back into the center. When Bill climbed off the bed the passenger door swung wide open with him hanging on to it. There was no door latch and the rope tying the door shut had come loose. We made a stop at the Post Office so Bill could pick up some mail that had been waiting for him. I had tried to get his mail earlier when I got mine but the Post Mistress, rightfully, would not allow me to do that. She would not even tell me who had sent it or if it was packages or letters. Bill returned with a box of cookies that Betty had sent. More bouncing, grabbing for sliding gear and pinched fingers as we held the canoes on board. At the Airfield the driver backed the truck up to a closed overhead door. In spite of our yelling at him, he backed too far and my overhanging canoe was crunched between the door and the back of the truck cab. The bow of the canoe put a small dent in the metal door but a very quick check reveals no apparent damage to the canoe. The ATS agent weighed my canoe then piled the bags of gear on the scales; altogether the total was 196 pounds. Bill’s gear weighed in a little heavier plus he had to pay extra to ship propane fuel canisters that were classed as “hazardous cargo”. We were both happy with the air cargo arrangements. Our gear could be in Anchorage the next day, but we asked them to delay the shipment a couple of days to give Bill time to retrieve his pickup truck from Whitehorse.

Our flight to Anchorage was smooth and the aerial views of this great land were beautiful. We saw the big Yukon River winding its way to the sea. Hundreds of streams fed into larger streams and twisting rivers that flowed into the Yukon. Vast roadless areas of tundra and mountain wilderness extended in all directions as far as we could see. Many of the mountains had patches of snow and snowcaps. Then as we approached the Alaska Mountain Range, snow covered all the mountains in the center of the range. And the “Great One”, Denali (Mount McKinley), towered above them all. The highest mountain in North America at 20,320 feet, it looked majestic, raw, cold and beautiful.

Too soon we landed in Anchorage; the airport was alive with people and all the trappings of civilization. A blaring PA system, motorized vehicles buzzing in all directions, men in suits and women in frills and smelling of perfume, TV screens monitoring flights, people every place, the air filled with the sounds and smells of humanity; it was too much for the senses to process. I had a strange urge to leave a note for Betty and tell her to meet me in Emo or Ruby or even better at the little campsite by Claire Creek. All at once it struck me as hard as a low limb across the forehead, we are no longer in the midst of silent beauty and pristine remote wilderness with Nature’s wonders surrounding us. It was depressing, a sad feeling of loss and emptiness.

I rented a car and we found a little B& B to spend the night. After a large dinner of Chinese food and a beer, we returned to our rooms. Bill now revealed that his feet had been giving him increasing problems. For weeks he had a rash that now had developed into open sores and swollen toes, feet and ankles. He had been waiting to obtain some “over the counter” medications and still discounted my suggestions that he see a doctor. Tomorrow we had only two items on the agenda: get meds for Bill and meet Betty’s flight at 8:45am.

POST TRIP ACTIVITIES: 5 – 10 August 2003

Bill drove around the airport a few times while I went inside to meet Betty. The hours that followed were crazy with excitement as Bill and I tried to give Betty a complete description of the entire trip while driving through Anchorage. When we finally found a large drug store, the pharmacist recommended that Bill soak his feet in Epsom salt, then coat with Lamosil and see a doctor if they don’t improve quickly. He has been wearing a sock and sandal on one foot because it is too swollen to fit into a shoe.

Betty had made reservations for us at the guesthouse on Fort Richardson about 10 miles north of Anchorage. We checked in and immediately started preparing for the next step in the return phase of our trip. Bill arranged to take a shuttle van back to Whitehorse to get his truck; he will depart the following day at 6am. It is a long trip, about 700 miles through some spectacular mountains and much of it is on gravel roads. We washed clothes, repacked and purchased a few items needed to “recivilize” us, for me it included: a haircut, beer, snacks and some clothes to replace those that had been repeatedly washed in Yukon silt-water. For lunch Bill treated us to a great outside patio meal at the Fancy Moose, a part of the Millennium Hotel. We made room on the table to look at hundreds of trip pictures that we had never seen. Both Bill and I had sent our exposed film to Seattle Film Works for developing, they posted them on the Internet and sent prints to Betty. She brought all the prints she had received and again, we excitedly relived this special experience as we explained each picture to Betty.

Back at our rooms, we spent the afternoon making phone calls, answering e-mail and completing journal entries. Betty had obtained another PocketMail for Bill and brought it to Alaska with her; Bill worked diligently to catch up on six weeks of messages and communications since his last PocketMail got dunked near Fort Yukon as we entered the Yukon Flats. We worked into the evening and had a couple of pizzas in the room. After a glass of wine, Betty went to bed as Bill and I continued to celebrate our safe return from a magnificent trip. Pleasant memories of nearly every person we had met were discussed. We toasted all those that had helped us…one at a time. The great times, the great places, the great scenery, all was revisited. The celebration lasted into the wee hours of the morning, fortunately we had only a limited amount of wine.

Somehow we managed to oversleep, it was after 5am and the shuttle-van to Whitehorse departed at 6am from downtown Anchorage, 10 miles away. Bill had packed the day before; we dressed, flew downstairs, into the car and through Fort Richardson. Oops, we don’t know how to get off the military reservation. Betty had driven or guided us through post previously and now we only aimed in the general direction as precious minutes ticked by, neither of us like to ask directions but we saw a jogger and relented. The guy told us we were currently headed out to some remote firing ranges; we quickly turned around and found the gate to exit post. Great, we hit all the traffic lights just right and arrived over 15 minutes early. As Bill got out he searched for his new PocketMail and realized that it had been left on the sofa in his room and must have slipped between cushions because he remembered looking for stray items as he departed the room. He was really disappointed because he wanted to use it on the long ride to Whitehorse and he would use it to contact us on his return to Anchorage. New plan, Bill took his bags and I dashed back to Fort Richardson to look for his PocketMail and hoped to return with it before the shuttle van departed. I found the little electronic critter under the sofa cushions and watched the minutes click off the clock on the dashboard as I returned to Anchorage. It was one minute after six as I met Bill at the curb; he had asked the driver to wait a couple of minutes. Later, I would find that Bill had made friends with all the drivers on the trip and one helped him find lodging in Whitehorse.

Bill expected to be gone three or four days. During that time, I would try to locate a small trailer that Bill could tow behind his Toyota truck and haul our gear and two canoes to Florida. All the commercial rental companies rented only covered trailers and they charged nearly as much as renting a car. The search was extended to include buying a used trailer. After several phone calls, I located a guy that converts the rear chassis of small trucks into trailers. Sid on Rabbit Creek Road had a Toyota conversion that should work if a few alterations were made. Conveniently, Sid has a large shop with both acetylene and arc welders. We struck a deal, but much of the work could not be completed until they measured Bill’s truck. Meanwhile, Betty and I visited many of the Anchorage sites, attempted to sample most of their restaurants and read about some of the local history. A message from Bill told us he had reached Whitehorse in Yukon Territory, retrieved his truck, visited with Scott & Joanne at Kanoe People and was ready to start driving back to Anchorage. He also said his feet were worse and both feet are now swollen too badly to wear shoes. He asked if Betty could check his medical insurance to see how he could see a doctor in Anchorage. After some checking, she told him to go immediately the nearest emergency room. And if he is near Anchorage, go to the emergency room at Providence Hospital.

On schedule, we received a PocketMail message saying that Bill was now in Anchorage at the hospital. He had seen a doctor, received a prescription for antibiotics and would be released in about an hour. We met him at the hospital and Bill and I went to see the trailer while Betty went back to Fort Rich. Sid got the necessary measurements from Bill’s truck and told us what connectors we would need to hook to the trailer. That night we over-ate at yet another great seafood restaurant. Bill insisted on finding a secluded place to sleep in the back of his truck.

The following morning, Saturday, 9 August, Bill’s feet appeared to be on the mend. We picked up the trailer, went to the airport, collected our gear and canoes and loaded them on the trailer. My canoe had suffered some while being air freighted to Anchorage. It had a small puncture just below the gunwale and a couple of gouges that I had not spotted earlier. Bill planned to do some laundry at our guesthouse, spend the night and start the long drive to Florida the next morning. Later, he decided to knock out a couple hundred miles before he stopped for the night. We took some pictures and my canoe partner and travel mate for the past couple of months started his last adventure on this megatrip.

On Sunday, 10 August, we had a beautiful drive to Seward to meet our cruise ship. Previously, we had tried to contact some friends who live near Anchor Point which is only a hundred miles or so from the road to Seward. We were stationed with Palmer & Bonnie Bailey while in Germany nearly thirty years ago. A few years ago, they retired from the Army, drove to Alaska and built their own house. They lead busy lives and often visit the “lower 48” during the summer. Unfortunately we did not connect, maybe next time. At Seward, I dropped Betty at the ship, bought a little beer and wine to ease the rigors of the voyage and dropped the rental car at the designated hotel.

For the most part I have completed my portion of the canoe trip and associated travel. Betty and I are now off on an unrelated excursion, but will continue to post a summary of our travels down the Inland Passage, then to Korea and subsequently back home to Florida. If interested, stay tuned; we are gathering information in hopes of continuing from Korea to Bejing then on the Trans-Siberian Rail Road to Moscow, on by rail to visit our niece Tiphanie Miller in Germany and then catch a “Space Available” hop to the USA.

There is a land where the mountains are nameless and the rivers all lead, God knows where,

There are lives that are erring and aimless and deaths that just hang by a hair,

There are hardships that nobody reckons and valleys unpeopled and still,

There is a land and it beckons and beckons, I want to go back, and I will.

From Spirit of the Yukon by Robert W. Service

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Chuck | Leave a comment

Canoeing the Yukon – Bishop Rock to the Bering Sea -July 16-August 3, 2003

16 July: Days-38, Total-40; Miles-20, Total-1352

Recently, everyday has been a little cooler than the previous day. It was in the sixties when we were in Ruby; yesterday morning it was in the mid-forties, this morning was in the low forties.

We were on our way at 7:30am. Soon the wind and waves were growing. Bill has been feeling tinges of pain in his neck, we have been trying to take it easier and we may need to take a complete day of rest. When paddling into a headwind and heavy waves, it is not really possible to “take it easy”.

Since about the time we passed through Circle, AK, we have seen fish camps on the river bank. Most are only used when the salmon are running and there are several types of salmon each with their own habits and unique schedule. The King Salmon are now running in this area. Some camps are quite elaborate and either have residents for the entire summer or get lots of weekend visits. In the Yukon, salmon are either caught with a set, gill net or with a fish-wheel. The water is too silty to use rod & reel. However, the heavily silted river enables the fish-wheel to work whereas in a clear stream the fish will avoid them. The fish-wheel is a type of trap. Big mesh scoops rotate into the water, occasionally lifting out large salmon which slide down a chute into a holding box. This big thing is handmade of wood and rotates 24 hours a day. Most folks check their traps once or twice a day. The catch is taken to their nearby fish camp, cleaned, filleted, salted and smoked. Fish that have spawned and started to deteriorate are dried for feeding to the sled dogs during winter.

The majority of the fish camps are clustered within about 10 miles of a village, both up and downstream.

Back at Galena, Andy Summers told us about a fish camp, 18 miles down stream at Bishop Rock. He thought they might sell us some salmon. Bill and I decided that I would stop, get the salmon and catch him down the river. I paddled ahead and soon saw the big rock cliffs and a large white cross to honor the bishop that was killed near here. The fish camp was tucked in a cove behind Bishop’s Rock. There were three or four houses, a couple of smoke houses, covered cutting tables & drying racks, some other out buildings and three boats. I stayed clear of their landing and yelled “Hello” several times. Finally, some women came out. Martha and young Raymond said hello and disappeared. I asked Jenny if they had any salmon they would sell. She told me it had been salted, but had not yet been smoked so I would have to cook it within a day or two. She picked out about as many filet strips as we would get when preparing a dinner for six to eight adults. Evidently this was really Eilene’s fish, I asked her how much and she wanted to give it to me. When I insisted on paying, she said OK, $2. I gave her $4 and still felt like it was not enough.

On the way back to my canoe, I took a picture of eight year old Cicely playing with a couple of the many large dogs. Everyone there appeared to be Athabaskan Indian. All were friendly and cheerful.

Bill was just passing by as I slipped into the main flow of the river. As we talked about our experiences with many of the local people. Bill developed a theory: The ones who work hard to make a living for their family are helpful and friendly, those that are on some type welfare program or other give-away plan are sour, unfriendly, have bad attitudes and are often high or hungover.

As we fought the wind and waves, I thought of the many ways I might fix some of the salmon. At one point I saw ice pellets falling on the canoe cover. We found a level spot and pulled onto a mud shore. There were wolf tracks in the mud. We both got our feet stuck in the mud as we waded alongside the boats to unload our gear. Bill nearly fell with a load; he caught himself on one knee. The lower half of his body was soaked in chilly water with 15 kts of wind to keep him cool. We no more than got our tents up till it started sleeting. Twenty minutes later the sun came out. I started fixing the salmon. Then quick back in the tent, this time snow was mixed with the sleet. This sun & salmon then sleet & snow sequence was repeated four times. I have given up on the salmon for tonight, I am in the tent and sleet is blowing against the tent by what must be a wind of 40 kts. The tent is shaking but not budging. This is probably the hardest blow we have had on the trip.

Later… When the wind eased, the sleet stopped and the sun appeared, I moved quickly to baste and pan-fry a couple of fillets. A stir-fry of onions, cabbage and carrots made a bed for the fillets. A toasted english muffin and some cool mountain stream water completed the meal. As I was putting away the washed utensils, the sleet started again, I dashed to the tent one last time. It is now 10pm, it is sleeting outside and I am dry, warm and well fed inside. 🙂

17 July: Days-39, Total-41; Miles-39, Total-1391

As I looked out of the tent, after a squall with sleet had passed, I saw a little ridge of sleet along the bottom edge of the tent. Sleet had hit the tent and rolled off into a one inch high line of ice on the windward side.

Frost was on logs, gear, ect. when we started fixing breakfast.

We decided to change our daily schedule to better deal with the wind and consequent waves. The new plan is to start in the evening, paddle through the low light that passes for night, and knock out 30-40 miles before stopping in the early morning. Usually the wind dies and the water is much more calm during the evening and early morning hours.

So, by 10am we were back in our tents trying to sleep/rest before we started paddling at 6:30pm. We both got a few hours sleep but mostly rested quietly, trying not to disturb the other. By 4pm we were packing and fixing a meal before departing. Bill tossed a salmon fillet in his pressure cooker with some rice and cabbage for his ‘meal-of-the-day’. I cut chunks of salmon and stirred them with some cabbage and cooked it for only a couple minutes. On top of this went some raw onion slivers and crumbled bacon. Another english muffin and wow! It was great.

It was calm when we pushed off at 6:15pm. We peacefully streamed along with the current, reminding each other how clever we were. The evening was wonderful. Watching the soft pink colors of the sun trying to set, but instead rolling around the northern horizon. About midnight it got noticeably cooler. A light quartering tailwind aided the current and our paddles as we slipped gently through the stillness of these mystic hours. There was a long twilight then little by little it got a bit lighter.

We wanted to knock out at least 33 miles, I like to see those hundreds rack-up every three days. At 3am we started looking for a campsite, the low light makes it difficult to evaluate potential sites from a distance. At 4am we pitched on a barren, dried mud/sand island. We had to carry our gear over a few hundred feet of soft mud to a dry area but it was home.

The new schedule worked well, we planned a 6pm departure and hit the sack. It was easy to sleep in the cool morning.

18 July: Day-40, Total-42; Miles-33, Total-1424

After paddling until 4am, I slept well to about 8am then off and on till noon. I was working on the journal when Bill asked if moving our departure up to 4pm would be OK. We decided he would leave soon and try to do some sailing since we had a hint of a quartering tailwind. He left at 3:30 sailing out of our little mud landing with a great smile on his face. After carrying the sailing rig for 1400 miles this was only the second time the wind was in a semi-favorable direction. It wonderful to see his canoe propelled by wind power; I ran down the shore to get a picture.

About an hour later I was underway. The water was smooth and it seemed that the light wind we had earlier had eased to almost nothing. Our plan was to meet at Kaltag, 15 miles downstream. It was a warm sunny day; current and paddle soon had me within sight of a tiny white dot far away. Bill’s sail is bright white and easy to spot for many miles. He arrived in Kaltag about a half-hour before me and was chatting with Thomas Neglaska and his daughter, Mariah, when I paddled to the gravel landing. Thomas gave us a ride on his 4-wheeler to the laundromat. It was almost 8pm, but he said it was open till 9pm and that it had a phone. We said good-bye and they drove off. The laundromat was closed. We walked to the village store; I used their phone to send messages, then filled my water bottles.

When I arrived back at the landing, Bill was talking with Frederick. Bill immediately started on his way. Frederick told me that he was kidding with Bill and Bill must have taken it seriously. He asked me to relay his apology.

It was a very pleasant paddle as the sun got lower and the temperature dropped a few degrees. All seemed so still as we were gliding on a glass-smooth surface. Soon we were looking for a campsite. The islands at the downstream end of Big Eight Mile Island were all mud and had no shade. The morning sun and its heat prevent Bill from sleeping. Bill spotted what might be a better place across the river. As we made for it, the current carried Bill into a sandbar. We both found suitable islands and, on the radio, decided that each of us would camp where we were currently located. We would contact each other at 1pm tomorrow afternoon to discuss that day’s plan.

19 July: Day-41, Total-43; Miles-43, 1467

A soft breeze, in one end of the tent and out the other, made for good sleeping. I got up about 10am, took a bath in the river, cooked up a grand meal, answered email and worked on yesterday’s journal entry.

Bill and I talked on the radio and made our departure plans. Bill thought he could catch some wind and sailed off. I was only a few minutes behind him at 3:45pm. Later we linked up and he thought there was enough wind that he could tow me. We hooked up and it worked so well we continued for hours. This paddleless cruising opened a new world to us. We now have more time to concentrate on the scenery, birds, maps, etc and I am doing the journal as we move along at an average of about 6 mph. What a deal!

Later…the wind eased at about 7:30pm, we paddled till midnight and found an island to call home.

Q: Now that you have been paddling almost six weeks, how are you guys doing physically?

A: Very well! We both were fit when we started and we have been eating well, we both take a half dozen vitamins/supplements and we try to exercise everyday 🙂 We both have callused hands and probably too much sun. Both of us have noticed that the slightest cut or sore is very slow to heal. I have had the skin crack along the thumb nails, most likely due to the very low humidity.

20 July: Day-42, Total-44; Miles-57, Total-1524

Wind, sand and fine silt were blowing into my tent at 5:30am. The raging wind outside was driving the dried silt and sand from the surface of this island under the tent fly and through the net at the doorway. I zipped the nylon cover over the door and brushed sand and dust off my gear as best I could. It was on and in everything, I could even feel grit grinding on my teeth.

Just by luck, the wind was not blowing the sand/silt toward Bill’s tent. About 8:30, Bill said the wind seemed favorable for sailing. We hustled thru breakfast and soon were on the water. It was an hour or so before the sailing was good; we hooked up and sailed along with Bill’s boat towing mine. We talked as the miles slipped by but Bill really had to concentrate on holding a course and always be prepared to spill wind from the sail if we received a good gust, as we did quite often. He had to always keep one hand on the rudder and the other on the main sheet (line to the boom which controls the amount of wind caught in the sail). So for hours he was unable to get a drink, swat bugs, etc. Additionally, since his canoe has no cleat to secure the sheet, much of the thrust from the sail is transmitted, as forward force, to the canoe through his grip on the line. Anyway, it kept him busy and he was enjoying every second of it.

I kept busy keeping my canoe aligned behind Bill’s. If the trailing canoe is allowed to swing wide, it will plow through the water as it is being pulled a bit sideways. Initially, my canoe was constantly oscillating from side to side. I rigged a bridle under the bow, which pulls low from both sides, and it eliminated the oscillation. But, wind, waves and current act a bit differently on my canoe than they do on Bill’s heavier and shorter canoe, so it still required attention to make it most efficient.

We sailed for hours, even when the wind picked up to more than 20 knots and waves were breaking over the bow. Bill was in his glory, he has carried this sailing rig almost 1500 miles, paddled a heavier boat because it is better for sailing and now he is doing what he had hoped to do all along. Also, I’m sure he felt satisfaction in helping the “team” move forward. For almost six weeks he has said that he feels like he is slowing our progress, but now we are both flying as a result of his sailing rig. We both loved the exhilaration of it all.

At midnight we found a less than level, gravel shore for a campsite, we were about a mile short of the village of Grayling. We did at least 57 miles; it was a great day.

Note: It is about 1am as I type this and the light level is so low that I can barely see the keys and cannot read the screen at all. It is amazing that the days get so much shorter each day. This is due to both the growing number of days since the solstice and our southerly movement, hence a daily decreasing latitude. It is now nearly dark between about 1am and 2:30am.

21 July: Days-43, Total-45; Miles-26, Total-1550

It was nearly 10am when a pickup truck drove to our campsite and raced his engine to alert us of his arrival. I was in my tent getting the journal and emails ready to send later in the day. When I stepped out, I found Carl, a friendly guy who drove a mile up the gravel shore to welcome us to Grayling. He had seen us set up camp after midnight. Carl told us about what we might find in the village and about the river, fishing, and local weather. Not long after he left, a red fox came trotting along the shoreline, sniffing the gravel as it moved quietly along. It must have been accustomed to humans, even though it kept its distance; it was undeterred by our presence.

Soon another pickup with Richard, Todd and Steve arrived. They also had news about the village and spun a few tales about encounters with bears and 12 to 20 foot waves on the river. We asked them where we might buy some salmon. They gave us a few ideas and told us what price to expect for smoked salmon. It was much higher than the paltry amount we had paid for fresh (unsmoked) salmon earlier.

When they left, we finished eating, had another visit by the red fox and started packing. Todd drove up in yet another pickup, this one had no windshield. He brought us some salmon; it was $25 for about 3 pounds. About what we had been told to expect.

We floated the one mile into Grayling and were met by other locals at the landing. There was a nice big sign saying, “Welcome To Grayling”. We did feel welcome and already knew some of the residents. We picked up a few items of food at the community store. While I went to the Town Office to use the pay phone, Bill went back to the canoes. Marvin is a wellness counselor and talked with me as I sent email messages; his office is in the same building. He does alcohol abuse work and I told him my wife worked in the same field. He suggested that she contact him and maybe could give him some advice.

Back at the landing, Bill had sailed off, he was checking to see what forward progress could be made tacking into the increasing headwind. After catching up with him, we decided that he would continue to tack back and forth across the wide river. I would try to stay out of some of the wind by keeping close to shore. We stayed in contact with our VHF radios. After several hours, Bill rolled up his sail and paddled with me. It seemed it took us forever to pass the Village of Anvik and it is only 20 miles from Grayling. About six miles farther, Bill spotted a good sandy campsite. We called it a day even though we had only made 26 miles beating into wind and waves. Like many of our recent campsites, there were wolf tracks in the damp sand. Maybe we will get to see one tonight?

Q: More about our physical condition. I had to terminate the previous response before completed.

A: Just a couple more observations. We both seem to be getting enough sleep, but the night paddling schedule makes it more difficult for Bill to get to sleep. Also, he has had redness and sore toes on both feet for several weeks. Possibly a reaction to the rubber-like booties he was wearing when paddling. He no longer wears them.

I feel fine but know that my legs are not being exercised enough nor is my cardio-vascular system. It will be a chore to get back in running shape after laying off this long.

To summarize: We are in great shape, given the conditions we are in.

22 July: Day-44, Total-46; Miles-34, Total-1584

No wolf sighting last night. This morning, we had a leisurely meal and decided we would leave after doing a few camp chores. I washed clothes in a plastic bucket with clear mountain stream water that was in the solar shower bag. Then I took what has become my standard bath; wade out in the river, wash all except head & neck then use the clear solar heated water to do head and hair. It works well and is a good refreshing feeling when finished.

We paddled off at about 2:30pm, it was calm, smooth and overcast. Several times in the late afternoon and evening we had a light drizzle for a half-hour or so. We paddled until about 11:30pm and found a low sand island a mile or two short of Holy Cross. There was a very strong eddy to cross to get to the sand island. The eddy circulates upstream and it was unusual to have to paddle hard to go downstream. For awhile it seemed Bill might not be able to get his more sluggish canoe across the eddy. But 20 minutes and a lot of sweat & swearing got him through. We pitched our tents on the highest part of the island just as another shower caught up with us. After getting camp established, Bill took a mid-night bath in the river.

Q: This is a follow on to a previous question from E.J. O’Brien in Korea: How do you guys manage going two or three months without beer?

A: First, Bill seldom has a drink and when he does, it is not beer. Second, I have found only one bar since leaving Dawson City in Canada, it was in Galena, AK. Also, I found two places that sold beer by the 12-pack; Circle and Tanana. I packed away a “Twelve” each place and have a beer every two or three days when relaxing after a good day’s paddle. This search for quality refreshment, remains a quest at each stop; “hope springs eternal”.

23 July: Day-45, Total-47; Miles-27, Total-1611

It was pouring rain on our tents at 5:30 am and did not let up for hours. Finally, about 1pm it eased then stopped. We packed, then paddled into the wind four miles to Holy Cross. It is another small fishing village with mostly Indians living there. This village is different because it is not right on the river. The landing is behind an island in a protected slough. Then the village is a quarter mile around a hill and not even visible from the landing. It would be very easy to miss. We saw a boat come out of the slough and knew the village was behind an island so it seemed likely. Also, we thought that slough might give us some protection from the strong headwind.

Holy Cross is a friendly little village. It sets on the side of a hill and like all the villages has only gravel roads/streets. At the Community store, we sent/received email and bought a few groceries.

We paddled another three miles to exit the slough. On the left bank about a quarter mile in front of us, were three moose, a cow and two calves. As we drifted closer, the mom and one of the gangly little ones began drinking from the river while the other was nursing. The mom spotted us and herded her two young offspring back into the thick willows.

Seeing the high wind and waves on the main channel of the river, we stopped on a sandy spot and waited for the wind to die. I sat in my canoe, opened the metal cooler that is my food box and made a huge salad from some of the veggies I had just gotten. Shortly after I had everything put away, it seemed to be calming. We decided to check it out.

Great! Wind and waves were tolerable, we were immediately in the main current and happily on our way. It was about 8:30pm. Within a few minutes, it started raining but with no headwind we were moving right along. Around 11pm, the wind increased and soon we had waves and a headwind. By 1230am it was still pouring rain and we were bucking into whitecap waves. The black cloud cover made it almost dark. As we splashed along bouncing on the choppy water, we hugged the shoreline. Bill spotted a small inlet to a little bay. We ducked into it. He checked one side for potential tent sites; I checked the other side. We both found possible sites and decided that each would pitch on the spot. It was still raining but not as hard as earlier. My tent was up in a flash, I tossed essential gear inside and backed in on top of it. My muddy, sandy feet were still outside; I poured some of my drinking water on them and dried them with my shirt. I was all set. I inflated my (still leaking) ThermaRest mattress, fluffed up the sleeping bag on top of it and listened to the rain, now coming down in torrents, on my dry (inside) tent.

It is now 12 hours later and we are still waiting for the rain to stop and the wind to ease enough to get moving again.

Q: Beth Kelso in Naples, FL wants to know about our radios.

A: We each have VHF marine, “Submersible” radios. They are guaranteed to be waterproof. Ours are made by Standard Horizon, Model HX460ss, and I got them at West Marine. They are a little larger than a pack of cigarettes. They are “line-of-sight” and the range is about 2 miles unless on the water, then maybe 4 miles. Any type of obstacle, trees, buildings etc. will decrease the range. They were pretty pricey, about $240 each. If you don’t need the “submersible” capability nor the small size, very good ones can be about half the price. These have a lithium ion rechargeable battery, which is VERY good and the radio will accept two AA alkaline batteries if you get the adapter.

I am very pleased with their performance in our situation. My only complaint is that Bill won’t answer my calls unless he has his radio turned on.

24 July: Days-46, Total-48; Miles-37, Total-1648

We waited until nearly 2pm for the rain to stop, that’s over 13 hours in a pretty small tent. We were ready to get on with meals, drying equipment and paddling.

Bill yelled across the water to me that a cow moose and a young one were walking in the green flats behind my tent. They were about a half-mile away; we watched them for several minutes.

The rain slacked and we quickly packed and were on our way. It was 2pm. The water was much smoother than it was when we pulled into our little cove last night. The sky was heavily overcast and threatening more rain. It soon came, we zipped up and paddled on, thankful for calm water and a hint of a tailwind.

An hour or so later, we were talking of Betty’s being from Minnesota and a voice from behind says “Minnesota, we’re from Minnesota”. I turned and there were two kayaks, one of the guys said “You must be Swamp Eagle”. My mind was still in the Alaskan wilderness and was frantically searching for an explanation. Finally, I sputtered, “You must be Ron”. It was Ron Severs and Dan Stangel from Minnesota, south of Duluth. We had never met before, but I had called Ron about four months ago when I heard that he would also be paddling the Yukon. We had talked on the phone for nearly an hour comparing notes and exchanging addresses, etc.

These guys started about two weeks after our departure, but we knew the much faster kayaks would eventually overtake us. We all talked at once in the excitement of meeting “friends” in such a remote setting. Soon, Dan and I were paddling ahead trading information about our Yukon experiences, while Bill fought the growing waves and he and Ron got to know each other. It was a grand time; this special meeting of kindred spirits and all faced with the same challenges, hardships and joys. After an hour or so, Dan and I waited for Bill and Ron to catch up. We said our good-byes a let these two in there swifter kayaks move on down the river. We promised to let each other know when we finished and each invited the others to visit if ever in their part of the country.

Bill and I were on a high for hours, reliving the meeting and telling what each had discussed during this short but special time. The rain stopped, we had a light tailwind and the water was smooth; life was good.

For hours we just missed rain showers that were all around us. Gradually, we could see a bit of a promise of the sun. About 9pm we saw a cow moose and a calf enter the water on the right shore about a half-mile in front of us. Unbelievably, they were attempting to swim this mile wide channel right in front of us. As we drifted, we grabbed our cameras. One photo and my camera was rewinding; “Drats”, the spare film was packed away in the front of the canoe. Bill also had to reload, fortunately he did have film available. The moose were great swimmers, the cow swam with much of her body out of the water. Finally, she saw us and they both stopped. With their big ears trained on us, they watched for a long minute then turned back. We watched as they exited the water and walked across the sand into the underbrush.

It was another great night to paddle. The low sun was behind the mountains and reflecting off clouds in the still mostly clouded sky. An array of colors lined the clouds above the horizon and anywhere the sun could slip through. We paddled through this vast, open, calm beauty until about 12:30. We selected a sandy island with big mountains behind and to one side for our camp. The light got lower but the colors continued to glow as we pitched our tents and turned-in. It was another great day on the Yukon.

Q: A couple of folks have asked about the river at our current location.

A: When the river is contained between two banks it is now about 2 or 3 miles wide. If there are islands or large bays it can be over 5 miles wide. The current varies, in the wide areas it can be only 1 or 2 mph but when in a single channel it may reach 6 mph. It is very silty and we can only see about 2 inches below the surface. The water temperature is now up to the 50’s. There is usually a cut-bank on the outside of bends and a mud or sand shore on the inside. The shores and banks are littered with trees, limbs and roots that were scoured out by the spring ice and have been caught on sandbars or the edges. Black spruce, birch and aspen have been the dominant trees on the higher ground and they cover the hills and mountainsides. Willow and other smaller scrub are in lower wet areas and on the lower islands.

25 July: Days-47, Total-49; Miles-34, Total-1682

There were a few showers in the morning but they stopped by 11am. We used this opportunity to dry gear, wash clothes, bathe and cook some great chow. Down by our canoes, Bill found four bottles of “Alaska” beer and a note scratched in the sand. The large letters said, “From the MN-ANS”. Obviously, Ron & Dave had paid us a visit earlier in the morning. They knew we were paddling on a night schedule and let us sleep while leaving their calling cards. We must have passed their camp last night without knowing it; quite possibly they were on the opposite side of an island.

For days, Bill has been promising a surprise the first morning we had time to cook breakfast. He whipped up a large raisin bran cake in a Teflon skillet. He keeps turning the dough just before it starts to burn, then dishes it up in a big crumbly pile while it is still a bit doughy. It was absolutely wonderful. It is a full size cake mix by Sun Maid and there was plenty for the two of us.

We were paddling by 2:30pm. It was cloudy, but no rain. Soon we were in the main current and moving along at 5mph. The Ilikat Mountains were on our right, they are probably less than two thousand feet high. The obvious tree line is about midway up their slope. A clear mountain stream provided water to top off our drinking water containers, fill my solar shower bag, and chill two jumbo Snickers bars. Wearing sandals and wading in the ice cold water makes for fast work. As we paddled off it took 30 minutes for our feet to rewarm; it was invigorating.

Apparently, Dog Fish Landing consists of only a couple houses. We weren’t sure when we passed it. Russian Mission is a large village. It is the first Eskimo community we have reached. They use a different type boat than used by the Athabaskan Indians. The Eskimos use large open boats with “V” or “semi-V” hulls made of either aluminum or fiberglass. They are powered by large outboard motors, 50-200 horsepower. The Indians were using somewhat smaller flat bottom boats with a small cab/hut attached to protect the driver and passengers. The Eskimo boats appear to be more sea worthy.

It was about 7pm as we passed Russian Mission without stopping. Some young boys sat on top of a large metal shipping container and watched as we paddled downstream. The village was scattered over a hillside. Roof tops and large satellite antennas stood out with the setting sun in the background. We are now in Eskimo country!

A large sandy island presented itself at about 11pm. It was our home for the night. Not more than a half-hour after we were in our tents, it started sprinkling rain. Later, it was pouring. I did not realize that a fine mist was blowing through the mesh at the foot of the tent. All items at that end of my little house got wet, including the foot of my sleeping bag. I zipped the door closed, dried things off the best I could and went back to sleep.

26 July: Days-47, Total-50; Miles-0, Total-1682

It is now 11:30am and rain showers are still blowing across our island. Between showers, Bill and I checked the canoes, grabbed some snacks and the two-way radios then crawled back in our tents.

There is a 500-ft wide expanse of sand before any higher ground, which has some small bushes. Bill chose to camp about a hundred feet from the river’s edge, I pitched on the more distant higher ground. Usually we are in closer proximity and can easily shout between tents. Hopefully, we can get underway within the next couple of hours and the inconvenience of the distance won’t be an issue.

Later…the winds are increasing.

Even though both Bill and I set aside three months for this trip, we have both adjusted our calendars as we got ahead of schedule. Our revised plan does not have much flex time in it. Bill has some friends and relatives he wants to visit on the way back to Florida. Then he will hustle to finish and possibly sell the “Spec” home in which he was temporarily living. Then, he will complete several other activities in time to enter Law School in New Zealand in the spring, their winter term.

I adjusted to the advanced schedule by asking Betty to meet me in Anchorage. The best available flight arrives on 5 August, so now I have a new goal.

A few weeks ago as we were paddling the hours away, we talked of other remote places, in Alaska, that we would like to visit. Bill has wanted to see Nome and I have wanted to go to Point Barrow, the northern most point in North America. We decided that IF we complete the canoe trip with enough time remaining, we will fly to both destinations. We would like to do this from Emmonak after we paddle back from the Bering Sea. All this, maybe, before we fly to Anchorage. And, if it doesn’t work out, we’ll put it on our long list of things we would like to do.

It is now 12:30pm and the rain has stopped, but the increasing wind continues to blow and whip up sizable waves. We continue to wait.

At 3pm, the wind is at least 30kts and some of the gusts maybe 50kts. We just baled water of the canoes, waves had washed some in around my canoe cover. Also, we reinforced the tent stakes and added more tie downs. I placed some driftwood on the windward edge of my tent to help keep sand from blowing under the fly.

Inside the tent is kind of interesting. The wind howls around the sides and there are lots of flapping sounds, even though it was pitched ‘tight as a drum’. Sometimes the top is blown almost a foot off center. Both of our tents are made by North Face and are expedition models, VE-25, built to withstand high winds (mine is a smaller, mountain version). The weakest link is the sand that holds the tent pegs. The tents seem to be holding up well, maybe better than I am. One time when I went out to check the canoes, I could hardly walk, plus sand was blowing across the island in eerie waves. It is almost surreal.

I have now finished my Jack London book. Bill finished his “Shadows On The Koyukuk” and loaned it to me. He has one more book before reading the Contract Law text he brought along.

It is now 10pm, the wind has been strong for 22 hours and no sign of relief. Sure hope we’re not here long enough that I am reduced to reading Contract Law.

“Life is not measured by the number of breaths we take, but by the moments that take our breath away.” Kodi

27 July: Day-47, Total-51; Miles-0, Total-1682

It is 5:30am, the wind has backed off a bit, maybe a good sign.

Now 7:00am, a shower just blew through, the wind is still blowing and gusting hard at times but nothing like yesterday. The water is rough as a cob; waves are 2-3 feet with white caps everywhere. It makes me glad to get back in the tent, yet again.

At about 7:45, Bill delivered a large, hot bowl of “something” and hurried back to his tent, about 500 feet away. It had just started raining again. In the bowl seems to be a delicious mixture of mashed potatoes, carrots, onions and bacon bits. Maybe a couple of other ingredients are also in there. It was a welcome breakfast treat…and room service is a nice touch too.

Noon: It is raining hard, not much wind but waves are still rolling.

3pm: Maybe it is starting to clear. It was only misting as I checked the canoes. The waves seem to be subsiding, but still too rough to paddle. Also, it looks as if it is raining all around us. We decided to wait another hour to see if the clearing trend continues.

4pm: It is raining and blowing like crazy. The waves have increased and we are happy to be off the water and in dry tents.

6pm: The wind has changed from SSW to NW and is about 10kts but has gusts twice that. The waves are still rolling large and it is overcast and threatening all around. We wait.

Bill just delivered a large bowl containing a great mixture of beans, black eyed peas, rice and other things??

8:30pm: The water continues to get calmer but rainstorms loom upwind of us. The wind is now out of the North. We have decided that as much as we both would like to get moving the prudent plan is to wait until morning.

9:30pm: A rainstorm with gusty winds is passing over us, Glad to be in a tent.

Midnight: Just finished the wonderful book, Shadows On The Koyukuk by Sidney Huntington. It is a great story of his adventurous life (1915-present) growing up as an Athabaskan Indian in the remote Alaskan Frontier. We met Sidney while we were in Galena a couple weeks ago. Bill got his book while there and finished it yesterday, today was my turn. Now maybe we can leave.

I just checked outside. It is beautiful; clear, zero wind and calm water. The midnight sun is reflecting soft colors off the scattered clouds and the stillness is wonderful. I’m tempted to roust Bill and suggest that we leave now, however, it will be nearly dark in an hour. Best to get an early start in the morning.

1am: I was awakened by high winds and the sound of waves rolling on the shore. It doesn’t look promising, we’ll see in the morning.

28 July: Day-48, Total-52; Miles-60, Total-1742

Wind and waves increased during the early morning, now the wind is about 20 kts, gusting to 30 kts and waves are about two feet. This is the upper margin of our comfort level. Because it is a quartering tail wind it is probably doable. But, if we round a bend or the wind shifts a few degrees and it becomes a headwind we would be in trouble. We decide to wait.

The wind shift has pushed water higher on our shore and turned our canoes. We moved our tiedowns farther inland and resecured them.

Bill loaned me his “The Great Alaska Nature Fact Book” and borrowed my book of Jack London stories. Guess Contract Law will have to wait.

Noon: The waves have smoothed considerably, we decide to watch it for an hour and go if the improvement continues.

2pm: We are back on the water. It feels good to be underway again. Bill had rigged his sail and the wind is ideal. Soon we have the towline in place and are cruising. I have found that paddling enough to keep slack in the tow line is about as easy as just keeping my canoe in a straight line trailing behind Bill’s. This also allows Bill’s canoe to move a little faster. Then, when I need to refer to the map or GPS, get food, water, etc, my boat just settles into the tow mode. And, after my diversion, I can resume paddling.

We continued sailing for several hours averaging about 5 mph. Then in the early evening the wind eased and we turned more northerly. At this point Bill sometimes could tack and other times he would paddle to assist the light wind. During these times it is best if I cut loose.

As we passed Ohog, a boat with an Eskimo family motored alongside us and we talked for several minutes. They were very pleasant and gave us some helpful information.

About 11:30pm, as the village of Marshall was just coming into view, a boat with two men and a woman powered up to us. They were all Eskimo and were very friendly.

We paddled past Marshall about midnight, the village looked very inviting. It is situated on a smooth sloping tundra hillside with barren, green tundra all around it. The town was alive with activity; kids shouted “Hello, out there” repeatedly and we could hear vehicles and someone hammering. Soon a boat came alongside, a young guy and two girls, all young Eskimos talked and drifted with us for a mile or two.

It was 1:30am and nearly dark. We could see the village lights of Marshall reflecting on the straight wide channel behind us. We paddled just off the right bank, half looking for a potential campsite and just happy to be putting in some miles.

The light level was now increasing and Bill checked out a possible site in a slough off to the right. We pitched high on the bank in the grass, it was 4am.

29 July: Day-49, Total-53; Miles-38, Total-1780

At 10am Bill was cooking his meal of the day and I started working on yesterday’s Journal entry. Later, I whipped up some scrambled eggs, smoked salmon and onions. This with instant mashed potatoes & onions was great. It was all washed down with a couple of large mugs of coffee while Bill worked on his diary.

We cleaned some gear, organized the cockpit of our canoes and were off. It was a clear day with a partial cloud cover and a light breeze.

I plugged the coordinates for Pilot Village into my GPS and we paddled in that direction. As it is more and more prone to do, the river widened with large bays and long wide turns. It is often three or four miles across. And, to further confound navigation, it is sometimes dotted with islands creating multiple channels.

Somehow, we never spotted Pilot Village. We are back on a 1:1,400,000 map and it is impossible to extract precise coordinates. Plus, with no detail, the village could be up a side stream a mile or more but still be depicted as on the river. Also, the village could have been abandoned years ago with little trace of it remaining.

Bill was able to sail some of the time and at other times he would paddle, with the sail providing a welcome assist. He had to tack much of the day, so I paddled a straighter course along the right bank. On a rare downwind run, I paddled alongside and we talked until a bend in the river or a wind shift would force Bill to tack in a zigzag course again.

As we paralleled a sandy shore, I saw a beautiful red fox trotting along far ahead of us. The sun sent long shafts of light through the clouds in the Northwest. The fox enjoyed one of these shafts as it patrolled the shoreline.

We had decided to paddle until about 10:30pm then look for a campsite. At 10:15pm, I found a small cove with sand banks and a large flat area with knee-high vegetation. I radioed Bill that we had a home for the night and a few minutes later he sailed around the bend and tacked into our little harbor.

After pitching our tents, I had a couple of “Alaska” beers with smoked salmon and chatted with Bill. A stiff breeze kept the bugs someplace else as low light shining over the horizon and reflecting off high clouds made for a spectacular sky. It was a good day.

30 July: Days-50, Total-54; Miles-34, Total-1814

It rained hard during the early morning. By 10am it was only misting and small waves were on the river with a light following tailwind. We decided to depart without cooking in the light rain. Bill tacked while towing my canoe. It was slow going but we made steady progress with little effort. We stopped at Pilots Station to send/receive email and to reload on Snickers. What a friendly village. Four young fourth grade boys welcomed us from the shore and walked along as we drifted to a landing. They asked about our trip and wanted to know where we lived, we told them Florida. As we were walking to the town’s only store, the boys followed along telling us about the town and asking lots of questions. Bill carried the trash he had accumulated to a barrel. Seeing this, I said, “Damn, I forgot to bring my trash”. One of the boys asked me if everyone from Florida used swear words. Slightly embarrased, I told him no and that I should stop doing that myself.

We found a pay phone, but the only store was sold-out of Snickers. Everyone was friendly and we felt comfortable in their village; we like Eskimo country.

As we were preparing to depart, a small group gathered by our canoes. A few kids, plus Dan, and Tony & Irene, “Wings”. They gave us lots of information; Tony was quite knowledgeable about many of our areas of interest. They wished us well and we pushed off.

More tacking, backing and forth, and soon we could see Pitkas Point and St. Marys. Even though St. Marys is a larger town, it is a mile or two up another river so we elected to pass on by it. We camped on a great beach site across about two miles of water from Pitkas Point village. It was breezy, the sun appeared and began to dry our gear. The sunset was awesome. Bill and I stood watching the sky and the water while chewing on some thin slices of smoked salmon. I toasted Ron Severs and Dan Stangle as I finished the last two “Alaska” beers they left for us. Life is good, we are blessed!

31 July: Days-51, Total-55; Miles-50, Total-1864

It was a cool evening, good for sleeping. I awoke at 5:30am, couldn’t sleep so answered some email and finished yesterday’s Journal entry. It was such a cool, beautiful morning that I built a campfire on the beach and started making some coffee and a huge breakfast. Soon Bill was out fixing a “meal-of-the-day” with smoked salmon, macaroni, rice, onion, garlic, etc. We planned to share this great flavor dish during the day.

We dried our tents and other gear, then I had a chilly river bath. Great!

Paddling started about 11am and by 3pm we were passing Mountain Village. A boat with a local Eskimo fisherman and his family, floated alongside. He told about the village and the route on to Fish Village.

This great river has been steadily widening. It has been expanding at an even greater rate recently. We now guess it to be about 3 miles at the narrowest sections and perhaps six or eight at the wider parts. It is often difficult to tell which is the real shoreline and which is a large island. Now it most often looks like a large lake or bay with the far shore five miles or more away.

In the morning, the wind was not much help; we both paddled. But now, on these wide-open expanses, we can sail and tow. I try to paddle just enough to keep the towline slack. However, when I take a break to look at the map or GPS we just keep going, pretty nice.

We have a little over 35 miles to Fish Village, so we will look for a campsite about 10pm. The water is calm but the wind is only of marginal help; we are moving slower than usual. These wide areas have less current and the main channel, if there is one, is hard to find.

The water is now choppy with some whitecaps; we have been looking for a good place to camp for an hour. If the waves keep rolling me from the side, I will need to cut loose so I can quarter into them with less rolling action. Bill’s canoe has a wide flotation sponson along the gunwale on each side, plus has outriggers with floats that extend about two feet on either side. All this makes his wider boat nearly impossible to roll over in anything but the wildest storm. Actually, he now only has an outrigger on the port side, the other got knocked off at Ruby. This shore is a 30 foot high mud bank. It looks flat on top so we paused and Bill pulled his way to the top. It is muskeg, thick spongy clumps with knee deep voids between. I have tried to hike on muskeg, not easy. The locals once told me to just wait until it is frozen with a few feet on snow. We decide not to wait. Mid-night sun is beautiful. Sunset lasts for a couple of hours. It is nearly dark and we spot what we think is an island with a sandy shore about two miles toward the center of the river. We sail/paddle and get really close as a storm cloud with lightning looms a mile or so away. Crunch, we are on a shallow sand bar a quarter mile from the shore; drats! It is nearly dark and we couldn’t see it until we were part of it. By standing in the canoe, I think I see a way around the long sand bar. We back off into deeper water and make a half-mile end run to the sandy beach.

Tents were up in a flash, it was 1:15am; we zonked.

1 August 2003: Days-52, Total-56; Miles-22, Total-1886

It was a peaceful morning. The waves were no longer crashing on the shore, the sun was shining, and birds were expressing their discomfort with our presence. I made coffee and a big breakfast of spanish rice, salmon and onions. Later, Bill arrived and worked on his journal. We were on our way about 12:15pm.

We paddled into the wind, then towed, then paddled. We were bucking 20 knot headwinds and making very slow progress. It is frustrating to be so close to the end and go so slowly.

Likely campsites are few and far between so we decided to start looking by 8pm. About 8:30pm we skimmed over a few inches of water covering a sandbar to a little, mostly sand, beachette. The top of the low bank above the shore was covered with horsetails and suitable for our tents. It was home for the night.

The dry driftwood logs against the bank became my kitchen. With only a few days of camping remaining, I have been trying to use already opened items. This sometimes makes for unusual but, so-far, always good meals. Tonight it was: dried egg mix, dehydrated potatoes, precooked ham slices, onions, garlic, olive oil and some leftover dry milk powder, butter buds, bacon bits, etc. It was great!

After dinner, I broke out a 5-liter box of wine that I got in Tanana. We each filled a coffee mug and talked of the trip and how we would adjust back to the “other world”. We turned in about 9pm in anticipation of an early start. We hope to make it to Emmonak tomorrow.

2 August: Days-53, Total-57; Miles-21, Total-1907

It was a great night’s sleep on the thick, soft horses tail growing where we had pitched our tents. We were on our way before 7am.

The water was calm and a light breeze felt good as we warmed up to the paddle. By 8am, a stronger wind was putting a chop on the surface of the river. At 10am we had two foot waves and a steady 15 knot headwind. We decided to sail and tow my canoe. This meant endless tacking legs with little forward progress. Of course, the alternative was endless paddling into wind and waves with little forward progress.

As the seas grew and our point of sail changed, the waves were belting my canoe sideways. Then, as we came about, the towline got fouled around my leeboard. When the line pulled tight it nearly flipped me. If a big wave had rolled me at the same time, Bill might have been towing an upside down canoe without occupant. I yelled to have Bill pull the quick release; he set me free in an instant. I then paddled close to the shore where the waves are not as strong while Bill continued to tack.

The anticipation was high as we got nearer Emo (Emmonak). We knew we were getting close but the channel on the right side seemed to never come. Finally, a local fisherman, Jacob Kamerof, told us it was around the next point; about five miles.

A right turn into this channel of the river, calmer wind, no waves and we slowly sailed into Emo. Kids on the shore welcomed us as we passed by. A woman and her family were sitting in their boat with recently purchased groceries. She said, “Welcome to the last town on the Yukon”. Emo stretches for over a mile along the river. The bank has been reinforced with large rocks. This helps prevent erosion, but makes it difficult to land a loaded canoe. We ‘made-do’ and set off to explore the town. At the town’s only open restaurant, we met the owner, Dave McCabe. He really made us feel welcome and was eager to hear about our trip. He said we could use the shower in his home attached to the cafe. He suggested we camp across the narrow river channel on an island. We promised to return after we pitched our tents on the island and checked on some other things.

The pay phone in the grocery store was out of order and the one at the laundromat had been removed last month due to abuse. The only other phone was a 15 minute walk and they closed in five minutes. Just outside the laundromat, a young man approached us. It was Kiyohiko Hachiya from Kyushu, Japan, the Japanese canoeist that we kept hearing was in front of us. He started two weeks before us on the Teslin River which flows into the Yukon. His English was better than my Japanese and we had a good, if somewhat strained, talk. We invited him to eat with us at the cafe but he said he was already fixing his meal at his campsite. He had received permission to pitch his tent in someone’s small back yard.

Back at the restaurant, Bill and I had a large order of burger and fries. Kevin was cooking and Dave was taking the night off because it was his birthday. Dave invited us back into his living quarters. It looked like a pretty typical bachelor pad; Kevin and Alex, who is deaf, also live there.

While Bill leafed through some very interesting albums and talked with Dave, I took a great shower. Then Bill hit the shower and Dave told me about some of the fascinating things he has done: worked on a crabbing ship, lived in Russia for two years, lived by himself at a remote seafood processing plant during the cold dark arctic winters, earns an extra $7,000 a year on his winter trapline, owns a bar in Thailand, now being run by his Thai fiancee, and is an ‘on-call’ river pilot that guides barges and other ships through the tricky sandbars of the Yukon.

We helped Dave celebrate his birthday and, later, Kenny Lee joined us. Kenny is an Eskimo hunter and fisherman who agreed to transport us and our canoe from the Bering Sea back to Emo. We decided on a meeting point and we would monitor his channel on our VHF radios.

It was nearly midnight and we wanted to get an early start, we excused ourselves and canoed back to our island camp. We had noticed Dave was running low, so we grabbed some party juice and quickly paddled back to drop it off with him.

3 August: Days-54, Total-58; Miles-13, Total-1920

Hot coffee, a bite for breakfast and we were ready for the last day of our trip. I unloaded everything out of my canoe and we both used it for this short trip to the Bering Sea.

With us both paddling and without a heavy load of gear, we seemed to fly over the water. After a short couple of hours, hints of the open sea ahead began to tease us. The excitement was growing. We saw what we thought was the small uninhabited island that was our meeting place. Fortunately, the Bering Sea was calm this day. It was actually calmer than some of the inland waters just five miles away.

Using the binoculars, I spotted the red & white, 20 foot high, beacon tower. The canoe surged ahead as we both, unintentionally, gave each stroke a little more beef. Bill was not nearly as enthusiastic as I thought he would be for the finish. He said nothing, but I suspected he was in pain from the pinched nerve in the back of his neck.

As we got closer, the tower was obscured by short vegetation in the foreground. At this time, only I had seen the tower, and that was with the aid of binos in a bouncing canoe. Bill became increasingly concerned that we might not be paddling to the correct island. Then he shouted, “That’s it, I see the tower”. Just the top of the red & white checkered tower was visible between some of the vegetation. It was our island. We paddled to the exact meeting spot and were one half-hour early.

It was cool and overcast. We looked across the open Bering Sea and took some pictures. After shaking hands, we mostly just stood blankly looking at this wide expanse of remote sea that we have paddled toward for nearly two months.

When we decided it was real, we gathered some damp driftwood and started a fire. It was nearly two hours later when I spotted a dot casting a bow wake and heading directly at us. Soon, Kenny Lee and Specialist Martin Augline beached their boat directly in front of us. Martin is in the Alaska National Guard and maintains coastal familiarization by riding with local fishermen and hunters. He volunteered to use my camera to document the occasion and took nearly a roll of film during the next half-hour.

We all quietly talked for awhile then loaded my canoe in the large open boat. Without a word spoken, we turned our backs on the open sea and motored the 13 miles back to Emo. It was over.

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Chuck | Leave a comment

Canoeing the Yukon – near Beaver to an island past Galena- July 1-15, 2003

1 July: Days-24, Total-25; Miles-45,Total-908

It was a sunny, clear day on the Yukon and we made good time on smooth water. We planned to stop early so Bill could catch up his journal. He will snail mail it to Betty and she will type it for the website.

About 2pm our plans went haywire. I saw Bill, in his canoe, go around a small point, when I went around I saw that the flow split and there were two possible routes. I was being pulled into the smaller flow on the left, I could only see a short distance before the flow wrapped around a sandbar, but did not see Bill. I pulled out of that flow and paddled in the direction of the other possible route. This was a large wide open area, but still no sight of Bill. Even scanning the area with binoculars showed nothing. I knew he could not have crossed the large open area in the short time he had disappeared around the point so I concluded that he also was pulled in the smaller flow and must have been on the backside of the sandbar when I looked minutes before. Not wanting to fall too far behind, I hustled back into the smaller flow. A short distance later it straightened and I did not see Bill down the long opening. Per our plan for such events, I switched on the two-way radio and tried calling Bill, nothing heard. I pulled into an eddy and seconds later Bill called me. After some discussion we determined that Bill had gone on the larger route and pulled in to the shore to wait for me.

At this point it would not be easy for either of us to go back upstream to connect with the other. We decided that we would both continue down stream and after going around an island or two we should connect. That did not work out as we had hoped. We then decided that we would both continue to ride the flow downstream. I would wait until I could be sure that Bill was leading, as my faster canoe would eventually overtake him. We would meet at Stevens Village, about 100 miles downstream, if all else failed.

The last radio call I received was Bill telling me that he could see a large, multi-story building in the distance. About a half-hour later I could see the building. It might have been at the Beaver Airstrip. The town of Beaver has a kind of flowing harbor separated from the main channel of the Yukon by a series of sandbars two or three miles long. I was too far downstream to properly enter the harbor flow. Thinking that Bill might have hit it just right and might be waiting for me in Beaver, I entered the downstream end and paddled against the current until I found a place to pull along the bank. I tied up in a mudhole and climbed up the bank, I was at an old sawmill. After a half-mile walk I was in the middle of downtown Beaver. Bill’s canoe was not at the shore. Beaver has two stores, one closed minutes before I got there and the other would open in half an hour. The only other commercial building was the laundromat, I used the phone there to send email messages and call Betty.

When the store finally opened I found almost nothing that was on my list, no veggies, no Coleman Fuel, and no olive oil. I quickly paid for a couple of items and dashed the half-mile back to my canoe in hopes of catching up with Bill. As I was pushing off I realized that I had left my reading glasses back at the store. Not wanting another half-hour delay, I decided that I would call or write the Shanes who own the store and have the glasses mailed to me. In the meantime I can use one of the two spares I have along. As I pushed off in about a foot of water, the mud on the bottom refused to release either me or my sandal. When I did get my foot out it was without sandal. A very muddy, time consuming fishing session finally recovered the thing. Whew! What next?

Now flowing out of the harbor with the current and organizing the canoe cockpit clutter, I found I was also missing my hat. Now this is serious. After a minute of thought (and about 300 feet farther downstream), I knew I had to go back to get both hat and glasses. So, fight the current, play in the mud, walk another mile in wet sandals that have already rubbed my feet raw in places, just to get back where I am now.

Meanwhile, the good folks back at the store found both hat and glasses and quickly took them to the town landing just in front of their store, not knowing that I was a half-mile downstream pulled in among some weeds at the old sawmill. Thinking that I had already cleared the harbor, they had two young guys on a four-wheeler zip out of town a couple of miles to a point where they could intercept me as I paddled by. However, instead of floating along downstream, I was trudging back to their store. They told me the boys were instructed to be back by 7pm for dinner. So I waited, and about a half-hour later they returned.

It was 7:23pm when I finally floated away. I paddled hard but knew I could not make up the time lost. Bill and I usually start looking for a campsite about 3:30pm, I hoped to spot his canoe pulled up at an island and see his highly visible yellow tent. It was not to be. At 10:30pm I found a small island and pitch my little camp. Maybe tomorrow.

2 July: Day-25, Total-26; Miles-40, Total-948

On the water before 7am, it is overcast with very light wind, a good day to paddle. Around each bend I looked for Bill, no luck.

One time when searching with the binos, an arctic tern swooped at me and grazed the top of my hat. Both the terns and the seagulls often dive at us, probably trying to protect nearby nests.

About 11am it started raining. The rain and the wind increased as the day went on. At about 3pm a squall blew through with winds at 30 kts, white caps and rain blowing sideways. Fortunately, I was only a few hundred feet from shore. I made a dash for a gravel bar and held in an eddy for about 30 minutes when the wind eased up a bit. Since the water was too rough to travel, I found a spot and put my tent up in the rain, tossed in my gear, some cold food and crawled in behind it. The rain came down even harder as I ate the miscellaneous items that were grabbed from the pantry box in a flash. Either Betty or my sister, Mae, had given me a couple packs of precooked bacon slices. This was the first time I tried them, they are great! Two other items rounded out the meal; a bottle of cheddar squeeze cheese and two small packs of crackers & peanut butter. What great go-togethers. There were about 15 slices of bacon, when all the crackers were gone, I squeezed the cheese directly on the bacon. Sure tasted good on a cold rainy night after being wet for hours.

No sign of Bill all day. I must have gone by him when passing an island or we could have selected different channels at times. Or, he may be pushing trying to catch up with me but probably not because I told him on the radio that I would wait until I was sure he was in front of me then catch up to him. Also, he should know I’m behind him because he saw the buildings in Beaver before I did. Anyway, we should link up tomorrow in Stevens Village, about 30 miles downstream.

3 July: Days-26, Total-27; Miles-35, Total-983

It was good to get a good night’s sleep. It rained until at least 1am. This morning it was clouded over and windy, but no rain. A lot of my gear was wet so I hung it in the wind and waited until 8am to start. Then I tied some clothing to the canoe cover to dry as I paddled. I was beating into a strong headwind most of the day but only got rained on twice, less than an hour each time.

Unfortunately, our maps for this portion of the river are the pits, a 1:1,400,000 Delorme. The same map sheet goes to within 25 miles of Prudhoe Bay on the Beaufort Sea. It is not much better than a roadmap and there is very little detail. However, all this water is eventually going to the Bering Sea so if we just follow the flow it will get us there. Several times I thought Stevens Village must be around the next bend. Finally, I saw a log cabin and yelled but I didn’t expect an answer, as it looked abandoned. Just a short distance later there was a nice looking log house, again I yelled but no answer, there were also some out buildings and an old log cabin with a sod roof. Not wanting to mistakenly pass Stevens Village, I pulled the canoe to the bank and walked up the steps to the house. Lots of dogs were barking, I only saw a little one but could hear bigger ones tied or penned behind the house. I counted 17 rifles/shotguns on the front porch leaning against the house and that was what I saw from a distance, it looked like more were on the other side. Getting no answer to my shouted greetings, I canoed on downstream hoping there was more to Stevens Village than this.

I thought I saw someone in red on a sandbar way ahead. The binos revealed that it might be a Quayle, a Bill Quayle. Then the most beautiful yellow tent came into view. I quickly called on the radio and Bill directed me into the neatest little cove behind a gravel bar.

We spent the next couple hours catching up on what each of us had been going through while Bill helped me put up my tent and I cooked some pasta. As I ate, Bill read me his journal entries (starting at Whitehorse) that he had written to send to Betty for typing and posting on the website.

Somehow, Bill had thought that I was ahead of him and he was hurrying to catch me or at least not have me wait long for him. Guess we will have to work on our communications (and mind reading).

We both acknowledged what a relief it was to link up again and to know that the other was safe. Tomorrow, we will fine-tune our procedures should we get separated again.

All’s well!

4 July 2003 – Independence Day, Day-27, Total-28; Miles-40, Total-1023

A great day for our Birthday! We used some time this morning to cook, organize and chat while we waited until we felt Stevens Village might be alive. We were at their landing at 8:30 and up the bank we went with our water jugs, dirty clothes and soap & towel for showers. As we looked down the gravel streets, nothing was stirring. Then we heard someone crying out in pain, around a corner a young Indian guy was holding his arm while another guy tried to help him. We walked to them and asked about the problem. They said the guy had just fallen and dislocated his elbow. They wanted to know if we could relocate it. BOY, WHAT AN OPPORTUNITY! Having just completed a comprehensive Wilderness First Aid Course this past May, this is my first chance to practice. As I got close to see the injury, my observation was that the guy reeked of alcohol. I told the friend how he could try to relocate the elbow and Bill & I quickly moved on. At the laundromat, we filled our water containers. While there we talked with Mark, a heavy equipment operator who has been working on the new airfield since February. His family continues to live at their home near Tok, AK, several hundred miles away. He told us that the town no longer has a payphone. We decided we would do laundry at the next stop when we could use a phone and get a meal at a restaurant. We also learned that the “injured” guy and his friend have been on a three day binge.

As we floated by a half dozen little cabins on the way out of town, we could hear our injured friend cussing up a storm. When he saw us float by, he came outside cussing at us. His parting words were something about us being on Tribal land without permission and that we could get shot. All this at the top of his lungs and spiced with four letter words. Then I saw him and some of his buddies dropped a rocket flare (fireworks) in a pipe and fired it over our heads. We kept moving.

Soon the terrain started changing, we were entering an area with low mountains and we were about to flow through a canyon. It was a great feeling to have the Yukon Flats behind us and to have the mountainous walls overlooking the river.

This area has more river traffic; there was almost none before. We met an interesting couple Dave Dirk & Sabine Kocks, both from Germany. They were in a Dory like boat, similar to an old wooden lifeboat. It is rigged with a mast for sailing. Dave made it himself at Lake Bennett just like those following the Gold Rush. He started making it about five years ago and has spent the past three summers coming down the Yukon in it. Ten years ago he built a raft and floated down the Yukon on it.

Our destination for the day was the Dalton Highway, which parallels the Alaska Pipeline all the way to Prudhoe Bay. It is the only road that crosses the Yukon from Carmacks to the Bering Sea. Bill drove this road to Prudhoe about three years ago I drove it about 11 years ago.

We stopped at a place Dave suggested about a quarter mile upstream of the pipeline. As we finished setting up camp, Dave & Sabine drifted up. We had a great time talking with them about their adventures on the Yukon. While walking on the shore we saw some large bear tracks. Our contribution to our Nation’s birthday party was to share my last two beers and fire a red flare cluster from my emergency flare-gun.

HAPPY BIRTHDAY AMERICA!

Tomorrow morning it will be breakfast at the restaurant by the bridge.

5 July: Days-28, Total-29; Miles-20, Total-1043

What a great breakfast at the restaurant/motel/gas station/way station on the Dalton Highway, a 450 mile gravel road from Fairbanks to Prudhoe Bay. Two over easy, bacon, hash browns, a sliced tomato, toast, OJ, coffee and blueberry pie with ice cream got the day started. Gotta come back here.

While I was taking a shower the folks at the motel, et al, washed, dried and folded our grungy clothes. A rather strange thing happened in the shower room. There are three shower stalls in a row and they, along with a couple of commodes are elevated about a foot higher than the floor. This is probably to protect the pipes from freezing in winter. Anyway, while showering I was thinking about getting all scrubbed up and would have clean clothes to put on, then I thought about my wide brimmed hat that was really dirty and sweat stained. So I reached out, grabbed it and soaped it up good. Well, the water temperature fluctuates wildly depending on who else is drawing water; sometimes ice cold, then about right, then really hot. But it really doesn’t matter too much because it doesn’t flow any too fast either and it’s easy to step back until it is tolerable. After washing my hat there wasn’t a good place to put it so it would drain and still hold its shape. It seemed reasonable to just put it on my head and finish showering. Meanwhile, some guy had entered the shower next door. A couple of minutes later there was a loud metal clanking on the floor, a louder yell, a tremendous splashing thud, more yelling, moaning and some profanity. I stepped out of the shower to see what was happening. Virtually at my feet is a grossly overweight guy thrashing around naked on the floor trying to get up but everything was wet and slick. As he was shouting “Don’t touch me I can get up by myself”, two people ran in to see what the commotion was about. The huge fat guy finally got up and explained that the metal shower head had fallen off and hit his toe as really hot water now gushing out unrestricted scalded him. He slipped trying to get out of the way and fell over that one foot elevation onto the floor. One of the guys who rushed in asked if the big guy was ok, then looked at me, also sans clothing, and said “Nice hat” and left.

When I returned to the dining area, Dave & Sabrine had joined Bill and were ordering breakfast. We had a very enjoyable leisurely time visiting and learning about the adventures of this resourceful couple. While there we met Bob & Thelma Bowser who work at the Park Service Visitors Center that is about a quarter mile away. I remembered instantly that I had met them 11 years ago when I was driving to Prudhoe Bay. We all had questions for them and they invited us over to their Center, now at a bit different location. The Bowsers live in Orlando and have been working summers here for 12 years.

After lots of visiting and a stop at the Center, I slipped off for a quick lunch at the restaurant before we departed, Dave soon joined me. I had an enormous chefs salad and arranged to buy some carrots, celery and onions from the kitchen (the veggies were later shared with Bill).

Soon Bill and I were at the landing saying good-bye to our new friends, Sabine, Dave and Bob (Thelma was doing some chores).

We passed a few fish camps and met several boats the first few miles. It is a holiday weekend and lots of folks from Fairbanks are on the river with friends and family. We found a great place to camp on the gravel point of Kalka Island. We noticed human tracks and three 5-gallon jerry cans neatly tucked by some bushes.

After I finished dinner (Bill cooks a large meal only in the mornings and munches on it all day), we talked for an hour or so and Bill turned in while I answered some email and started the day’s journal entry. It was cool and very peaceful as I sat on the shore with my feet propped up pecking away on this little PocketMail keyboard. Of course, there was plenty of light since we are in the land of the midnight sun. Actually, I can’t remember a dark night since I was someplace south of Edmonton on the drive north over a month ago.

The sound of a distant boat motor grew louder; the little speck of a boat grew larger, as it seemed to be heading straight for our island. Darn, they have a lot of nerve, landing right in front of us and only a few feet from Bill’s canoe. Four Caucasian men got out and walked directly to the stashed gas cans. Three of them carried long handled shovels and one wore a shoulder holster with a pistol. They were about a hundred yards from me and my tent, but they marched right by Bill’s tent. Needless to say, Bill also had heard them coming and was on the alert. We both stood watching and they only nodded as they walked between us. They went to a nearby open area and started digging. I couldn’t take it; I had to find out what these guys were up to. They kept digging as they explained that their four families had a fish camp on the other end of “our” island. They live in Fairbanks and often fly their plane to land on the island and tend to their nets. The digging was to bury the cans on the sand to use as anchors to tie the plane to when they park it on the island.

Bill joined us and had lots of questions about their method of smoking the salmon. I excused myself to work on this entry. After an hour or so they sped off and the peace of the evening was restored.

6 July: Days-29, Total-30; Miles-44, Total-1087

Last night the guys who invaded our island invited Bill to their fish camp. They said he could stop by on the way down river and they would show him their fish smoking operation. Bill left a half-hour before me to see their camp; he said if they were not outside he would just pass by and not wake them at 7am on a Sunday morning. They weren’t, and there was still no sign of life when I passed.

It was a great morning to paddle, cool, no wind and the water surface was glass smooth.

I caught up in an hour or so but it was so peaceful we said nothing, sometime later we were again separated by a mile or so, then later, one of us would pass by unconcerned that the other was there. We were both lost in our thoughts, nature’s beauty and the serenity of this special time; maybe better than any church service.

[“Have you seen God in his Splendors, Heard the text that Nature renders? You’ll not hear it in the family pew; The simple things, the true things, the quiet folks who do things.

Then listen, The Wild is calling you”

from ‘The Call of the Wild’ by Robert Service, apologies if not exact since from memory]

This went on for hours, during which there were a couple of rain showers; they too were gentle and beautiful.

By mid-afternoon, the wind kicked up. Then as we rounded a bend we had 20 knots right on the bow. The waves were building and this gentle Sunday float was becoming a chore. The strong head wind slowed our progress; we had to work to make 3 mph. We fought wind & whitecaps until 5pm and Bill spotted a flat spot on a rocky bank. Great, we made for it.

Tents are up, I’ve eaten, we’re cleaned up and life is great.

NOTE: We have received email messages from several who have been following along on the website. It is great sitting out here in remote wilderness hearing from family, old friends, new acquaintances, and especially folks that neither of us know who are now a part of the trip. We feel a kinship with all who are interested in what we are doing and in this very special part of our planet. Even though I try to send a personal note to all who send messages to the PocketMail address, I thought others might be interested in some of the questions we are being asked. From time to time, I will try to address some of the more common questions in my journal entries.

Q: By far, the most asked questions are concerning Bill’s pinched nerve.

A: He is doing fine. He has found that using a single blade canoe paddle does not seem to cause any pain. No, he has not contacted a doctor about it.

Q: Charlie Monson, a hiking buddy in Miami asked how our meals differ from those I would have on a long hike since we can carry more weight in a canoe? Also, do we keep our food in bear canisters?

A: Bill and I each cook our meals separately. I use a lot of the same things I use backpacking. Since I packed food for 75 days, I still need to be space conscious. I use a lot of Lipton dinners, beans & rice, mac & cheese, etc. I do augment with bagels and fresh veggies every chance I get, so I have had a lot of salads that backpackers usually only get in towns. The canoe gives me the ability to bring along more seasonings, olive oil, onions, bacon bits, cheese, etc. Also, I am not as conservative with fuel. When backpacking, I seldom have coffee or anything hot for breakfast. Now, I make up a full thermos of coffee and usually have hot oatmeal. One morning, I had eggs (dried whites) and hash browns (dehydrated); they were pretty good. I also brought along a small Dutch Oven, which would never go on a backpack trip. So far I haven’t used it, mainly due to the time and effort required.

Bill vacumn packed meals for 90 days. He uses a two-quart pressure cooker and makes lots of beans & rice, chili, stews, etc. He cooks one large pot each morning and munches on it all day long; he does not have an evening meal.

Neither of us use bear canisters, it would take 10-15 each and they are expensive and awkward to pack. We do store our food in double (some times triple) airtight containers. We are both very careful to keep a clean campsite. We look for bear sign before selecting a site, plus we camp mostly on islands. We know those precautions are not foolproof. We both have pepper spray canisters; I carry mine on my belt all the time. I also have a .44 magnum revolver, which I loaned to Bill until his .44 catches up to us.

7 July: Days-30, Total-31, Miles-38, Total-1125

The wind blew hard until 2:30am. When I awoke at 5:30 all was still and the water smooth. We quickly packed to take advantage of the favorable conditions. Hot oatmeal, a thermos of coffee to go and we were on the water before 7am. What a difference, it was really pleasant. However, within an hour the wind and waves were building again. The sky was completely covered with clouds and it drizzled rain off and on for hours. The wind maxed at about 15 knots, always in our face. The waves were only about a foot, half of yesterday’s performance. On the left bank I saw a black bear walking down the shoreline in my direction. I got one photo at a distance and the camera started its auto-rewind. After I reloaded, it was a distance shot in the other direction. I signaled Bill in the middle of the river and, on the radio, gave him the bear’s location. It was the first black bear we have seen since we started the trip. At one point it was about 50 yards from me.

As we entered a series of three canyons, the wind died, the seas calmed and we were allowed to pass uninhibited. The canyons are captivating. Surrounded by huge rocky cliffs on both sides, riding on an even swifter than normal current, the echoed sound of water cascading over and around rock, the cool feel of evaporated water and spray in the air; all these concentrated together and focused on us as we pass through these wonderful walls. I love it!

At one point the map shows rapids. Well in advance, we saw the enormous boulders that extend from the right bank to the middle of the river. If the water level had been higher, the safe route might not have been so obvious.

Once out of the canyons we were back in the wind. We found a couple of narrow flat spots near a clear, icy cold creek and called it home for the night. I used my long kayak paddle to cantilever a support to suspend the water bag of my solar shower. There was no sunshine today to warm the water but it still felt great.

Q: A couple of folks have asked how our equipment is holding up.

A: Very well, much better than we expected. Most of it needs a good cleaning but is functional. My 20 year old Therm-A-Rest mattress has been leaking for a week. I’m now using my spare Z-Rest on top of the semi-flat Therm-A-Rest and it is quite comfortable. Of course, Bill’s PocketMail refused to work after he gave it a bath.

Q: From Terry Miller in Lime Springs, IA. “When you’re stuck in the canoe all day long, how do you go to the bathroom?”

A: Everyone works out their own arrangement. I carry a ‘pee bottle’, after each filling it is emptied over the side and rinsed. The same bottle is useful at night in the tent when cold, wind or bugs would make a trip outside uncomfortable. When the bowels are signaling a movement, we head for the shore and catch up with the other canoe after taking care of business. (Terry, if you don’t have beer along it greatly reduces the number of times you need be troubled with this problem).

8 July: Days-31,Total-32; Miles-32, Total-1157

Bill departed a few minutes ago; I just started and am silently drifting as I write. Everything is so still. The river is like a mirror; absolutely smooth and reflecting the image of the mountains making them look twice as magnificent. It all brings to mind the lines from Robert Service’s “The Spell of the Yukon”:

“The summer, no sweeter ever,

The sunshiney woods all athrill,

The grayling aleap on the river,

The bighorn asleep on the hill.

The strong life that never knows harness,

The wilds where the caribou call.

The freshness, the freedom, the farness,

God, how I’m stuck on it all.”

We will fire this off later today when we get to Tanana.

9 July: Days-32, Total-33; Miles-34, Total-1191

We like Tanana (Tan-uh-naw). Upon arrival yesterday afternoon, I checked the Post Office then sent/received email on the town’s only pay phone. Bill got some groceries then went to check out the community campsite. After getting a re-supply of food, they have produce; I packed it away in my canoe and returned to make several phone calls. To my dismay, when the grocery closed they locked the foyer where the phone is located. I checked with some locals and found that the foyer is normally unlocked. However, after some one heaved a log through some windows, they lock the foyer when they are not there. I was told they took their kids up the river to a party. I really wanted to make the calls that evening so we could depart earlier the next morning. After waiting until 11pm, which is 3am EST, I gave up, no one wants to talk to me at 2 or 3am anyway. It was a quiet one mile paddle in the midnight sun down the river to the community campground.

This morning, Bill and I decided to wait until 10am when the Community Building opens. Bill called PocketMail, they told him he would need to buy a new unit. He decided that by the time he received it the trip would be nearly over, so he did not order a replacement.

Bill started downriver while I completed my calls and sent responses to the emails received yesterday. By 12:15, I was on my way. It was smooth paddling and the miles went by rapidly. Somehow, I missed Bill; we talked on the radio and decided to camp at our separate locations and link-up in the morning.

Q: Ann & Morrie Doyle of Naples, FL asked if they could charge the drinks to me at the next dinner meeting of our local Alligator Amblers hiking club.

A: Sure, Morrie, and have the bill sent to me somewhere on the Yukon River. Good Luck, we cannot get our own supplies to the right places at the right time.

10 July: Days-33, Total-34; Miles-22, Total-1211

Last evening, I washed a couple sets of clothes before I took a bath, used the solar shower’s warm water for both. It rained during the night and the almost dry clothes were as wet as before I wrung them.

Wanting to re-establish radio contact with Bill, I left my tent and other gear to dry on the shore and paddled out to the place I had radio reception with him yesterday. I was there before 6am and continued trying to call him until after 6:30. Back on the shore at my camp it was 7am and I was making breakfast when I thought I saw a hint of red on the water. The binos showed it to be Bill, evidently he had camped only a mile downstream from me. Unfortunately, he thinks I am ahead of him and he will paddle hard to catch me. He must not have had his radio on, my excited calls got no response, I even blew my whistle several times but he was over a mile upwind. I quickly packed and loaded the canoe, it was about 7:30 when I shoved off. It took another half-hour to paddle to the point at which I had seen him; he had an hour head start. Normally it takes me about three-four times his lead-time to catch him. So, it should take me about three or four hours, however if he is in his speed mode trying to catch me, it could take days. Hopefully, he will realize that having radio contact meant we were no more than two miles apart and that I would be waiting for him. If so, he would know that if he has not come to my camp within two miles, then I must be behind him. Also, he has probably already discovered that he was camped at least two miles farther downstream than he told me on the radio last evening and this would mean that he is ahead of me. Actually, all this is rather convoluted and a little much to expect an FSU alumnus to decipher.

The result is that I paddled hard into 15-25 knot winds and 1-2 foot waves with whitecaps & spray for seven hours and could not see him in the two mile expanse ahead. My progress was frustratingly slow. As the wind and waves grew in the afternoon, it took me 5 minutes to paddle 100ft. That is a rate of less than one mile in 5 hours, I found a semi-level spot on the windswept shore. The FSU grad probably figured this out hours ago and has been reading a good book while I have been rocking and rolling at a snail’s pace.

Usually, I find a little cove, eddy or other protected nook to beach my canoe for the evening. Today, I was lucky just to find a small flat spot for the tent and a gravel shore (much better than mud). The strong wind quickly dried the gear I had packed while it was still wet. With my yellow tent up as an indicator of my location and half my gear strung about on logs and other driftwood I had made a pretty good camp out of a less than desirable situation. Seems good, huh; then I found the biggest bear tracks I have ever seen. They were a day or two old and about a hundred feet down the shore from my tent. I must not have checked that far away before deciding the site was bear safe. Well, it took me an hour to get set up and I really don’t want to spend another hour packing just to get back out on the water to look for another site.

With lots of time to cook, I put some pepperoni in my heavy pot then started piling in carrots, green peppers, an abundance of onions, and a little garlic (some of the veggies need to be eaten within a couple of days of purchase). Topped with melted cheddar cheese and washed down with a Moosehead (beer), it was awesome. If Bill is still out there fighting wind & wave, I should really feel guilty.

My plan is to get in the bag early in hopes that the wind subsides then get at it early in the morn. If the wind doesn’t abate, I might just stay here another day. Bill and I have discussed just such a situation and each expects that the other will be sitting it out also.

Before turning in, I’m going to go rub out those bear tracks in an attempt to make this camp a little safer.

11 July: Days-34, Total-35, Miles-62, Total-1273

Last night, I had two visitors. No, not the teddy bears having a picnic. About 10pm, a barge came chugging slowly up river. It was the MV Ramona, it had a couple of pieces of heavy equipment and some crates and barrels; it seemed to be a light load. The skipper stayed close to the shore because the current is not so strong. As he came within a hundred feet, I waved out my tent door, he tooted the boat’s whistle. We had heard that barges used to re-supply the villages along the river since none of them have roads to the outside world. This is the first we’ve seen.

Just after dozing off again, I heard someone calling my name. It was Bill. Great! He had the same wind problems and, that morning, decided to rest until the winds eased. He planned to paddle until about 3am. I would either catch up to him or meet him in Ruby, the next town.

The weather today is great, no wind, and flat water with scattered clouds in a beautiful sky. I was on the water about 6:30 and reached Bill’s camp by 11am. He was just about done loading his canoe. I floated on, and worked on the journal, some how we missed each other in a maze of islands. We had poor radio reception but Bill did give his location and he was in front of me. I kept paddling but missed him; he probably stopped somewhere for the evening. When I arrived in Ruby at 7:30pm his canoe was not along the landing. Tomorrow, I will wait here until he arrives.

All the commercial buildings were closed when I got here. Harold who works with the local air service, invited me into his home to use his personal telephone. As I was leaving, I asked about a local shower facility. He said there is one at the laundromat but it is closed for the evening. However, a neighbor of his has a bunk and shower in his basement that he sometimes lets “drifters” use. He called Carlson and it all worked out. I just had a hot shower, Carlson tossed a set of clean sheets on the bunk, said I could use the phone if I had a calling card and told me coffee would be ready at 6:30AM. I like this little fishing village of Ruby, so far anyway.

12 July: Day-34, Total-36; Miles-0, Total-1273

It was a wonderful night at the Moose Camp B&B. I had the basement to myself and the hot shower was great. Their bathroom had the first mirror I have seen in weeks. The recent shower facilities we have used have had none. It was a little scary; the guy looking back at me was gaunt and scraggly. My forehead and nose were red and peeling, hair and beard were out of control, my front side over-tanned while the back was nearly white and ribs protruded like an under-fed horse; but I feel great. I took advantage of the mirror to trim the beard a bit, especially around my mouth where it had been straining the larger chunks from my food.

Carlson Koyukuk had a hot pot of coffee ready when I went upstairs. He set a couple of sunny-side-up eggs in front of me, and then plates of waffles and sausage kept coming until I cried “unkle”. Wow, what a great place.

The campground pavilion made a good watch station. About 9am, the binos picked up a dot that was miles away and on the far shore. Later, when it started across the mile wide river, I suspected that it was Bill. He was beating into the wind and a light chop. About 11am he arrived at the far end of the village. Just in front of him were Laura & Aaron returning after paddling their canoe a couple of hours. They told Bill about this remote little village and we both agreed we would stay for the night.

We pitched our tents at the community campground that was built to accommodate “drifters”. It has a wood platform for tents, picnic tables, a covered pavilion, a privy and a covered fire-ring with cut & split wood. All this is on a bluff overlooking the river and just above the landing where our canoes are tied.

We toured the village and everyone we met was friendly and helpful. The Community Store was much better stocked than most. While there, I introduced Bill to Father Joe Hemmer who I met last night at Harold’s home. Father Joe rotates between Ruby and Kaltag, about 170 miles down river. He spends about two weeks each, at each location.

Nora Kangas drove a four wheeler up to our camp. After talking to her awhile she invited us to a Memorial Potlatch in the evening. She is 83 years old and later we learned they call her “Wild Grandma”. She pulled up her pant legs to show the scars of two knee replacements. A few minutes after she drove away, I saw her driving up a very steep hill to visit some friends.

The Memorial Potlatch is a local custom of the Athabascan Indians and varies from community to community. A few years after the death of a family member, when the family decides the hurt and mourning should stop, they arrange a Potlatch. The entire village is invited and friends and relatives of the deceased come from all over the state. It is a grand community pitch-in dinner, give-away and dance that lasts till morning.

While Bill did his laundry, I showered then visited the library. It was one of the few times I have been able to check our website (Nice job Beth, Thanks). Karen, the librarian, was helpful and cautioned me that after we pass Galena we should watch our gear closely, there have been many thefts in that area and “drifters” have not been treated well.

Back at camp, George Yaska stopped and talked. He passes through Ruby often on his way to and from other villages along the Yukon or other connecting rivers. He is a native Arts & Crafts teacher. He spent a lot of time telling me how snowshoes and dogsleds are constructed. Also, he told me about the early, non-native, explorers in this area and how the rivers here have been used as highways for centuries. Even though most villages of a few hundred people now have some sort of air-service, boats and the river are still their major means of transportation.

In the evening, we decided not to attend the Potlatch. We did not want to intrude on a family’s special time of remembering; even though Nora and Laura told us not to be concerned with such notions. Later, as enchanting music drifted through the village, I wished I had gone. It was a rare opportunity to observe, and participate in a native celebration. Later, we learned they had two bands; one to play music for the younger crowd and the other played native music favored by the older folks. I could still hear music when I awoke at 5am.

13 July: Days-35, Total-37; Miles-24, Total-1297

It was a very quiet Sunday morning in Ruby after a full night of festivities. We also took our time. Bill wrote a letter to the mayor telling him about the friendly people, the warm welcome and how much we enjoyed his fair village. We walked to the mayor’s home. Not wanting to wake folks who may have just gotten to bed, Bill was about to leave the letter at the door. He heard footsteps inside and tapped lightly. When the door opened slightly, he slipped the letter to the lady inside.

We packed and were just getting in our canoes as it started raining. Within minutes it was pouring, I saw water running off the canoe cover and was glad to have it. An hour or so later the rain stopped and we chatted as miles slipped into our wake. About 2pm the wind started increasing and there was a light chop. Also we moved onto a new map sheet. Unfortunately, we are back on a 1:1,400,00 scale and the next and last map sheet is the same ridiculous scale. No more detail for us. We were near the middle of this mile wide river, we could see the river was turning a few miles ahead but poor visibility and many side bays made it difficult to determine which direction. As the wind increased and the waves grew, we had to get to one shore or the other. We went left. The waves were now hitting us broadside – not good. My canoe is not as stable as Bill’s so I tried to keep the waves at a 45 degree angle as I made a long diagonal approach to the left shore. Bill went directly for the shore. Both of us were paddling hard as the waves increased in size. It was a bit of a chore to quarter the bow off the wind but dare not allow it to go too far for fear of broaching. At times, the bow would plunge into a wave and come up shedding water off both sides of the cover, then do it again and again. Now I’m really glad I have a canoe cover – Thank You Terry Gouan, you did good work.

As I slipped into the calmer water near the shore, I could see Bill farther upstream making a determined effort directly toward the bank. When he got near the shore he radioed that he might have stressed his neck, we decided to pull into the sandy bank and wait for better conditions. We started fixing dinner and would decide if we would camp or paddle on, after we ate. Many times conditions improve in late afternoon or early evening.

I had a huge salad to use some of the veggies before they went bad. Half a head of lettuce, a cucumber, tomato, half of a large onion, two carrots, some pepperoni, chunks of cheddar cheese and too much olive oil all went into the gold pan. It was great.

With wind and waves still up, we decided to pitch right where we were. This narrow sandy bank is a slope of about 30 degrees so good tent sites are a joke. Bill found a little shelf higher up that he could get his small bicycle tent onto. I removed the leeboard attached to my canoe and used it as a shovel to cut & fill the bank. A spot just big enough for my little backpacking tent soon developed. We have a home for the night.

It is now 11pm, the water is much smoother, the wind is only a stiff breeze, it is sprinkling rain and the sun is shining. Another good day on the Yukon.

14 July: Days-36, Total-38; Miles-28, Total-1325

It rained off and on all night. At 4am, it was raining when I checked the canoes. A little after 5am, I awoke to Bill’s call that the rain had stopped and the wind had subsided. We quickly broke camp and were underway within half an hour. No hot coffee and oatmeal this morning.

The destination, Galena. There was a US Air Force Base there until a couple of years ago when it was closed as a cost saving measure. We made good time for a few hours then the wind started increasing. By 10am we were beating into wind & wave again. A few minutes later it was pouring rain and cooler. Visibility was limited, but we kept thinking that Galena should be around the next bend; it wasn’t. The rain and low clouds continued to make navigation through some of the islands tricky. Finally, a sign that Galena is close, an aircraft circling under the low clouds waiting for a break in the weather to land at the, now civilian, Galena Airport.

Then, at a distance, we could see the very top of a huge white sphere. All right! A communication dome at the old Air Base. Soon we went by an old “ant farm”, various arrays of many different types of antennas. Miles later, we passed the end of the runway and rounded a point that had been revetted with white metal panels to prevent erosion of the runway. Now, a mile or so away we could see the village of Galena.

We were still hard into the wind and waves when we arrived. Waves were pounding the shore making it nearly impossible to leave a canoe in the water unattended without it either taking water or getting beat against the rocky shoreline. I landed mine and pulled it broadside onto the gravel shore. Bill’s much heavier aluminum canoe does not slide as well as my slicker kevlar (like a lightweight fiberglass) canoe. After a couple of unsuccessful attempts to secure it perpendicular to the shore, we knew that would not work with the waves tossing it around. Then we tried laying round pieces of driftwood on the shore like a crude ramp. We then got on each side of the canoe and, with a little help from a big wave, heaved it straight up the driftwood rollers until it was completely out of the water. Whew, what a relief to have both boats out of the turbulent water.

The rain let up for a while and we pitched our tents. Then we were off to explore the village. The Post Office had three boxes for us. Two from Betty with film mailers, GORP/birdseed (a great mixture of nuts, raisins and M&Ms) and homemade cookies. One box was from Charlie Monson, a hiking friend from the Big Cypress Chapter in Miami. Like Betty with the GORP, Charlie knows what goes good on a physically demanding, long haul, Snickers bars. There were about a dozen super large size bars in the box, no note, no beer, just lots of Snickers. Thanks Betty and Charlie, you made our day!

Bill needed to rest his neck; paddling into those waves has to be stressful on it. I decided to see if the local watering hole, the first one since Dawson nearly 800 miles ago, had a happy hour. While there, I met Andy Summers who has traveled all over this part of Alaska. He gave me a town by town description of what to expect all the way to Holy Cross.

As agreed, Bill arrived at 6:30 to join me for dinner in the adjoining cafe. I introduced him to Andy, Helen and Katrina. Bill mentioned that a young kid had tossed some pebbles at his tent then shyly chatted for a bit. The locals at the bar immediately knew this young guy and said his sled was a few dogs short of a full team. They advised us to watch our gear closely. Bill said he wasn’t planning to eat anyway and left in a flash. After eating, I returned to our camp. Bill said all seemed OK.

A few minutes after we had sacked out, I heard Bill ask someone what they were doing lifting the tent door flap to look in. He firmly, but politely sent the guy on his way.

It was raining hard as I dozed off. It is a good feeling to be in a warm dry tent when it is cold and wet outside. Raindrops on the tent are like a soft drum playing Taps.

15 July: Day-37, Total-39; Miles-7, Total-1332

It rained reasonably hard all night. Our plan was to take the day off to allow Bill time to rest his neck. About 7:30am the rain stopped and we were both ready to get out of our tents. As I was putting on my shoes, Bill loudly announced that the “so & so” had stolen his sandals. Bill was not a happy camper. We both depend on our sandals everyday. I wear mine to wade into the water when packing and unpacking the canoe and when entering and exiting. Bill wears his nearly all the time. We both have spare footgear, but not sandals. As we were finishing breakfast, the young guy quietly appears behind Bill’s tent. Bill informed him that he wanted them back and that the theft would be reported to Jay Sears, the local law officer who we met yesterday. The kid said he knew nothing. As he was leaving, I caught up with him. I told him that my friend was one bad dude and could really get mean, especially if someone steals his stuff. I asked if he knew where he might “find” the sandals. He said he would check and let me know.

About an hour later, after Bill had gone down to his canoe, the kid was in the bushes and signaled me to follow him. We walked down the shoreline about a quarter mile and he just stopped. I asked where the sandals were and he looked at the ground. Sure enough, there they were behind a small bush. I took them and told him to avoid Bill and our camp if he wanted to stay safe. He nodded and disappeared. I knew that Bill would not hurt this errant little 9th grader, but did want to scare the shoes out of him.

Bill suggested that we should either move our camp or just leave town. We decided to move on after we picked up a few items, did some chores and had lunch at the cafe. While I sent replies to the messages I received yesterday, Bill found a coffee pot in the corner of Chaundra’s grocery store. When I caught up, he introduced me to John, who retired from the Air Force, Mary, and Sidney. All were interesting. Later Bill purchased a book that Sidney Hutchinson had written about Athabascan Indian life.

Yesterday at the Post Office we had talked with Lucy Williamson. She works at the local US Fish & Wildlife office. She told us to make sure we stopped at their Visitor Center while we were in town. Today, she helped me get a better map of the river. While there we met Dominique Watts, an Intern from the University of New Mexico and his friend Julie also from UNM. We learned about the Innoko National Wildlife Refuge from Lucy and Dominique.

After a late lunch, we got underway. The weather had cleared and it was a cool, calm day to paddle. This intended day of rest for Bill’s neck did not work out as we had planned. After a couple of hours we started looking for a campsite. We soon found a low gravel island and pitched.

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Chuck | Leave a comment

Canoeing the Yukon – Carmacks to near Fort Yukon – June 16 – 30, 2003

16 June: Days-9, Total 10; Miles-52, Total-304

Fortunately, I was feeling better this morning. Since I was awake half of the night, I slept later than usual. It was nearly 7am; I quickly struck the tent and packed my gear. Bill gave me a mug of coffee, I used it to wash down one of the blueberry bagels he gave me yesterday and we got underway.

I had intended to write yesterday’s journal this morning over a few cups of coffee. Instead, I worked on it as we floated down the river. Bill kept paddling, so I would drift and write, then paddle hard to catch up. This went on much of the morning and the miles slipped by quickly.

We stopped to look at Minto Station, another old way station for the stagecoach line. About all that is left is a large flat cleared area where a small community once toiled to make a living in this remote land. The road to Dawson was built by the White Pass Line Company to carry the mail under a government contract. In the 1930’s it became cheaper to deliver mail to Dawson by air and way stations fell by the wayside. Then in 1955 the new Klondike highway was built to Dawson using a more direct route. Many little communities were on portions of the old stage road that was not part of the new highway, most of them are now ghost towns. Minto is one such town.

We overtook a group of seven Germans canoeing from Whitehorse to Dawson. Elizabeth Wiengard is leading the group. I chatted briefly with her when we caught up to them, then again when we stopped to see old Fort Selkirk. Elizabeth and her husband canoed to the Bering Sea in 1991. I had lots of questions for her.

Fort Selkirk is very interesting. It was an old Northwest Mounted Police outpost and it has been maintained wonderfully. Houses, cabins, out buildings, trading post, school house, a church, etc. (all log construction) are still functional, but only used as a museum. A First Nation historical preservation group maintains it. The fort was operational until about 1935. We had planned to camp at the fort but the German group planned to stay there so we moved on down river about five miles.

Earlier today the Pelly River joined the Yukon. That great river brought with it more glacial silt making the silt concentration in the Yukon even higher. For miles, the right bank of the Yukon has been lined with huge, steep volcanic/basalt cliffs; just beautiful.

My dinner was exceptional: raw carrots for an appetizer (shared with Bill), a lettuce and tomato salad, a spanish rice & pasta main course and for dessert, a dollop of banana nut bread/dough that Bill whipped up. Pretty high living for the outback!

17 June: Day-10, Total-11; Miles-52, Total-356

It was a cool, overcast day, a great day to canoe down the Yukon.

I worked on answering some email messages while floating, then paddled to catch up; the time and miles seemed to fly. We stopped at Selwyn Station to see an abandoned and decaying log house.

There are now a lot of islands in the river. Sometimes it just happens that Bill and I go on opposite sides of an island or maybe even a whole cluster of islands. While doing just that today, Bill saw a large moose and her calf. He was very close to them, about 50 feet, look for great photos coming, not so soon, on this very website.

Late afternoon, we saw our first live grizzly while on the river. It was just coming out of the water as we were crossing toward it. After shaking the water off, it stood and watched us, ambled a few yards and continued to watch as the current carried us downstream. It was a thrill!

It took us longer than normal to find a spot to camp this afternoon. We have had such great campsites that our standards are pretty high. It seemed that all the semi-clear flat spots had a muddy landing or were on a high bluff. We like a sand or gravel landing, preferably in an eddy (out of the current), deep enough to float the canoes without dragging, shallow and wide enough to easily wade around the canoes to pack & unpack. We like the tent site to face east so the morning sun will dry any dew, rain or condensation. Of course, we prefer to camp and eat on a grassy area and certainly not in the mud or on large rocks. A good breeze is nice too, it keeps the bugs away and makes for pleasant sleeping. We don’t get too concerned about having a good view because there are no bad ones here, really. Anyway, it took us awhile to find a suitable site, it was about 7 PM when we started unloading and 8:30 before we finished dinner. Bill sacked out right after dinner. It is now about 9:30, there is a light breeze, it is very quiet and the river silently rolls on.

18 June: Day-11, Total-12; Miles-33, Total-389

It started raining last night sometime after midnight. It almost stopped while we had breakfast and was increasing as we took our tents down. Paddling in the rain was not uncomfortable since the weather was not cold and we stayed dry. We went by a momma moose and her baby, both laying on the bank at water’s edge. When I yelled to tell Bill about them, they looked our way but never got up, they kept their eyes and ears trained on us as we drifed away.

A Canadian flag on a 20-foot pole marked the path that led up the bank and 500 feet to Clayton Baker’s place. A sign at the base of the flagpole read: “Hund Friend, Kaffee”. It looked like a welcome sign to me and I looked for Bill, who had gone on the other side of an island. As I got out of the canoe I spotted him several hundred yards away and already downstream of my locatiion. It would be very difficult and time consuming for him to make it back up agains the swift current. I waved to him and met five barking dogs signaling my arrival. The six of us walked up to a cabin that had multiple additions. I yelled hello to a woman just going inside, she waved and disappeared into the cabin. A minute later Clayton came out. He told me they live in Dawson and come here by river (105 miles) every summer. A sign on their cabin advertised: Gold Nuggets For Sale,, Sandwiches, Coffee, Campground, Cabins. We talked for a few minutes and I asked if I could get a picture, then said good-bye.

About a mile downstream Bill was waiting in a little bay out of the current. He told me that apparently the nerve in the back of his neck and shoulder was pinched again, it was very painful for him to move his head or lift anything. He took some aspirin and we drifed with the current so he did not need to paddle but he did need to steer. We started looking for anyplace that we could use as a campsite, without applying the campsite criteria mentioned earlier. We checked the point of an island, but recent flowing ice had scoured it clean and the continuing rain was making it a mud hole. On the map we saw a place coming up called O’Neils Landing. Unfortunately, for us, it was being upgraded. The whole area had been bulldozed and it too was now a mud hole except where they had placed large rocks. As we floated along in the rain, Bill said he had just passed an old cabin. I swung in to check it out while Bill, now a couple hundred feet downstream, pulled in to await my report. I darted to the top of the bank and saw an old fire ring and places for at least rhee tents so I ran back with the good news. As Bill walked back along the bank towing his canoe, I check the site more thoroughly. The good news was, it was a great site and een met most of our “picky” criteria. The bad news was, there were bear tracks on the shore and what looked to be fresh droppings up near the fire ring. We considered the situation and decided to stay even though normally we would have yielded the site to the bear. Bill needed to lie flat on his back to relieve the intense pain. I knew he was in a really bad way when he said he wanted to have a doctor check it when we get to Dawson.

After we got his tent set up, we three in is mattress and sleeping bag and he was laid out for the night even though it was only 4pm. As I made dinner I asked if he would like anything to eat but he just wanted to lay flat. That was about four hours ago, nothing heard from Bill nor the bear and it is still raing. Hope Bill is much better tomorrow.

19 June: Day-12, Total-13; Miles-30, Total-419

Per our standing agreement, if it is pouring down rain in the mornings, we sleep in. That was an especially good arrangement this morning since Bill was recovering from his neck problems of yesterday. We were both getting a little stir crazy in our tents and about 9AM there was a short break in the rain and we were both out in a flash. Bill was feeling much better, but not a total recovery. He wanted to try paddling so we quickly packed and were on our way, even if much later than usual. It was raining again before we got on the river. As we were loading our canoes, a German couple in an aluminum canoe floated by. They are going to Circle, Alaska, farther than anyone else we have met on the river.

Bill tried paddling with a traditional canoe paddle instead of the double-ended kayak paddles we have both been using. It seemed to help, especially if he only steered to stay in the main flow and did little other paddling. The White River and the Stewart River both joined the Yukon today. The White was white, laden with glacial silt it made the Yukon even thicker. We can now only see about 4 inches into the water. The additional water from these two rivers increased the speed of the already fast Yukon. We made pretty good time today just floating.

The rain finally stopped in mid-afternoon. We passed a dredge/barge that may have been part of a copper mine operation we had heard about.

Not wanting Bill to have a relapse, we stopped early on the point of an island, which is filled with fresh moose tracks. Also, we wanted to have time to dry our tents and other gear. Just after dinner, a couple floated by in a red canoe. They were in the middle of the river and too far away to talk. They were in a rental canoe and lightly loaded, probably only going as far as Dawson.

We had a short day, 30 miles, but it was good to have Bill end the day without being in pain. He still plans to see a doctor in Dawson.

20 June: Day-13, Total-14; Miles-51, Total-470

A beautiful day; blue skies, light breeze, fast current. The miles flew by as I completed a listing of equipment I brought on this trip. Bill continues to paddle very conservatively and with the single blade canoe paddle. Fortunately, the increasingly swift current moves us right along.

We stopped at Swede Creek to get clear drinking water because the Yukon has too much silt. It was amazing to see the division in the water where the creek first touches the Yukon, this is one thick river.

Our camp tonight is on the point of an island. It’s a little sandy but the breeze keeps the bugs somewhere else. We are about 8 miles from Dawson, tomorrow we will do our “town chores”: send out these journal entries, send & receive email, call loved ones, visit a laundromat, get maps for the next section of river, pick up packages at the post office, snail mail the equipment lists to Betty, buy some hardware items for the trip, get fresh veggies and some other groceries. And, maybe hit a restaurant and shower if it works out. Since tomorrow is Saturday we are concerned about the post office being open. We’ll see!

21 June: Day-14, Total-15; Miles-16, Total-486

We found a bit of a surprise when we checked the canoes this morning. The river level had risen several inches, probably due to the rains of a couple days ago. Plus, Scott, of Kanoe People back in Whitehorse, had told us the river would rise as the warmer temps melted more snow in the mountains. The rise was enough to float our canoes off the rocky shore. Mine was tied to the base of a clump of bushes about 10 feet from the shore. The higher water was now about a foot deep at the bushes and the bushes were now 15 feet out in the water. Bill had tied his canoe to a long log on the shore. Fortunately, when the log floated, it dragged and got hung up after only a few feet. We learned a good lesson!

It was a great day and we were headed to the big city of Dawson, about five miles down stream. We passed the mouth of the clear little Klondike River and there was Dawson, on our starboard and nestled at the junction of the two rivers. We pulled in to a gravel landing just below the S.S.Keno, which is now a museum up on the bank above the river.

What a great town, we both loved every minute we spent there. Our first stop was the Post Office; it was open until noon, great! They only had two of the three packages that we were expecting, not so great. We made arrangements for them to forward the remaining package. Bill received the PocketMail device, like mine, that Betty had sent and I got some film mailers she sent to me. Next stop, The Wash House, just what we need, pay showers and a coin laundry in the same building. Plus, there was a pay phone on the wall outside.

All scrubbed up, messages sent and some phone calls made, we treated ourselves to a great lunch at Joe’s Place (or something like that). The prawn sandwiches, veg-beef soup and cold Yukon Gold (beer) were all good.

We walked around this quaint little frontier like town with dirt/gravel streets and false fronted buildings it seems we either had gone back a hundred years or stumbled onto a movie set. I added some books to my little traveling library. I had deliberately not brought any nature guide books, partly to save space & weight and partly because I thought they might get wet a lot. I now know I’ve got the space and think I can keep them dry. Mostly I really miss not being able to identify wildlife, flowers, etc or answer important questions, like “How to tell the difference between a moose track and a caribou track. I’ve now got a guide for birds, mammals and wildflowers; all geared to northern Canada or Alaska. Also, picked up a paperback, Jack London’s “Call of the Wild” and some other short stories. It has been decades since I have been thrilled by Jack London and now seemed a good time to check in with him again.

While I made more phone calls, Bill visited a small First Nation cultural festival by the river. We both “grubbed-up” at the grocery and were ready to head on down the river.

We met Mark and Kevin by our canoes, they and Kevin’s brother-in-law & his wife were headed to the Bering Sea in two canoes lashed together like a catamaran. With four paddling and Mark with a drum for cadence and a whip for inspiration, they are really flying down the river.

As we floated away and Dawson grew smaller in our wake, we both wish we had stayed there for the night. It is a grand town, plus today is the Summer Solstice and they will celebrate the longest day of the year tonight. Traditionally, a lot of the townfolk walk up Midnight Dome which overlooks Dawson; of course they do this at midnight and it is still light.

We went about 11 miles down stream and found an island to pitch upon. I had a great tossed salad that filled my gold-pan salad bowl. About 11:30, I was awakened by music; some boats were tied together and folks were partying as they rafted down stream. A few more drifted by, then at midnight, someone called “Get up and celebrate the Summer Soltice”. I crawled halfway out of my tent to investigate and saw that Bill also was checking. We heard a bit more music and shouting but I quickly drifted off into dreamland.

22 June: Day-15, Total-16; Miles-52, Total-538

A couple miles after we started this morning, the boats and canoes that were so noisy, when floating by us last night, were docked or beached on the shore. Bill couldn’t resist shouting to ask if anyone still wanted to celebrate the Solstice, just in case any of them might be sleeping nearby.

About 8:30, the passenger ferry “Yukon Queen II” came down river. She also passed us last evening, as we were setting up camp she was going up stream. I had heard there was a ferry service between Dawson and Eagle. This afternoon she was going back up stream. Evidently they leave Dawson in the morning and return to Dawson each afternoon. The YQ II is a slick looking, fiberglass tour boat with two decks on a catamaran type hull, maybe 50 feet long. She throws a tremendous wake, especially when bucking the current going up stream. The skipper always slows that big rig down well before reaching us, even when our canoes are tied and floating at the shoreline. The last two times he has given us a blast on the ship’s horn while lots of folks come out on deck and wave. This morning, one guy yelled to ask if I was OK. When we get to Eagle, probably tomorrow, I’ll try to drop by the YK II office and have them pass our thanks to the skipper for being so courteous.

We are camped on Night Island and there are plenty of moose tracks. We were commenting that we had not seen even one moose today when a big one walked up out of the water about 200 yards away. We are not alone on this island.

We made 52 miles today and that put us over 500 miles for the trip, we may celebrate tomorrow night in Eagle. We have made reservations at the Eagle Trading Company. That is where Bill and I both have shipped our pistols. Bill has really been looking forward to getting his, he always has a few firearms when he is in the wilderness. I’ll be glad to have mine in the event I need to use it, otherwise, it is just one more thing to fool with.

Guess we’ll have to take a bath again tomorrow, this every other day thing is getting to be a nuisance 🙂

23 June: Day-16, Total-17; Miles-41, Total-579

Since we will arrive in Eagle this afternoon and I want to send all of the recent journal entries, I am typing (small keyboard, can only use two fingers) as I float downstream. It is about 7:30am, a clear blue sky, temp is in low sixties but in warm sun I am comfortable in walking shorts & tee shirt, plus the life vest is almost like a jacket. Sitting here in the canoe with my bare feet on top of the cooler (40 qt size, used as my kitchen pantry and as a table at camp) and looking at the magnificent scenery, I wonder why I am so fortunate. There are snow capped mountains off in the distance, the lower ones lining the Yukon valley at this point often have sheer rock cliffs. Usually, the outside of each bend in the river has the massive steep cliffs plunging abruptly into the water and the inside shore of the turns is lower, more flat and forested. The first few hundred feet back from the shore might have alder, aspen or birch. Farther back and at a higher elevation is fir. All of the hills and mountains, up to the tree line, are covered with fir trees. There are lots of rock outcroppings, often exposing steep rugged rock formations. There is a new spectacular view around each bend. The silence, as I drift along, is captivating. When not paddling it is so quiet that I think I can hear a faint soft scratching as the canoe floats through the silt in the water. Occasionally, the stillness is broken by the rush of water surging around some rocks. It is so picture perfect and peaceful that it is difficult to remember that the river has such massive force and that a mishap could result in a life threatening dunking in 38 degree water and possible loss of our gear. But, as long as I keep this thing right side up, the stunning views just keep unfolding in front of me…

… I just took a paddle break to keep the canoe in the main stream of flow. Reading the water correctly makes a big difference in how fast we move downstream and in how much effort is required. We only have about 20 miles before we reach the U.S. border then another ten or so to Eagle, Alaska.

We just crossed into the good ole US of A. There was an American Flag and a Canadian flag on the shore at the border. A cleared swath through the forest about 100 feet wide marks the border along the 141st Meridian.

Somehow the landscape seems even larger and more grand just knowing that it is our country. Eagle just appeared as we turned left around a bend, it is about two miles ahead on our port side.

More tomorrow, stay tuned!

24 June: Days-17, Total-18; Miles-14, Total-593

Eagle is a beautiful little village of about 150 year round residents. Everyone we have met has been very friendly and helpful. Kay at the Post Office and Betty Borg at the Eagle Trading Company, gave us the mail that had been forwarded to us. I received a re-supply package that I had sent to myself via UPS when I was in Iowa about a month ago. It has 25 dinner meals, 12 breakfasts, 12 lunches and my .44 magnum revolver. Bill also sent his .44 but it wasn’t here so he is checking.

We had dinner at the Trading Company restaurant, hot showers and clean sheets. Neither of us slept well, Bill thinks it was because he misses his tent, I think it was because it was a “dry” town.

Yesterday, we learned there was an historical walking tour of the older parts of Eagle and we planned to go on it. Since it didn’t start until 9am we had some free time this morning. I went for a run and did some push-ups, sit-ups, and stretching. Bill worked on his new PocketMail and we met at the restaurant for a big breakfast.

The tour started at the old courthouse which is now a museum. Betty Borg greeted us. She said that yesterday she had her Trading Company hat on and today she has her volunteer hat. The tour was excellent. It was given by Carl Stapler, a National Park Service Ranger. The Eagle Historical Society has really done a good job preserving the buildings and this important part of their history. Also on the tour were Ron & Marge McElfresh, Marge is the new Principal/Teacher (K-4) at the Eagle school. The tour lasted a little over two hours, so we had lunch at the restaurant before we packed our gear for departure.

On the way out of town, we stopped by the NPS Visitors Center to get more information from Carl and to file a float plan. It was almost 3pm before we floated away.

The wind was in our teeth at about 20 kts but it was a warm, sunny day, the views like a postcard and we were still on a high from the great experience we had in Eagle. After 14 miles, we pitched near Calico Bluff. This is a huge rock formation, which the river has cut away leaving a beautiful cross-section and exposing wavy sedimentary lines. Within a few feet of where we pulled our canoes to shore we saw three different sets of fresh tracks in the sand. They were made by a large moose, a porcupine and a wolf. Just as we finished with the tents, dark clouds were sending rain showers our way. I try to keep a couple meals available that do not require cooking and are fast to fix. I inhaled some cheese and crackers and a large carrot then got in the tent as the rain started.

It was a good time to write this journal entry and answer some email.

25 June: Days-18, Total-19; Miles-44, Total-637

Picture this: Rainy night, drift off to sleep, 5:30am awakened by something trotting in water just outside the tent. It was a moose, a big moose. As I was scrambling to get the tent door unzipped, Bill shouted my name, he was standing by his canoe at the water’s edge and the moose had been coming directly toward him. The noise caused it to turn into the water. I got a picture as it swam and the current carried it downstream.

Later, Bill started down river while I unpacked the re-supply box that I picked up in Eagle. Finding space in the canoe to store additional items is a challenge. I also needed to put a fresh battery in my camera, fill water bottles from the five gallon jug stored in the bow and refill my fuel bottle. After taking some pictures, I was on my way, an hour and fifteen minutes behind Bill. It takes me about three hours to catch up a one hour lead. Bill’s canoe is shorter, wider and more heavily loaded than mine, all these factors reduce speed and increase the required effort. We both like to spend several hours each day alone so it works out well.

In early afternoon a squall whipped up winds over 30 mph. It was raining sideways and the wind was pushing me across an open area so fast that I might have been planing. Meanwhile, Bill must have been in a protected area and noticed very little rain or wind.

We are passing through the Yukon Charley Rivers National Preserve for about a hundred miles. They have acquired a few old cabins and maintain them for public use. Tonight we are at one of them, the Glen Creek cabin.

26 June: Day-19, Total-20; Miles-38, Total-675

Last night I pitched outside the cabin and Bill put his tent up inside the cabin due to the mosquitoes. The cabin was built by Dr. Lafever of Fairbanks who was active in state politics; his picture is on the wall.

It was a cool, breezy, rainy day, and actually a pretty good day to paddle. Everyday more creeks and rivers join the Yukon. Today we stopped at the junction with Charley River and I tried panning for gold. The water coming in this little side river is clear and cold, so we filled our water containers. I think I found a couple of very small gold flecks, this would not be a good way to make a living.

After checking the Slavin Roadhouse and Public use cabin, no one at either, we moved downstream a mile and pitched on an island with a good breeze. Nice camp. I had Italian pasta and rice, augmented with half an onion. Bill whipped up some banana nut dough bread and gave me a dollop for dessert.

As Tiph would say when we were camped on the Colorado Trail, “Life is Sweet”.

27 June: Days-20, Total-21; Miles-53, Total-728

It rained most of the night, but a dry, cool, overcast day greeted us. Bill left a half-hour before me which gives us both some really quality quiet time on the river; we love it. Bill has worked out a system of paddling that seems to avoid the problem with his pinched nerve. He paddles with a single blade canoe paddle rather than the more efficient double blade kayak paddle. Plus, he takes it really easy, trying not to put a strain on his neck/shoulder. Those of you who know Bill will understand what a difficult time he is having. This very competitive All-American and very high-ranking Masters swimmer is really frustrated. My suggestions that it is an opportunity to learn a bit of humility have not been well received 🙂 The important thing is that he has worked his way through it and our journey of a life-time continues.

Today we entered the portion of the Yukon known as the Yukon Flats. This is the one part of the river that I have dreaded. The river becomes braided with many islands and numerous channels to choose from and there are many false leads that can result in wasted hours of paddling on the wrong route. The terrain here is very flat; the high snow capped mountains that we saw yesterday are gone. Also, the swift current that we have enjoyed will slow somewhat.

Bill likes to do about 40 miles per day, so we started looking for a campsite early in the afternoon. I checked one island as a possible campsite, the mud was so sticky that I could hardly lift my feet, the mud encapsulated my feet and sandals and they looked like footballs of mud. We searched for an island with a gravel shore but nothing. We decided to push on to the little village of Circle, population-175. Soon we were on the beach landing directly in front of the Yukon Trading Post/Cafe/Saloon/Package Store. Chuck John, an Athabaskan Indian was at the counter. He informed us that the cafe and the saloon were closed because the town had no municipal water source. I asked Chuck if we could buy some salmon. He said they had just started “running” and that he would ask around. The little store had a lot of bare shelves. Chuck said there was one other store in town, plus a laundromat and shower house. They only sold beer by the twelve pack and the only brand was Milwaukee’s Best, I tried it. We went to the H.C. Company Store and met Dick Hutchinson, who told us his wife ran the store and a lot of people told her to fire him.

I took advantage of the pay phone and sent emails, we showered and did our laundry then returned to our campsite by the river. A truck drove up and Chuck John gave us some salmon, it was already cleaned and ready to cook. We decided to save it for breakfast.

Bill turned in and as I was typing this, Dick Hutchinson drove up and gave us today’s copy of the Anchorage Daily News. He said that after 3 weeks on the river we might want to know the current news.

28 June: Day-21, Total-22; Miles-50, Total-778

Bill cooked the salmon in his pressure cooker with some rice and onions; we had a feast for breakfast. We left Chuck John a note telling him how much we enjoyed the salmon then bid Circle farewell. The town was so named because years ago they thought it was on or very near the Arctic Circle, it is really about 70 miles south.

For the next 200 miles we will be in an area known as the Yukon Flats. The river is very braided and has hundreds of islands. Locals sometimes have difficulty getting through this part. The waterways and the islands are constantly changing. Large banks will be undercut 10-20 feet, then break off and plunge into the water, often with large trees. The dirt, rocks and trees are carried away by the swift current and deposited downstream. Trees, alive & dead, litter sand bars, shorelines, and the channels. It is really spectacular. We have seen and heard many chunks break off and splash into the water. Sometimes small splashes and some large ones that echo like a gunshot and splash water 20 feet high.

Since we started, we have been using strip-maps, similar to ones used by the old sternwheelers, to navigate. They are really good and very easy to use. The area we are on now gets very little outside traffic and strip-maps are not available. Bill bought a 1:250,000 map at the Yukon-Charley Rivers office, but the scale is so small that we mostly just try to follow the current. Many times the current divides and it is hard to discern the correct channel. We took one side trip today. At the first split the current in each appears to be about equal, then a side channel may split again, and again until there is little or no current.

A moose, which had recently died, was washed up on the shore; it was a young bull with velvet still on his antlers. There are lots of ducks and seagulls in this water maze.

A low, exposed island with a nice, bug clearing breeze became home for the night. A thunderstorm arrived just minutes after we did. Perfect timing; we tied our canoes to some shrubs on the shore, grabbed our rain gear and watched as Mother Nature washed our campsite for us. It was the hardest rain yet but only lasted 20 minutes or so and we pitched our tents. I made a great salad, filling the gold pan that doubles as a salad bowl.

Working on the journal, answering email messages and reading, I was still up at midnight. When I extended my arm, the sun was two fingers above the horizon.

We expect to arrive at Fort Yukon tomorrow. It has no roads to it; people and supplies get there by either boat or air. Fort Yukon IS north of the Arctic Circle.

29 June 2003: Day-22, Total-23; Miles-45, Total-823

Again, we are floating down the mighty Yukon and I’m trying to get today’s journal entry ready to send off at the next stop, Fort Yukon.

It is a great day, not a cloud in the sky, light breeze, temps in the 70’s, fast current and booms & splashes from undercut banks crashing into the river.

Today we are tracking our exact position by GPS. We will be crossing the Arctic Circle in an hour or so and want to note the momentous event.

Bingo, we just arrived at a North Latitude of 66 degrees, 33 minutes. At this point, the sun never sets during the summer solstice and even more days in more northerly latitudes.

The Yukon River is now moving Northwest, at Fort Yukon it will turn more westerly for about 50 miles, then turn Southwest and go below the Arctic Circle. It will continue SW for hundreds of miles before turning NW for its final dash into the Bering Sea, about 1400 river miles from here.

30 June: Day-23, Total-24; Miles-40, Total-863

FLASH: As you may have noted previously, Bill dropped his PocketMail computer device in the water a few days ago. It was only wet for a second but it hasn’t worked right since. He will be working with the folks at PocketMail to get back in the email mode, in the meantime he will send hand written journal notes to Betty and she will type them and have them posted on the website.

Yesterday, we pulled our canoes up on the gravel slope at the east end of Fort Yukon. After tying them to some bushes, we set off to see what was open on a Sunday afternoon. While passing the very first house, a woman stepped outside into a fenced backyard, chatted a minute and invited us inside for “tea”. We begged off and she insisted. I asked if I could take her picture, she said “Sure, they call me Millie the Model”. As I snapped the shutter, we were making a hasty retreat. A couple minutes later, a young guy named Eric, came out of another house and wanted to know about us and then wanted to show us around the town. We walked to “Jean’s Store” to ask about using a phone. Jean, a Frenchman, directed us to the town’s only pay phone, which is at the airport, a half-mile away. Eric followed along with us and hit us up for ten dollars so he could buy some bootleg whiskey. I had already bought him a soft drink at Jean’s. A few steps after we said no, he gave up on us. Bill was uneasy about the town and decided to go back and watch the canoes while I made some phone calls.

I had to wait 20 minutes for the phone then after several calls, started walking back. I stopped at the Yukon Outpost, a gas station/store to see if they had veggies, etc. They had only a few items that campers might need. I talked with Trader Dan Teague, the owner, about the town and found out he used to work on a river barge. After making lotsa notes, I found that it had been 20 years since he had been on the river, so all his info is pretty dated.

When I got back to the canoes, Bill was gone so I sat in a shady spot and started reading. After a few minutes Bill returned worried that I might have had trouble. He really had bad vibes about the town and was ready to leave. I agreed that it would probably be best. After pushing off, we missed seeing the entrance of the Porcupine River, it was behind an island. We found a quiet island about five miles downstream and pitched camp.

This morning we continued through the “flats”. The wind was on our nose the whole day at about 15 knots. The wind also disturbs the water surface making it difficult to follow the strongest flow. We found another good island to pitch on. We both took baths in the river and had dinner. I think the river water is getting warmer, Bill thinks it is still just as cold as ever but that I am getting accustomed to it.

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Chuck | Leave a comment

Canoeing the Yukon – Whitehorse to Carmacks – June 4 – 15, 2003

31 May 03 – 3 June 03 Whitehorse, YT, Canada Early afternoon on 31 May, I picked up a rental car at the airport in Minneapolis. Betty and I then drove to a quiet parking lot nearby and transferred the canoe and all my gear to the rental car. Betty then drove south to spend the next three months with her family in Iowa and I headed north to Alaska. Well actually, to Whitehorse, Yukon Territory and eventually to Alaska.

The 2700 miles drive went by quickly. After driving about 14 hours each day, I pitched my tent and slept very well. The last thousand miles or so was on the Alaska Highway, which starts in Dawson City, BC. This great road was built in 1942 as part of U.S. preparations for WWII.

Amazingly, it only took eight months to connect Dawson Creek with Fairbanks, Alaska 1500 miles across mountains, tundra and great rivers. All this in a very remote and rugged area while dealing with temperatures 30 degrees below zero, arctic winds, and permafrost. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers spearheaded this massive effort with nine regiments and thousands of civilians. Canada suspended all border control restrictions, taxes and tariffs. They provided the roadway easement, building materials and some civilian workers. In return, Canada was given the road at the end of the war. At the onset of construction, Dawson Creek exploded from a remote village of 400 to a bustling tent city of 10,000 within a few weeks.

In the forties, the “ALCAN Highway” had a gravel surface and an official permit was required to travel on it. Today, they let anyone willing to pay the high gas prices drive on it. It is now paved except for sections that might be under repair. I was on less than 25 miles that was not paved. The wildlife along some portions is phenomenal. I saw dozens of deer, three moose, a wolf, over 20 Stone Sheep, two wild goats, five black bears and one grizzly. There are also caribou in some areas but I was not close enough to positively identify them. Yesterday, I stopped so many times to take pictures and just watch game browse that I was 200 miles behind the previous day’s progress.

Whitehorse is an upbeat, progressive and clean little city with a rich and colorful past. This morning, 3 June, I linked up with Bill Quayle, my trip partner for the next 2 1/2 months. Bill arrived in Whitehorse the day before I did. Our scheduled meeting date was not until 5 June. Excitement was high as we went over our plans for the next few days. We made arrangements with Scott at Kanoe People, a local outfitter, to leave our gear in his fenced lot while we shuttle vehicles, etc.

The revised plan is for us to position most of our gear and both canoes with Scott for three days. During that time we will return my rental car to an agency in Skagway, AK, about two hours drive from Whitehorse, then we will hike from Skagway over the Chilkoot Trail to Bennett Lake. This is the famous route the gold seekers of 1897-1898 took after they got off ships in Skagway. They crossed the Coast Mountains through Chilkoot Pass, also through White Pass, and then down to the head waters of the Yukon River. They then made rafts and floated north down the Yukon to the goldfields of the Klondike and elsewhere. Fortunately, Bill and I will have our own canoes waiting for the trip down the Yukon and won’t have to do any raft building.

This was written by a driver on the Alaska Highway shortly after it was completed and before they rerouted some of it to make fewer sharp turns:

Winding in and winding out,

Filled my mind with serious doubt,

As to whether the lout,

Who built this route,

Was going to hell or coming out.

4 & 5 June Whitehorse, YT

The plan is being adjusted. After checking the conditions for crossing Chilkoot Pass, we have decided to do that after we canoe down the Yukon River. Snowshoes are recommended for over six kilometers on the top and north side of the Pass. We did not bring all the gear needed to safely make the crossing so we will check it again when we get back in September.

Yesterday and today we have been organizing our gear and picking up a few items we still need.

This evening we returned to the Klondike Rib & Salmon for dinner (we had lunch there yesterday). They serve many different types of wild game and Bill has been sampling some critters that are not available “down south”. Yesterday he had a muskox burger and tonight he dined on a bison steak. Meanwhile, I muddled thru with halibut yesterday and Arctic Char tonight, both were excellent. The Char was really special. Crystal served us yesterday and Donna tonight. We learned a lot about the local area from them. Donna and her partner, Treavor, are co-owners. Bill and I agree that, without exception everyone we have met in Whitehorse has been friendly, pleasant and most helpful; we like this place.

Tomorrow we will return the rental car to an agency in Skagway, AK and check out that town (it has a wild and bawdy reputation, so I’ll have to keep a close eye on Bill). Tomorrow afternoon, we will return to Whitehorse, visit a Laundromat and make sure we are ready for Scott, owner of Kanoe People Outfitters, to shuttle us to Marsh Lake. There, at the source of the Yukon River, we will start our journey to the Bering Sea.

On On!

6 & 7 June 2003

On Friday, 6 June, we drove 110 miles to Skagway, Alaska to return my rental car. Bill drove his truck over also, so he could give me a ride back to Whitehorse. The views crossing the Coast Range were great and we saw a beautiful large caribou.

This morning, we were shuttled to Marsh Lake, which folks here consider the source of the Yukon River. Mike from Kanoe People Outfitters hauled us, Bill’s canoe, and a very minimal amount of gear, to a bridge on M’Clintock Creek where we put in. Mike snapped a photo of us and we were off on our great (for us anyway) adventure. The Creek flows into M’Clintock Bay which enters into Marsh Lake. There are a few vacation homes on the Bay and they have marked the narrow channel out into the lake to keep their larger boats from running aground. In all the enthusiasm of the moment we paddled along their markers into Marsh Lake. As we entered the Lake, Bill was disappointed that we were heading into the wind and could not sail. He wanted to use his boat today just so we could sail on the lakes and wider parts of the Yukon. I was concerned that the direction seemed odd but knew that on twisting lakes and rivers we would be heading in every direction at some points. When I asked to take a short break to consult my compass, Bill said he thought our heading was suspect and checked his map. After about 5 seconds of confirmation, we executed an abrupt “about-face”, had the wind at our back and hoisted the sail. Bill was happy.

It was great sailing along on pristine Marsh Lake and into the Yukon River. The weather was sunny, about 65’F, and ducks, geese, terns, eagles and robins were on the shore and on sandbars. If the wind would slack a bit, we would paddle but keep the sail pushing as much as possible. Bill, in the stern, would hold the tiller with his knee and keep tension on the boom line by holding it in his mouth. This kept his hands free to paddle. We continued like this for about three hours, sometimes sailing, sometimes paddling and sometimes both. A few times I quickly glanced over my shoulder and saw Bill fully occupied, the line clenched between his teeth and a big grin on his face, he was loving it. In mid-afternoon, the wind shifted and as the river twisted the wind was on our nose. We finally took down the mast and resigned ourselves to our kayak-style paddles. Soon Bill commented that he had a severe pain at the back of his neck and through his shoulders. Now with a constantly stiff wind in our teeth, the paddling required more effort. Despite the agony, he never stopped paddling. For six or seven hours we pushed into a headwind, finally we slipped into the narrow Miles Canyon. This slot with high sheer walls on both sides leads into Schwatka Lake then at the north end of Swhwatka is a dam for Yukon Energy’s power generation plant at Whitehorse. It was good to know that we only had a few miles to go, but we knew the quarter mile portage around the dam and long fish ladder would not be easy for Bill. He was unable to lift even a water bottle when in some positions, but he’s a trooper and we soon had the loose items moved. His canoe is heavier than most and, without a carrying yoke is unwieldy for one person to carry. At Bill’s insistence, I lifted the bow high enough he could step under and rest it on his shoulders then I placed the stern on my shoulders and off we went. With Bill’s face inside the very point of the bow of the upside down canoe, he could only see his feet. I had a bit better range of vision and could see almost ten feet in front of Bill. With me giving him small course corrections we made the portage and went down the rocks to a place we could put in again.

The Yukon is much swifter after the dam and even with a strong headwind we quickly shot through Whitehorse to our take out point at Kanoe People Outfitters. It was 10 PM and it was the best of days and the worst of days, our first day was over.

8 & 9 June, Day 2 & 3

We rested on the 8th to let Bill’s pinched nerve continue to improve. We used the time to visit a laundromat, use the library computer and organize our gear. We topped the day off with our third meal at Klondike Salmon & Rib Bar-B-Q. I had the Arctic Char again and Bill had another Bison Steak.

This morning, we were waiting at Kanoe People Outfitters when they opened. We loaded our canoes, mailed off some film and information for the website to Betty, and were ready to leave at about noon. Scott took some pictures and we were on our way. The swift current quickly whisked us out of Whitehorse. It was a perfect day; the weather, sky, and river were all great. We rode the current, paddling only part of the time.

After a couple of hours, we met a German couple in a tandem kayak. Kristine & Frank were from Munich and plan to paddle to Carmacks, about 6 days down river. Soon there were some dogs barking on the shore. A man walked to the water’s edge and shouted for us to pull in. I was closest and quickly paddled to him, Bill was already past so it was best for him to keep going. The German couple said they had a tight schedule and passed. I talked about 15 minutes with a crusty old river runner, Ben Learmont from Vancouver. He said he had over ten thousand miles on the Yukon, and had gone to the Bering Sea years ago with his ten-year-old son. He yelled so much at his son who was sitting in the bow, that by the time they finished the son thought his name was “Paddle”. Ben is 68 years old and was very helpful. He already knew we were coming down river and had been waiting for us to come by so he could tell us about the trip. Ben gave me a very detailed and laminated map that he had made. It covers the route from Whitehorse to Dawson City. We shook hands, he wished us luck and I pushed off to catch up with Bill. Just a short way around the corner, Bill was fishing as he waited for me.

Eagles, gulls and clear, swift water filled the day. We made camp on Raymonds Island. We made 22 easy miles in half a day. After dinner, the wind increased and we turned in about 8 PM. Bill had put up his larger North Face tent which can withstand nearly 100mph winds. I used my little backpack tent, a Sierra Designs “Clip Flashlight” and the wind was really whipping it around. Just before I went inside, I spotted a kayak in the distance out on the choppy river. As I stood on the shore, a tandem kayak came to the bank, two Swiss men were on their way to camp at Lake Laberge for the night. As I watched them paddle off, bucking into the chop and wind, I was glad to crawl into my wind whipped, but warm, tent. It was a good day.

10 June, River Days-3/Total-4, 18 Miles Today/Total-67

As we walked around camp this morning a couple of upset seagulls made repeated aerial attacks on us. It was like something out of the Hitchcock movie “Birds”.

After 5 miles on the river, we entered Lake LaBerge (yes, the same as Lake LaBarge in Robert Service’s “The Cremation of Sam Magee”). We lost the main channel as we entered the Lake and had to drag our canoes across about a half-mile of sandbars. Lake LaBerge is beautiful, it is 30 miles long and 5 miles at its widest point, low mountains line both sides and the water is clear and cold. We camped on the eastern shore about half way up the length of the lake. The campsite is rocky, but very nice with a great view of the mountains on the western shore and a gorgeous sunset. Today we saw no other boats and had no civilization noise, not even an aircraft. We’re loving it!

“Till I came to the marge of Lake LaBarge and a derelict there lay.

It was jammed in the ice, but I saw in a thrice, it was called the Alice May.”

Robert Service’s “The Cremation of Sam Magee”

11June, Day-4, Total-5; Miles-23, Total-90.

Another great day! Bill was all packed and had coffee ready by the time I arose at about 5:30. This beautiful lake and the mountain views just captivate both of us. Again today there was no wind, that is great for me paddling on a large lake. However, Bill brought his sailing rig and has been disappointed that there has been no favorable wind. Since Bill’s canoe (without sailing) is slower than mine, we decided that he would depart and I would enjoy the campfire he had going and pack my gear. Too soon, it was time to leave this special spot. I was an hour behind Bill but we still had 16 miles of lake paddling and we knew from yesterday that I would most likely catch up in about 4 hours. The paddling, the lake and everything about this day were absolutely glorious. Soon, there was a white speck on the horizon in front of me. With the hint of a light wind, I knew it was Bill trying to sail again. A couple of hours later, I caught up with him and we easily paddled along together chatting and enjoying every minute. At the north end of the lake we were unable to spot the discharge point where the Yukon again becomes a river. We detected a slight current and followed it through some shallow sandbars and rocks. Finally, we saw the start of the River turning right and we were on our way again. We glided by the remains of the Casca, a paddlewheeler of days gone by. The River, at this point, is clear and swift and beautiful. A wilderness setting can surely get no better. Six miles or so zipped by, Bill saw an island on the map at U.S. Bend and we thought it would be a good campsite. Minutes later we spotted it, the water was lower than normal and the channel that would have made it an island was dry. We found it to be a great campsite; we pitched our tents in a little grove of fir trees. There were lots of wild onions between the shore and the trees. We both used them liberally in our evening meals. It was yet another great day.

12 June, River Days-5, Total-6; Miles-32, Total-122

This portion of the Yukon surely must be the best of the entire 2300 miles because it simply cannot get any better. The water is an aqua color and clear enough to see the bottom whiz by when it’s six feet deep. Every bend in the river displays a new vista of steep banks with mountains in the background. The current flows at about 5 mph much of the time, so the only paddling really required is to steer, however we do paddle a lot. The weather has been near perfect, high 30’s at night and 70’s during the day usually with a few scattered clouds.

As we came around a bend, a young buck (deer) climbed the bank and watched us drift by from his vantage point 30 feet above us. This afternoon, a cow moose trotted along the shoreline, following along behind her was a very small calf struggling to keep up. And eagles, we see them every day. Today one flew low overhead as if checking on us.

The old wreck of the original Klondike paddlewheeler is on a sandbar in the middle of the Yukon, as we were taking photos we darn near crashed into it. The Teslin River joined the Yukon and increased its width by about 50%.

I filled my solar shower bag earlier and laid it on top of the canoe deck to heat in the afternoon sun. Tonight we are camped on the open shore of the River. After pitching the tent, I went down to a point of gravel along the water and bathed with the preheated water. I asked Bill if he would like to use the remaining warm water. He said he would just wash off in the River. He stood in about one foot of water and washed; this water cannot be over 40 degrees, if that. Bill built a bigger fire than usual and we sat by it, clean, eating dinner, watching the Yukon roll on and wondered how we could be so fortunate.

13 June, Day-6, Total-7; Miles-50, Total-172.

Yet another great day on a great river in the far North. Only minutes after we were on the river, an eagle circled low over my canoe. It went around three times and as I watched this regal display with my binoculars, the telescopic eagle eyes were riveted on me. Much later in the day, I saw two more, but no circling.

We stopped at an abandoned Indian village called Big Salmon, a few deteriorating old log cabins with some furnishings, stove, tables, etc. were all that was left. A few prairie dogs are the only current residents.

Later we passed an old dredge on a sandbar. It was a homemade contraption floated in from Whitehorse in 1940. Two guys used it to dig up gravel and separate out the gold. They accumulated 72 ounces the first summer and never came back, leaving the dredge beside the River.

Late in the afternoon, we saw another cow moose trotting in the water along the shoreline, two tiny calves were following this big momma.

Our campsite tonight is at the inlet of Claire Creek and is picturesque. Our tents and campfire are on a twenty-foot high bank overlooking both the Yukon and Claire Creek. Snow still lines the banks of the little brook and at two points long snow “bridges” cover the flowing stream. We will replenish our drinking water from this clear source.

Before dinner I washed my clothes. We ate by the fire and watched the big river flow by, neither of us saying much. Bill grunted “beautiful” a couple of times and I mentioned that we saw no boats, no people and no planes today. Can it get any better?

14 June, Day-6, Total-8; Miles-42, Total-214.

We hated to leave our perfect campsite but the river is moving on and we need to be on it. Since Bill’s canoe is slower than mine, he departed about a half-hour before me. This is kind of pleasant, it gives each of us time to be alone on the river, go at our own pace, and enjoy the nearly silent wilderness around us.

In late morning, just before catching up with Bill, I passed Little Salmon Village. This unique little place has miniature houses that First Nation (Native Indians) relatives have built for family members who have gone to the “spirit world”. The colorful little houses are about 30 inches high and some are furnished with items that were treasured by the deceased.

We passed a couple from NC who were kayaking to Carmacks, about 30 miles down river. Bill and I chatted all afternoon and found a spot to camp on the downstream point of an island just a mile prior to reaching Carmacks. As we were finishing dinner, the NC couple paddled by. When they learned we were from Florida, they said they spend six weeks each year in the Everglades. Something clicked in my mind and we quickly asked their names, I think they said, Jack & Nancy Lamar. They were nearly out of shouting range when I asked if they knew my friend Jack Horner. Jack had told me about a couple that canoe & kayak lots of places and like to spend their winters working in Everglades National Park. I wished I had more time to talk with them, unfortunately, they are taking out at Carmacks about one mile downstream.

Today was overcast until about 7pm when the sun started peeking through the clouds. We did an easy 42 miles. Tomorrow is the day we will go through the Five Finger Rapids. Everyday we pass a lot of places with riffles and rocks to dodge occasionally, especially since the water level is lower than normal, but, Five Fingers is the only section really classified as rapids. I have read that they are usually Class 3 but it really depends on the conditions at the time. We do not expect them to be a problem.

15 June: Day-8, Total-9; Miles-38, Total-252.

Only a few minutes after launching, we put in at the public dock in Carmacks. This little village was named after George Washington Carmack, who, in 1896, with his two Indian partners, Tagish Charlie and Skookum Jim, made the first major discovery of gold on Rabbit Creek. The creek was later renamed Bonanza Creek and the great “Stampede” of gold seekers started to the Klondike. George Carmack started a trading post at the place now known as Carmacks.

It was about 7:30 on a Sunday morning when we arrived, but the little restaurant and the general store were open. I had a big breakfast and gathered some information about the town from some of the locals who were having coffee. The waitress, Alex, had only been there a couple of weeks. She is from southern BC and travels a lot. Probably in her 20’s she spent a year in New Zealand and has traveled all over Indonesia. We had a very pleasant conversation.

I was on the phone quite some time sending email journal entries and making calls. I was pleasantly surprised when I read a message from our daughter, Susan, wishing me a happy Fathers Day. I had no idea, it is easy to lose track of time when out of touch with the “other world”.

Bill found Jack & Nancy Lamar, the kayakers we saw yesterday. Later I talked with them also, a fascinating couple. They retired a year ago and are pulling a trailer while traveling around with their kayaks, bikes and backpacks. They are not the couple that Jack Horner told me about.

Bill and I both got some food items, especially fresh veggies, at the very well stocked general store, the only store in town.

Back on the river, the Five Finger Rapids were beautiful. The water was a little swifter with some haystacks but not at all difficult. Only a few miles down stream were the Rink Rapids. We knew that the old paddle-wheel companies had blasted a channel through these once very dangerous rapids. In both Five Fingers and Rink we stayed to the right side, as recommended and did fine.

Along the way we spotted a moose wading out of the water toward an island, a few minutes earlier I thought I saw something, through the binos, moving in mid-stream and discounted it as a tree or brush floating downstream. We also had the company of a beaver for several minutes. It swam away from the shore in front of Bill’s canoe then apparently decided it was too far across and reversed toward the shore but as the canoe got closer it turned back away from shore again. This reversal sequence took place three times before the poor guy slapped that big flat tail in the water and dove to the safety of the rocky shoreline.

Unfortunately, we spotted our first bear on the river. It had been dead for sometime and was on a gravel bar. It was bloated and most of the hair had slipped off. It was huge and “barely” recognizable.

We camped at an abandoned way station called Yukon Crossing. A hundred years ago, it was used as a stop for the stagecoaches going from Whitehorse to Dawson City. Passengers and drivers could eat, spend the night, get fresh horses, and load on a raft to cross the Yukon. Mother Nature is reclaiming the old log barn and log way station, but the walls are still intact and part of the sod roof is still on the barn.

During the night, I had stomach cramps and had to make unscheduled trips into the bush. Don’t know the cause, maybe some of the fresh produce I picked up in Carmacks or the water I loaded up back at Claire Creek. It was such a pristine and remote stream that I did not treat the water. Bill had no problems but he said his family is very resistant to such problems; I usually am.

Bill is a very good partner for this type trip. He is an experienced back-country camper and canoeist, self-reliant, strong as a bull, tough as nails, very aware of his surroundings and never complains. If he were female and a lot better looking it might be perfection. Bill and I were friends in high school, then went our separate ways. I had forgotten how he lives life with such gusto. He has a profound way of making emphatic comments that might be mistaken as carping when it is really this “animal’s” joy for life bubbling over. We both view life much the same, he is just more exuberant. It is good to have a life long friend along on the trip of a lifetime.

 

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Chuck | Leave a comment

The Paddle ~ Bill’s Blog

Bill’s Journal to 6/8/03

I did execute as forecasted. I went through Iowa, South Dakota, North Dakota, Nebraska and Wyoming. I spent a wonderful time on the battlefield in Montana. “Custer’s Last Stand” battlefield was much larger than I had visualized and the movies had depicted. It was greater than 5 miles in length all along the Little Big Horn. I then went into Wyoming and spent almost a day in Yellowstone National Park, which is far too short a time, but time is time. I camped on a mountaintop called Horn Mountain Chain before Greybull, WY the evening after the Custer trek. Snow patches on the ground, silence, odors of the north woods – I loved it. The next morning upon my departure to Yellowstone four deer walked by and another scampered to join the four. Silence and beauty! In Yellowstone I saw herds of Bison, Elk, Moose, and Old Faithful geyser, which did not erupt when I was there. There were beautiful topographical views. As an aside, I was amazed at the central northern USA, especially Iowa, South Dakota, North Dakota, Nebraska, Western Montana and parts of Wyoming – the prairie environments. We planted the trees to block wind and “spruce” up the environment. This same environment continued through central Montana and Alberta, Canada to Edmonton. After that going west the mountains and the terrain drastically changed to hills, mountains, forests of birch, aspen, poplar, fir, etc.

I tried to send my gun (44-mag pistol) when I arrived in Great Falls, Montana. Most people, even working in their position of shipping, do not know gun-shipping rules. I went to Federal Express at the airport in Great Falls and the lady said she wouldn’t send it – it has to be dealer to dealer and the firing pin must be out. I then went to the Post Office and they said the same thing. I then went to a Big Bear Sporting Store (guns, too) and after discussion with some of the “behind the counter” employees, much the same response occurred. However, the manager came out and “thought” there was a law where one could send a pistol to himself. He called UPS and one of the manager’s corroborated his beliefs and I at last sent it to Eagle, AK.

The beauty of the North really started at Edmonton and increased into a blasting bloom of wild streams, vast areas of dense woods and animals. I took photos of memories to be all along the way. The ALCAN Highway actually begins at the little airport east of Dawson Creek, BC, about 20 miles of the highway is unpaved and that is not 20 continuous miles. I camped by a beautiful stream west of Watson Lake (Albert Creek) that encapsulated the entire beautiful environment to me. I drank right out of the crystal clear stream and cooked a field meal inches away from the fast, rushing, and noisy stream. It literally put me to sleep when I went to bed.

Whitehorse, YT is just great, 22-25,000 people, it has everything one wants (that I want that is). It has an aquatic center called Whitehorse Lions Aquatic Center with a 25 meter interior pool and a weight room too. They open at 5:30AM. For seniors it is only $2.50 Canadian, this is where I cleaned up, shaved everyday and worked out at 5:30. There is a Wal Mart in town. At the moment we have 18 hrs plus of sunlight. The Kanoe People and several others supply canoe trip support and equipment. They will also shuttle individuals with their own gear to anyplace they wish to start. If one wants to ride a bike in town or around the area, that too is available for about 25 Canadian dollars per day. The restaurants are just great. My selection is the Klondike Salmon and Ribs on 2nd Ave and Steele Street. They offer Muskox, Caribou and Buffalo (Bison). I had a Muskox burger and the breads and buns are unbelievably tasty, not sterile white bread like in the states. Muskox tastes like hamburger, bison is a tender steak, and neither is offensive. I loved it. The owners (partners) Trevor-the cook and Donna the server and greeter were unsurpassed in their abilities. Crystal is their waitress and she is great, too. I once wanted to do taxidermy work, trap, hunt, etc. there are facilities here. Great for me and my interests. There is an Elks Club here too. The library on Second Ave. by the information center has three computers with only 15 minutes access for email only. There are private facilities, too, that provide more if one desires to spend the dollars. The climate is undulating, in that in one minute it is 58 degrees and a minute later it drops to the 40’s. It is windy up and down too. I love the cool climate myself – vigorous!

The people at Kanoe People, Steve, and the owner Scott McDougal, are just great. When Chuck and I sat down to solidify our plans, we went to Scott and he not only let us store our supplies and canoes on his property, but he is also going to put my car in storage at his home. Is that cool or what? And nice! His facility has almost anything one wants to acquire for their trip, except food.

Chuck and my plans now on a “cursory sense” are as follows:

Today 6/6/03 – I shall follow Chuck to Skagway to turn in his rental car – 180 km/111.8 miles, about 2 hours from Whitehorse. We are departing at 8AM therefore, say 11:00 we will have all the paperwork, etc. done. Chuck and I want to see Skagway and the Chilkoot trailhead. We have decided to forego till possibly September, the hike over the pass. When Chuck inquired about reservations, they asked if we had snowshoes. 90% of the mountain crossing was snow covered and the north slope was covered 60%. We are not properly equipped for this.

6/7/03 It is 4AM, the pool won’t open until 1PM, so I wasted time coming. This does give me the opportunity to complete a brief update. Back on 6/6/03 Chuck and I did go to Skagway. The ride was beautiful. He had some problem leaving his rental car, but at last succeeded. We went through town, which was replicating the Gold Rush era, and, is frankly, a tourist town. It still was beautiful, but it was loaded with ship and ferry vacationers and tour bus vacationers, as well, filling the narrow “antiquated” streets. We went to Chilkoot trailhead and back to Whitehorse, found a campsite and here I am in front of the Aquatic Center, which won’t open till 1PM. We are departing today on the first leg of our journey from Marsh Lake to Whitehorse. We are only taking my canoe as I said, so we can “hopefully” sail rapidly down to the dams and portage where we need to. Tomorrow 6/8 we will probably start our fully packed journey.

At about 9AM we will be carted to Marsh Lake which we have both been misinformed it is in BC, but it is in the YT. We will be dropped off at McClintock Creek and paddle/sail, my canoe only, down the lake to the Yukon River. There are two dams, one has a lock and the other just south of Whitehorse, with a wooden fish ladder, must be portaged. That is the reason we decided to take one unloaded canoe and do the entire paddle/sail from the lake to Whitehorse and Kanoe People landing. We will stay the night in Whitehorse.

6/8/03 Pack up both canoes and begin the trip. An interesting thing happened to us. We were walking down the street (4th Ave) and a fellow joked with us and we joked back. It must have impressed him and why he even selected us out of the population is not clear. He was one of the leaders of Radio 610 and he wanted to interview us at 9 the next morning, which we did.

Overview and Catchup – Bill

I got to Whitehorse a few days before Chuck made it. The ALCAN Road starts at Dawson Creek, BC and is absolutely spectacular with maybe 20 miles of gravel surface and one place maybe 5 miles long – the mountains are spectacular, the rivers are crystal clear and flowing rapidly. I saw several mountain goats right by the road, also several moose, buffalo, caribou, etc. The forests are spruce, fir, poplar, birch and WILD! If anyone has the opportunity to see this it will be well worth your time. I camped in my truck along the way. One of my favorite sites was ALBERT CREEK just outside of Watson Lake. The creek was 5- 8’ from my truck, a campfire going, rushing creek crystal clear beside me and the “Sounds of Silence”! In Whitehorse while waiting for Chuck, I got my fishing license, found a wonderful aquatic complex which I swam in each morning when they opened at 5AM, discovered a WalMart and familiarized myself with Whitehorse. What a very nice town it is of 25,000 +/- people. The people are so very helpful and friendly. Whitehorse is the biggest town in the Yukon. The second biggest is Dawson 1600 +/-. When Chuck came the first thing we did was view the town and ate. We went to see the “Kanoe People” canoe and recreation outlet owned by Scott McDougall and Joanne. Joanne is a member of the First Nation, which we in the U.S. call Indians. Canadians call them First Nation. Boy, were they helpful. After Chuck and I did some modification planning we discussed it with Scott. I have decided to leave my truck with Scott rather than drive to Anchorage and store it. It is also beneficial to Chuck because he had a rental car that he had to drop off in Skagway, AK and now I could follow him down and drive him back. During this time Chuck had said he wanted to hike the Chilkoot Trail to Bennett Lake. This trail starts just outside of Skagway and is the famous route the gold rush miners took to get to the Klondike and GOLD. I said I was game too, but when Chuck found out more about it – snow presently on the mountains and snowshoes necessary, we both agreed we weren’t prepared for it. It will be for another time. When we returned to Whitehorse we had discovered a favorite restaurant – Klondike BBQ and Ribs owned by Donna and Trevor. I ate Muskox and Buffalo! It was great.

The trip started with Chuck and I being dropped off at McClintock River, which empties, into Marsh Lake, which then discharges into the beginning of the Yukon River. We took my canoe because I thought we could sail down the river back to Kanoe People in Whitehorse and then load up both our canoes and take off the next day. The waters are much more static above the two dams than when we start on the real trip. Well, the wind was nice for about 2 miles of the 40 miles and the rest was paddling. The worst thing was I acquired a pinched nerve in my neck and I could barely move. I did paddle all the way but it killed me, and to portage the canoe, Chuck did most of the work, which just frustrated me to be so dependent. At last after 11 hours of paddling we made it to Kanoe People’s landing. Since my injury was so bad we decided to wait a day and see what would happen. The next day I was just fine. We still took the day to rest it. It also gave us the opportunity to fine tune what we wanted and send more information to others.

Sunday we started at noon, not more than a mile down river we both hit gravel bars. It was a warning that this river requires us to always be aware of where we are and what is below the surface. The Yukon is clear and rarely more than 100 yards wide at this point. Our first camp was Egg Island on the upriver end of Lake Laberge. Our first campsite – moose tracks, deer tracks and irritated sea gulls surrounded us. The next day we started to tackle Lake Laberge. Before we got to it though there were several sand bars crossing the river so shallow that we had to pull our canoes many 100’s of yards to pass over them. At last on Lake Laberge we started on the 35 mile long venture. I again, tried my sail but, of course, the wind was always in my face and tacking was not fast enough. Chuck would just paddle way ahead so I decided to paddle the thing too. We paddled all day. Soon there was no wind whatsoever and it was just beautiful. The two days we were on the lake we did not see one boat or canoe, and only saw one house. Chuck thinks it was First Nation who had a bunch of sled dogs howling. The lake is crystal clear and it is surrounded with mountains on both sides. Chuck found a beautiful campsite mid-way down the lake where we stayed. The mosquitoes and sandflies were tough there, but after I put on my Cutter repellent, it was great. Ducks and loons were all over. The next day we finished the lake paddle and got back on the Yukon River which was great due to it’s swift flow and constant changing scenery. Right after we re-entered the Yukon we saw and old Paddlewheeler wreck, which we discovered, was common on down the river. We, also, saw our first campers. We camped on another island in the rain and mosquitoes, but when set up it was just great. In the middle of the night, though, I quickly awoke because something was trying to enter my tent foyer. I soon discovered it was a mouse and it was constantly waking me up. The next morning during breakfast the mouse was running all over my tent entry and later was always around us. We called our campsite “Mouse Isle”. As the river proceeded, more rivers joined. The Teslin River was our first addition. A rustic campsite was there, but Chuck and I prefer our privacy and camped near a wreck called SS Klondike. All the islands are filled with moose signs. We are now seeing moose daily. The best campsite was Claire Creek. It was on a raised bank over the Yukon. Crystal clear creek and snow all around it with ice/snow bridges over it. It was absolutely beautiful. When we got to Dawson City, what a wonderful sight. It is absolutely breathtaking. The main access road is paved which is connected to Whitehorse and north, but all the other roads are gravel and wood boardwalks just like in the westerns of old, but it’s now and not for show. Skagway is old time and beautiful, but is almost 100% tourist attraction oriented. Not Dawson City. We photoed the place, of course, took a needed shower, washed our clothes, ate at a restaurant and enjoyed the environment totally. They were having a First Nation Celebration Day that we enjoyed as well. We met another group that had started at the Chilkoot Trail, paddled the lakes and sailed and were going to the Bering Sea. Mark, one of the group, was a logger taking the summer off. We spent the day in Dawson shopping for groceries and seeing the sights. At 1600 (4PM) we got underway and off on the real trip now and on to Eagle. About 11 miles down stream we camped. All through the night people were coming down the Yukon partying and were pulling out about a half mile farther down river from our campsite. It was a big celebration night for the Yukon people, June 21st, the longest day of the year is a big deal here. When I say all night by the way, it is light all 24 hours.

As an aside, I forgot to mention that we stopped at Salmon River Village (abandoned) with many log cabins deteriorating, prairie dogs on site, wild roses everywhere. I loved it and now wish I had camped there, but it was not even noon when we got there, so it wasn’t practical. We did camp at an abandoned crossing station with log buildings, roses and bluebell flowers, wild – everywhere! It was just beautiful.

When Chuck and I crossed the Canadian/USA border, we saw no monuments, but did see both flags on the left side of the river and Chuck saw where the forest was cut all along the line to show the border. Back in the USA and 10 miles to Eagle, AK. When we got to Eagle it was the most amazing place to me because after reading several Yukon River voyages and accounts, Eagle was described to me as a Grocery Store Customs office and upsetting people. It was completely the opposite to Chuck and me. It is a unique village with log cabins, old historic Fort Egbert facilities, museums and buildings. They even had a daily historic tour, which we took. I loved it there. We rented a motel room, washed up and took in the sights. That afternoon several people were taking pistol and rifle target practice across the river on the adjacent island – all this right in town – what a DEAL.

The river to this point is full of wild roses, bluebell wild flowers, eagles, ducks, bear (we’ve seen one), bear signs, moose, etc. Mountains with clouds crowning them were on both sides. The peace and the quiet are unbelievably breathtaking. This scenario goes all the way to Circle, AK. After Circle then 200 miles of “flats” which widens the river in some points 20 miles filled with islets. One wrong move and one can be in some backwater and get temporarily lost or have to portage and wade to get out of the place.

When we got to Circle, Alaska Chuck and I walked up the ramp and went to the grocery. Chuck John (First Nation) was at the register. They are open four hours a day. The restaurant is not open because potable water is not available there, or in town for that matter for almost one year. Chuck John is really a nice guy. It was a Saturday and Chuck Wilson wanted to see if the post office was open. Chuck John said no, but he tried to call Inga the postmaster. He called all around town until he found her and she said there were no packages there for Chuck Wilson. We asked if we could camp in town and Chuck John said we could camp anywhere we want. We camped on the bluff over our canoes, washed in a shower, which was 25 cents per “almost” squirt. It cost me $1.25 to wash up. We, also, washed our clothes. This was the only location in town that has potable water. We filled our jugs and got ready for bed. Chuck John came by and gave us a large chunk of Salmon (free) which we ate the next morning. He is really a very nice fellow and a carpenter too, which leads into the big problem in Circle. This town is very small, mostly Indians. They got a grant to build a 24 room hotel. The grant was one million dollars. The shell only was built, but most of the money was embezzled. The FBI, etc. are now investigating. All the while the town itself is without potable water. The town has no tourists so it was impossible for me to rationalize having a hotel in the first place! The next morning right before departure, Paul Nathaniel (the chief of the village) came up to me and introduced himself. We talked for a while and I asked him about the hotel. He was the foreman and was an instrumental part of the planning. The purpose of the hotel was/is because he has made several tour arrangements with Eagle, Alaska and Fairbanks. Eagle is constructing a paddlewheeler to go to Circle to be completed next year. Hence the reasoning for this hotel. The people, Chuck, Paul and Mr. Hendrickson went out of their way to make life nice while we were there. Mr. Hendrickson had the other grocery store and brought us a free $1.00 Anchorage newspaper!

The next morning, I cooked up the Salmon (oh, how good) and Chuck and I ate and departed. This is the beginning of the flats! We were concerned that we would miss the current and get caught in some backwater area. The area has no mountains, just islands, flat, full of spruce, poplar and willow. It has its own beauty. We both enjoy this new scenery. In two days we were at Ft. Yukon.

Ft. Yukon projects the opposite sense of all the previous villages. It is one mile north of the Arctic Circle on a hill. When we got to the “town” it was ramshackled, log, plywood, etc. built dwellings with trash in and around their yards, and evil smelling garbage in cans near their homes. A woman came out of her house inviting us in but causing negative vibrations to us both. Ft. Yukon is much larger than Circle and Eagle, but it was like a garbage dump. There is no central town, by the way, it is just spread all over and haphazardly constructed. After four hours we were out of the place and a few miles later on to another nice quiet river isle.

We had agreed that if we were separated in this maze of isles that we would meet at a forward destination. We, also, agreed that we would do our best to stick to one another closely in the flats, so the possibility of separation would not occur. It Did! On July 1st right after Ft. Yukon we camped in a nice couple of isles. At the last isle I had mentioned to Chuck that I wanted to stop early on July 1st to write up this paper and forward it to Betty “snail mail” so different perspectives would be presented. At 1400 (2PM) we had traveled about 30+ miles and I saw an island that “may” be ideal to camp on and following the current as we always have. I looked around, but didn’t see Chuck! As we always do, I quickly got on the radio because I, at first, assumed he was farther behind because he works on his pocketmail and sometimes drifts behind. My canoe is much slower and heavier so I must paddle all the time. By the way, after I stopped using the double paddle and began using the single paddle, no more pinched nerve. It had happened a second time and was so bad that Chuck had to set up my tent (Thanks Chuck)! Anyway, when I got on the radio, Chuck said he had caught the other drift before he knew it and was now on the other side of the isle. I had pulled over into an eddy by the isle and thought maybe I could paddle around and join him. I paddled up the eddy until I hit unpaddleable currents and told him, so he said, he thought that he was farther ahead and that if I drift down a ways we would rejoin. I looked at the map and I suggested meeting him at Steven’s Village and started drifting down the river course hoping Chuck was right and the map and the opening over the isle were wrong. I soon realized that this was no short isle like we had many other times resolved the problem and rejoined. This isle was very large and the currents were in different directions. I told Chuck this isle was very long and that when I came clear I would let him know. As I came around the bend I called in and said I saw a white building. He said he didn’t. Shortly thereafter I called in after I used my GPS system and said, “I think I am in Beaver, AK.” No answer. I did radio checks for several half-hour times, but no answer, so – Steven’s Village here I went. There was another town between here and Steven’s Village named Purgatory, AK, but like Beaver it is in the maze of Isles and can be easily missed. Steven’s seemed like it was a village that one would pass because it wasn’t confused with all kinds of islands. I drifted by Beaver, photoed it and was now concerned about getting to Steven’s Village so Chuck wouldn’t have to wait around for me or worry about what is going on.

The day, from the start of the paddle to 1400 (2PM), was still and downright hot. Don’t think that the sun can’t wear you out here. It does. But soon after losing contact it started to rain and the wind went up to 30 – 40 mph and as I said it is NEVER behind you. Following my map, my route was relatively straight to Steven’s Village so I started to paddle solidly. The wind, waves, and rain increased to such a level that I saw a route that looked a little calmer, though only slightly calmer. When the wind picks up as it often does in the flats, one can no longer see which way the best current is going. One cannot see which way the current is going at all as a matter of fact. I got to the calmer route and did see some current so I took it. It was slower, but much more calm. I figured 2 – 3 days would get me to Steven’s Village. I paddled late into the night, which as I said is virtually light all the time, until I passed Purgatory, which must have been behind some group of isles because I didn’t see it. I did know the longitude so I knew I was below it somewhere. On this route I was on, it was like I was on a large river. Since before Beaver the islets disappeared and are replaced by long wide isles like the one where Chuck and I got separated. At last I saw a gravel bar. The rain had stopped for a few hours so I could immediately set up camp. I fell into bed. I needed the sleep.

The next morning, July 2nd, I swore I would make Steven’s Village that day and rejoin Chuck. It started raining at 7AM and increased in wind and rain all day long. I saw a turn off and also a single family fish camp about 11-12 AM, and an Indian called me over for coffee. I thanked him, but I said I had to make Steven’s Village. He said it was 35 miles and that I’m right on track. He was cleaning several large salmon and smoking them. I said I wanted to see how it was done (how he does it, because I know how to smoke – my way), but I would have to find someone else down river due to this rejoining problem. He said he wasn’t selling his catch, but storing it for his family for the winter – WOW. Oh, I saw several salmon jump.

This part of the Yukon river starting at Pelly river is silty. One cannot see 3-4 inches under the water. That really makes it tough when one assumes there is a gravel bar under water and wonders how deep it is. The wind and the rain hit again and the waves in the river were beyond belief. At last, at 1700 (5PM) I took a GPS fix and saw where the map said, on a peninsula, Steven’s Village is located. I paddled and fought the wind, rain and waves all down the eastern side of the peninsula and NO Steven’s Village. I panicked. If I can’t find it then we were in real trouble. I paddled around the north/south direction of the thick peninsula and started paddling north up the west side. I saw a fish camp, called to it, but it was not inhabited. All of a sudden I saw a house, only one, and it had a motor boat by it on a high 40’ cliff. I pulled my canoe up and walked to the house. It was flooded with sled dogs raising alarm with me. A little Indian boy opened the beautiful rustic log cabin two story home door and an older Indian, Joe, said take the first small right stream one mile and I’d be there. I was relieved to say the least. My GPS was right; the town wasn’t as obvious as shown on my map.

Beside the river and the little cut off though I solved the problem by setting up my tent right in an obvious place so that Chuck would see it. Joe had told me Chuck had not come to town yet and he went to town to put them on notice. About 1700 the wind and rain had eased up and at 1800 it had stopped. By 1900 (7PM) my camp was set up right on the point. Since 1700 I had been doing radio checks every half hour without result. At 2000 I was asleep. On July the third, my Dad’s birthday, if he were alive, God rest his beautiful soul, I was up and wrote this. I ate my first hot meal in two days due to the heavy travel and rain and waited for Chuck. He made it at 1600! Boy did we have a lot to catch up on. The heavy weather with both of us, the different routes we selected and so, it was great to rejoin. We shall depart late July 4th after we stop in Steven’s Village, send mail, pick up food, wash ourselves and the clothes, if possible, then off to the Dalton Highway about 60 miles to go where we will be the day after tomorrow. Then the big town of Tanana accessed only by river.

One last thing on my update. You all ought to see the Salmon fish traps that these people construct. They are very large self-made, by logs with two opposing scoops which dump the catch into a side box. The scoops are opposing each about 8’ long and about 8’ wide as well and are driven by the current. When we get back we will have photos of them. But I will know how to build them too.

Another process I want to learn is how they drip and smoke their salmon for the winter – what wood they use – one uses Alder and how long to do it, what type of structure they use etc. etc.

For the builders, the log cabin construction is very interesting. Most of the Spruce here is straight and lightly branched with a pretty consistent width. They knock only one side as they construct it unless they add a partition within and then they usually double knock the intermediate logs. They then fill the log spaces with the forest moss and use clay like mixture over that on the outside. If an interior partition log is thick on one end and slimmer on the other end, they put in a wood wedge to insure the logs are level as they construct the wall. Moss is used as well on the interior and then an oil cloth would be placed over the interior to act as wall paper in the better built cabins. Some of the best cabins used small logs placed against the exterior spacing of the log wall covering the moss insuring that the moss won’t wash out. The roofs are amazing but I know they leak some. They use one large log as the ridge rafter then they put consistently small logs for both rafters and sheathing. Then they put dirt and grass on top. It’s great during the winter, which is most of the time. The summer rains are surely another story. The pitches are never greater than 4 and 12, by the way. In the deteriorating cabins what’s the first thing that goes? – the roof falls in! The foundation you ask? Well, they bury a large log in the perimeter, if they feel industrious, if not, they just level the ground and start construction. I have photos of them, so when I get back Chuck and I shall make some presentations. I wish all readers well and I shall update snail mail later.

Trip Summary/Update – Bill

Chuck and I got separated in the “flats” as stated before. The flats are about 200 miles long and increasing the width of the Yukon up to 20 miles wide filled with islands and gravel bars. One can be separated by an island and quickly loose contact even when you have radios, which we have. Our radios have a 2 ½ mile reception, but that is only when the area is unimpeded by hills, mountains and forested bluffs. We had already agreed to meet at a designated location in case of this separation and this actually was a reality applied. Our meeting place was Steven’s Village, but it was not as easy a place to locate as the map depicted. It did work this time, but it is very possible that one of us could have missed the village and floated further down stream. Once we miss a point on this river it is not possible to paddle back up stream. One can imagine what problems would occur then.

We went into Steven’s Village to do the laundry and to shower. As we tied up the canoes on the community landing, we quickly noticed junk and trash scattered all around. As we ascended the bluff a small scattered residential community, refuse filled, unkempt, revealed itself. There were deteriorating log cabins, unmowed living space around the cabins and we saw two young Indians on a marshy road. One of the Indians was in great pain. His elbow was dislocated and he had just injured himself before we came. Chuck and I offered to assist but he was very offensive, so we decided to let it pass. Several others came up on a four-wheel motor scooter and drove him off. Chuck had noticed he and his partner were drunk. I realized it when I saw him walk away with a bottle with only a shot of bourbon left in a fifth. We realized that we were not welcome by this offensive group and decided to leave. As we paddled away, the hurt fellow we really wanted to assist cussed and swore at us until we were out of hearing range. He then shot firecrackers which made us both wince because at first we thought he could be firing a rifle.

Later in the week, while I was camping alone, a Canadian named Bruce Duffee told me he was threatened in Steven’s Village – what a place! It is not dissimilar to Ft. Yukon, which is known as a place to avoid. I recommend that everyone should avoid these two places – let them be unhappy by themselves. It is too wonderful out here in God’s Country (Alaska) to be distracted by a few unhappy hateful people. We left and are in total bliss. Our next destination – the only bridge that crosses the Yukon in the USA called Dalton Hwy Bridge. This highway terminates at the highest accessible point in the USA called Prudhoe Bay or Deadhorse on the Arctic Ocean. I had mentioned earlier both Chuck and I on separate occasions drove to Prudhoe Bay. It was years ago, but was the inspiring reason why I decided to make this river voyage. Several miles upstream of the bridge we encountered a drifting self made boat replicating an 1890’s craft. It had a sail when usable, which rarely is the case. I have not been able to use my sail because the wind is always in our face. Their craft’s boom acted as their tent ridge. It was occupied by a German couple – David Dirk and Sabine Kocks. David is a freelance photographer for German TV stations and Sabine is an engineer doing surveying work. They have spent several years building this copy of the gold rush miner’s boats of the 1890’s. They started at Bennett Lake, British Columbia by the famous railroad track from Skagway, AK. They built their craft by using the old tools and logging saw, etc. Once constructed they sealed it with hemp and tar. It is about 20’ long and fully supplied. They had sailed and rowed all the lakes to the Yukon River and then rowed and drifted to the point where we intercepted them. They had actually just started again drifting because they had stored their craft at Beaver, AK for the winter. This is where they had completed their journey from last summer’s drift. This summer, they will complete the journey to the Bering Sea. David, while in his early 20’s, and a few friends had already done this journey in a raft they had constructed. We enjoyed their company that evening at the bridge and the next morning. David is very thorough and has a vast amount of interests. He stops at every village, at every spot of interest and at every deteriorating log cabin on the river. He now knows how to build the old log cabins and has done this too in Germany. Sabine and David are full of personality and truly enhanced our adventure.

We ate, showered, and laundered our clothes at the Dalton Bridge Motel and restaurant. Really nice people. Brett, our waiter and assistant manager, went out of his way to help us. The motel has it’s own laundry, not commercial, but he did ours. He sent our mail and there is no mailbox on site. I had broken down on the trip to Prudhoe Bay several years ago and I ran into Andy, one of the people that assisted me. By the way, the road to Prudhoe Bay is gravel and dirt – not paved and is over 450 miles!

After several camps we bypassed Rampart and stopped at Tanana, which in Alaska is pronounced Tan-an-naw. This is a town on the Yukon River that is at the discharge point of the Tanana River into the Yukon. This town is larger than most but like most of the river towns there is no road connection to the outside. Air and boat is their connection. We camped in their free public park, shopped in their hardware/grocery store and enjoyed the river town. This is a friendly town with a nice school and school library where we could use their internet computers. The town also has a fine laundry and shower but Chuck and I didn’t use it. I met another German immigrant named Christian, who has a tour dog sled team for his winter employment and in the summer has a Salmon fish camp. He was hanging scores of Salmon halves from his log structure. We asked how they dry their Salmon, because in Florida or the Southern USA, the fish would soon spoil and because of the flies they would have maggots covering them. He said the cool, dry, windy weather here is one advantage. They usually smoke the halves in a slow smoldering, covered rack area until dry to prevent maggots. It takes about 3-4 weeks to accomplish the drying procedure. In his case, he was drying his Salmon and putting a very, very weak mixture of Malathion on the halves. These Salmon halves were “Dog Salmon”, to be eaten by his sled dogs over the year. The insecticide does not affect his dogs due to the very weak mixture, he stated. Dog Salmon is not a breed of Salmon by the way. In Alaska, Dog Salmon is Salmon that is fed to the dogs. It is the Salmon caught as it is dying after breeding. The Salmon all die when they breed upstream each year – hence, the name “Dog Salmon”.

Again, Chuck and I got separated! I started an hour or so earlier than Chuck as he wanted to send more pocketmail information over the telephone. He would catch up after his mail discharge was our belief. He never caught up. We were on the radios but didn’t connect. The next morning I thought he had paddled past me to Lange Island about 3 miles farther down stream, so I started early to get together, it didn’t happen because he was not on that island, he was on an island about a mile upstream of me. The wind and waves were extreme, the wind 30-40 mph and where I was, the waves were 2-3’ high. Note: This is in a River – not a Lake! It was so extreme that when my canoe turned away from the wind I was not able to trim the bow back into the waves. I decided to set up camp on the shore at 10AM and wait out Mother Nature’s test. It lasted until about 8PM. The wind and waves receded some then, so I decided to paddle all night to catch up with Chuck. At about 11PM (2300) I discovered Chuck’s camp about 8 miles down stream from my 10AM set up. He, too, had had a difficult day. I woke him up and said I was going on and would camp in an obvious place and we would rejoin the next day. The next day about 10AM Chuck came by when I was repacking my gear from my night paddle, which had lasted until 4AM. He said he would drift down the Western channel and do some writing until I caught up after my packing. After I was packed I set out to overtake Chuck, but No Chuck Again. He had gone one way and I had gone another. At 1600 (4PM) I set up camp again on an island which Chuck missed so he paddled into Ruby, AK. The next morning I paddled into Ruby where AT LAST we rejoined.

Ruby, Alaska! What a place. Eagle, AK is a classic historical venue; Circle, AK, Tanana, Dalton Hwy bridge are enjoyable, friendly environments, but Ruby is a place no book mentions, no paddler cites and no people discuss on the river. Why? I can’t tell you. The people here in Ruby are, to the person, the friendliest, most helping, and outwardly servicing group I have yet to meet on the water. The city has built an open cabin, a covered fire pit and an outhouse for “drifters” to reside in while they are in their town. Drifters, to them, are anyone who comes down stream whether they paddle, raft, sail, or drift. While I was getting oriented Laura Vines went out of her way to acquaint me with the town. Later, while I was in the laundry she came in and we had a wonderful discussion. She works with the Indian council which is exceptional in its management from her point of view and mine as well. This city’s Indian council leadership should be the example for other villages to follow, up and down the river – most especially – Ft. Yukon and Steven’s Village. Chuck and I can’t say how many Indians came by from youth to the elderly with always a smile and a genuine warmth. One fine Indian lady in her 80’s and a leader in the community invited Chuck and I to a Potlatch that evening, for example. I cannot say how proud I am of this group in Ruby. A Potlatch, by the way, is when an Indian family puts on a very devotional ceremony for a deceased family member. The Potlatch this night was for Veronica, who died several years ago. The party lasted all night with music, all kinds of delicious foods and most important, the entire Ruby community paying homage. We decided not to go because we did not want to be any burden, but several people invited us. Again, a real honor from the fine Indian and others in the community. Prior to Laura coming, while I was washing clothes, Eileen McGlynn was also washing many clothes. I did not have soap, so typically she offered some of hers. She filled out the rest of the city orientation as well as showed how gracious she herself was. Her son, Al, was with her. Well mannered, but full of spirit! One of her relations is one of the last makers of snowshoes, a dying art, and is an Iditarod competitor racing in minus 60 degrees, 12-14 days with lack of sleep and nourishment. Eileen, to me, was a typical strong proud lady of the North and I got to meet her. Chuck and I were so impressed with the whole environment that I decided to write a Thank You letter to the mayor Billie McCarty and to ALL THE PEOPLE of Ruby, which we did and personally delivered to his home. I/we do hope he promulgates this letter for all the denizens to see and read. What a wonderful group of people. Thanks to them all.

The next morning we started late, about 10:30. It soon was raining just to bring us back to reality. We were also back to the beauty of this vast beautiful wilderness. We paddled for 6 hours or so on our way to Galena. At about 1630 (4:30PM) we hit a real windstorm with very high waves. We had decided to conform to all the book writers and the current river paddlers a week or so prior. Whenever bad times occur get off the river and enjoy a campsite or a nice meal and wait for the winds, waves, or extended rain periods to terminate. We did it for the first time this time. It made things great! The wind and the waves rushed by while we set up a nice camp and enjoyed the breeze through our tents and a nice meal. The next morning at 6:30AM we were back on the river with the wind and water in a calmer mode. However, just before we got into Galena at 1400 (2PM) the wind really started blowing. We pulled into Galena and walked to the old section of town that is adjacent to the cargo air base that used to be an Air Force base, now converted to civilian. This town is divided into two sections – the old which runs right along the river and has two nice grocery stores, a post office, a restaurant/bar and a liquor store and the new section which is two miles away with a laundry, shower, grocery store, city building, etc. We are camped right on a bluff overlooking the Yukon. The wind is whistling by at the moment and to me this is God’s gift of beauty. Till then Enjoy

LESSONS

I have learned many lessons on this venture which I shall relay to all that anticipate in similar efforts. Many of these suggested procedures should be done on any junket short or long. Since ours will be exceeding two months in a tent efficiency becomes the requisite.
1.Morning wake up

In ones tent at wake up, I completely pack all items and put them outside. When I awake, I immediately stuff my sleeping bags in their bags. I stuff a sheet in with my Slumberjack sleeping bag. I have two sleeping bags – one a Tundra Northface – minus 20-degree bag and a Slumberjack 40-degree bag. The next thing I take off is the sheet that covers my ThermaRest pad. A ThermaRest is a pad that one physically inflates. I have never been in favor of such a thing because, historically, when I have used other products, at the end of the rest one awakes on an uninflated mattress. This product is absolutely a must to own. Thanks to Richard “Tecto” Field for his advice and input. You will hear more about my man later as well. I roll up and deflate the ThermaRest and tie it on a seizing line. I have a bag which I call a miscellaneous bag that carries all other items of immediate need within the tent, such as bear repellent, 44 mag. pistol, my journal, an extra shirt, my toilet kit, selected books, Cutter Mosquito repellent, etc. I collect all my miscellaneous items and put them in the black bag. All the items are then set out of the tent and I then slip out.

When I step out, I put my two sleeping bags, 1 sheet and the ThermaRest in a large waterproof bag made by Cabello. The Cabello bag and the black bag are then carried to the canoe. The black bag is set between my knees and the Cabello is placed in the center section of my canoe.
1.Mosquito Protection

The state of Alaska has many mosquitoes as most of you know. They are most dominant during June, July and August. The good things about them, though, they are not nearly as aggressive nor do they sting so severely as do the Florida mosquitoes. The negative is that there are hundreds of them. During the day on the water or during very windy weather it is almost mosquito free. In the forest, the wetlands, and during still periods they are persistent. In the morning, the evening and during the night their activity increases. With this stated do not be discouraged to go to Alaska – God’s Country and the true Northern Wilderness. There are modern ways to alleviate mosquito stress here. First, it is usually nice and cool here so one should consider wearing a tee shirt and long sleeved shirts. Long pants, too, are appropriate. Since I do not wear undergarments, I use a little Cutter mosquito repellent on my pants or vital areas. I then use Cutter on my hands and feet (we are wearing sandals) and we are totally protected. I wear a head net with a hat and you will not be stung once with this coverage. I do this procedure before I get out of the tent and Alaska is free for the fun! During the day none of this is necessary unless you enter the woods or marshy areas. Since Chuck and I are from Florida this would be great too, except it is too hot and cutter will have to be used all over – ick! But Thank God for Cutter – this is what I use because it isn’t greasy and it doesn’t have a scent.
1.River Canoeing

The Yukon River is an extremely fast flowing river – from 4 to 8 mph in most places. In some places it is less like the “flats” (an area about 200 miles long with some areas of the river 20 miles wide) which stretch from Circle, AK to just down stream from Steven’s Village. It is very much in the canoeist favor to recognize the most advantageous sections of the river. On the Yukon, portions of the width are more active than other portions. Often, both sides near the banks are active while out in the middle wind creates waves and it is more idle. Sometimes the main activity is down the center while on the banks a back eddy occurs. The canoeist must be constantly aware of these variations to best epitomize his efforts. The Yukon has an added feature, however, that quickly erases these observation advantages and that is the wind. Sometimes the wind gets so high (30-40 mph) that it can create 3’ waves on a river ¼ – ½ mile wide. The only real certifying measure of the current speeds are observing stobs or branches sticking out of the water. Once one is located, check to see how much wash there is of water washing by the branch. Don’t count on the bank movement as the final indicator because too many other factors interact.
1.Food

Thanks again for Richard “Tecto” Field’s contributions and inputs. As I was planning my food list for the trip, Tecto suggested I pack my food in Food Saver bags and seal them with the Food Saver machine. He brought in an example of sealed rice and I was sold. Although Food Saver does not successfully seal every bag 100% airtight (this may be because of the operator – me), it seals your meal watertight. I can make a breakfast for example: 1 cup of dehydrated mashed potatoes, 3 dehydrated eggs, and ½ cup dried bacon. I can drop the sealed package in a pail of water and let it soak overnight without any harm done to the items inside. This is a real favorable quality especially when one is in a boat or canoe. On short trips, say a week or two campout, one can simply bring the open bags back home and then use them cutting down ½ the cost of the bag. The Food Saver is a real helper at home preventing freezer burn on meats and other items subject to long periods in the freezer.

Posted in The Paddle, The Paddle ~ Bill | Leave a comment

International Appalachian Trail 7/8/02 – 8/18/02 Doyles, NF to Belle Isle, NF

Newfoundland

This hike in Newfoundland will be a continuation of the hike from Key West to Cap Gaspe’, Quebec.  Chuck will begin his hike in Port-aux-Basques (pronounced port-o-bask), Newfoundland following the Appalachian Mountain Range to Belle Isle where the Appalachians fall into the sea.  We’re looking forward to visiting many interesting places along the way.  We’d love to have you come join us.  As with our previous trip, we will have the RV with us and I (Betty) will be providing logistical support as well as some hiking and  keeping up the website. 

7/8/02  Doyles, Newfoundland

We’re here and it’s beautiful.  After taking Susan (our daughter), EJ and the kids to Dulles Airport on July 2nd, for their two year trip to Korea, we headed north.  On our way north, we stopped in Freeport, Maine to visit with Dick and Patricia Anderson.  Dick is the President of the Maine Chapter of the International Appalachian Trail.  We compared notes about the progress of ECT hikers.  They also have a daughter-in-law from Newfoundland and were able to give us helpful hints.  We spent July 4th at Katahdin Shadows Campground in Maine, where we met up with Judy and Bob Geisler.  Judy is hiking the ECT (Eastern Continental Trail) and is on the IAT (International Appalachian Trail) right now.  We had a nice visit and continued on our trek the next day.  We drove through New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and on the morning of the  7th of July we boarded the ferry from North Sydney, NS arriving six hours later in Channel Port-aux-Basques, NF.  We are camped in a beautiful campground in the little village of Doyles. The weather was raining off and on yesterday and today promises to be about the same.  The temperature is quite moderate, cool but not cold.  Newfoundland reminds me a lot of Norway, the Vikings most likely felt very much at home here.  Getting used to the time difference has been the most challenging, since it is 1 1/2 hours difference from EST.  There are signs out on the road, in certain areas, advising that there are times when the wind gusts at 200km/h (120 mph).  It has actually pushed trains off their tracks.  Years ago Lauchie McDougall monitored the wind conditions and would warn trains when the winds were high.  Truckers now keep in contact with one another by CB in order to be forewarned of wind conditions.  I’m sure we’re going to have some interesting tales to tell as the trek goes on. We’ve heard and read of a number of local delicacies that we will try as the opportunity presents itself.

Chuck started his hike from Port-aux-Basques this morning.

Journal – In Newfoundland – 2002

The following format will be used throughout the journal – beginning point – ending point, date, current days miles, miles since Key West, miles in Newfoundland and number of trail days in Newfoundland.

Port aux Basques, NF to Wreckhouse Site 7/8/02   20/4634/20    Day 1

It is a rainy, foggy morning.  The temperature is 51 degrees and only a light breeze.  Betty drove me to the water’s edge at Port-aux-Basques at the southwestern tip of Newfoundland.  It is here that we will resume our Key West to Canada trek.

 

Geologists say that the Appalachian Mountains continue northward along the western region of Newfoundland.  There is not currently an established trail through the mountains here.  We will be following a Rail-to-Trail conversion for about 200 miles then will link existing mountain trails by hiking the roads that connect them.  The northern end of the mountains in Newfoundland, called the Long Mountains, is at Belle Isle, about 550 trial miles from here.

From the water’s edge at the docks of Port-aux-Basques it is about a mile hike through the village to the start of the “Wreckhouse Trail”.  The old train is on display at a small park at the trailhead.  The trail surface is small gravel on top of the old railroad bed.  It quickly leads out of town and follows the western coastline along this part of Newfoundland.  It is good to be hiking again, especially on such a good trail; the surf crashing into rocky coastline on my left is a bonus.  Since this is an old rail line the slopes and curves are gentle.

The terrain is great with the Gulf of St. Lawrence on my left and the Long Mountains on my right.  Everything is green.  There are dozens of shades of green.  Dark green hills covered with small evergreen trees, light green open areas with tall grass and yellowish green tundra like areas that ooze water into small drainage streams.

At one point a beach area along the trail is marked as a protected nesting area for endangered piping plovers.  At another point the causeway leading to an old iron trestle has a wide gap to allow tidal flow from a lake.  I tried to find a route to rock-hop boulders across the swift stream.  Finally, I decided it would be safer to remove my shoes and socks and wade across.  I would get a lot of razing if I broke my leg on the first day of a hike driving over three thousand miles to get here.

As it turns out the large, empty paved parking area where Betty and I had planned to meet, was the site of the old Wreckhouse.  Lauchie McDougall and his family lived in the wreckhouse for thirty years.  He worked for the railroad and would warn them when the winds were strong enough to blow rail cars off the narrow gauge tracks.  He died in 1965.*

Fortunately there was only a light breeze today.

Wreckhouse Site to Chignic Lodge  7/9/02    18/4652/38          Day 2

Shortly after starting this morning I met Michael Oesch, a backpacker hiking south toward Port-aux-Basques.  He is from Toronto and is hiking around the St Lawrence basin.  He has already hiked 1800km along the north side of the seaway in Quebec and Labrador and is now hiking down the south side.  He is gathering information for a book he will write.

The morning was great; the Gulf of St Lawrence was smooth on my left and the mountains on the right were now clearly visible.  Little patches of snow remain on the northerly slopes near the summits.

About noon conditions began deteriorating.  The trailway was no longer smooth but had been recently covered with about 6 inches of rock.  The large rocks, ping pong ball to fist size, made walking difficult.  My progress slowed from over 3mph to about 2mph.  Then it started to rain, a light drizzle continued throughout the day.

The trail moved inland away from the Gulf of St Lawrence.  It continued through somewhat stunted forest and scrub growth.  Toward the end of the day the trail ran alongside the Codroy River.  At this point the Codroy is wide, shallow and fast moving.  The many rapids and rocks made for a picturesque setting.

The rocky surface not only makes for difficult walking, but it also is pounding my feet.  The finish at Chignic Lodge did not come too soon.  Betty had left word at the Lodge that she would be back later.  What a good place to wait.  Over a cold beer, I talked with the two waitresses about the history of this area.  Betty soon joined us and we talked about everything from high winds to moose and caribou to a local couple’s 50th Wedding Anniversary which will be celebrated this coming Saturday night at the Lodge.

Betty:  I thought that the high wind was a certain time of the year, so asked what time of the year they had problems with high wind, only to be told – all times of the year.

Last Friday the winds were so high that the traffic couldn’t move for part of the day and also the ferry couldn’t get in to dock.  When that happens the ferry goes around to a safe harbour and waits until they can get in to dock.  While we’ve been here the mornings and evenings have been calm, but the afternoon we have winds that buffet the car as you’re driving along.  Reports are that everyone listens to the radio if they are concerned about the wind and the radio will warn travelers to get off the road.  Oh, great!!  The good news is there is only one really bad place and we are past it.

Chignic Lodge to Codroy Pond (TCH#1)  7/10/02     21/4673/59       Day 3

It rained hard last night but stopped by morning.  There is thick fog (some say it is partially smoke from the wild fires in Quebec).  The miles go by quickly.  The trail has moved away from the coast and is in thick forest and underbrush.  The trees are small, only a few are over 25ft and most are about 15ft, all are evergreen, both spruce and fir.  The expansive views that I enjoyed while close to the Gulf of St Lawrence are gone and the trail is in a narrow green corridor.  Occasionally, it passes a lake or a stream for a chance to peep outside the old railroad right of way.

The railroad bridge across the North Branch of Codroy River is closed due to collapsing piers and twisted iron stringers.  The first section of the bridge has been removed to prevent usage.  This puts the bridge treadway about 20ft above ground level.  It is immediately obvious that hikers continue to use it.  I followed a little path through the weeds to some poles that had been propped up against a concrete support.  It was an easy scramble up, then just a matter of stepping across the gaps between the ties.  This trail needed a little diversity, hiking long straight stretches was getting old.

I arrived at the point Betty and I had agreed to meet, but I was about 2 hours early.  I left a few feet of surveyor’s tape to let Betty know that I had been there and continued on along the trail.  Eventually I got onto the Trans-Canada Highway adjacent to Codroy Pond.  I then hiked along the road so Betty would not miss seeing me.  She found me and whisked me away to a cold beer at Chignic Lodge and another chat with Rita MacKiavaak, she is part of the family team that runs the lodge.  We met Rita and her sister-in-law, Bonnie, yesterday afternoon.  Then after a shower we drove to a little restaurant called Silver Sands, it was good.

Betty: Tomorrow we will be leaving this RV park.  The Grand Codroy RV Camping Park has been wonderful.  Once we leave here I don’t know how often I will find places to update the website.   If you are planning a trip to Newfoundland, you’ll enjoy this park.

Zero Day at Grand Codroy Campground  7/11/02     21/4673/59          Day 4

We took a day of rest today thinking that we would catch up on some chores and do some sightseeing.  After catching up on correspondence, making some equipment modifications and repairs, it was raining and cool so we stayed close to the campground.

Mid-afternoon, the campground owner delivered our package of mail to our door.  Betty calculates where we will be in about ten days and has our mail forwarding service send all the mail they  have been holding.  It has been about two weeks since we had the last shipment.  Now we have a new stack of stuff to work on.

Betty made some great pizza and we watched a video of the movie “A Beautiful Mind”.  It was a good day, a good meal, a good movie and now good night.

Codroy Pond to St. Fintan’s  7/12/02     12/4685/71        Day 5

After five days at Grand Codroy Campground, we departed about 8AM and moved north about 40 miles to a wide spot along the Trans-Canada Highway.  Actually, it is a wide paved parking area.  Five RVs were here when we pulled in and as one pulled out we took his spot.  By afternoon we were the only ones here. 

Betty dropped me off along the highway where she picked me up late yesterday.  There were fresh moose tracks under the car and along the road for several hundred feet.  Within about a quarter of a mile I was able to go down the steep bank and get back on the trail.  At this point the old railroad bed takes a different route than the highway, heading more westerly through the hills.

It was a great day to hike, in the seventies with the sun shining.  The trail passed through rolling terrain and sometimes was cut into the sides of hills with a steep bank towering on one side and a drop of several hundred feet on the other.  There were lots of beaver dams and stumps with conical tops showing that the beaver population had been busy as you know what.

It is spring in Newfoundland and the sides of the trail are often covered with a blanket of flowers in full bloom.  There are daisies and about six kinds of yellow flowers, quite nice.

The trail, having been converted from an old railroad, is wider than most trails.  It has two tracks and is a multi-purpose recreational route.  Each day I have seen three or four “4-wheelers” (ATVs).  The drivers have always been very courteous, slowing as they pass and sometimes stopping to ask if I need anything or just chat for a few minutes.  Most travel in groups of 2-4 vehicles, often a family, or two or three ATVs with a couple on each vehicle.  Helmets must be required here because all drivers and passengers wear them.  They must also be required to have good muffler systems because they seem to be much quieter than those that have terrorized us in Florida.  The only really adverse impacts that I have seen are: a bit more trash along the trail and sometimes tracks off to the side where some “cowboys” have cut up soft terrain.  This trail is used by hunters in the fall and fishermen during the appropriate seasons.  Locals have told me that snowmobile traffic is heavy after the first good snowfall.  So far, I have only seen one couple that was biking on the trail; it is almost too rocky to easily ride a bicycle on about half of the trail.  Also, I have only met one other hiker so I pretty much have the trail to myself.  Every five to ten miles it crosses a road and has crossed the TCH (Trans-Canada Highway) twice.  The trail is actually paralleling the TCH but is sometimes over five miles from it.

Early this afternoon, I saw a tractor on the trail heading toward me.  Louis King, an 83 year old WWII vet, stopped to talk a while.  He was on his way to tend his fields.  Years ago he could hitch a ride out on a “work train”, but now he is allowed to use the trail to access his fields.  He was going to plow the weeds out of his “spud field”.  Other fields have turnips and beets, he no longer plants cabbage – the moose eat them faster than he can plant them.  A volunteer in the Royal Navy during “the war”, he saw action in Africa and the South Atlantic.  Twenty-three Newfies were in his unit and he and two others are all that are left.  He seemed to be a fit, strong man for his age.  He said the “girls” all guessed that he was in his sixties.  As we departed in different directions, he said he liked to work until after dark but that when he did someone would come out to see if he was alright.

A few miles later, Betty was waiting for me near a country store in the very small village of St Fintan’s.  While exploring the possible pick-up locations for tomorrow we found the tiny fishing community (no stores) of Fishells, on St George’s Bay.

After a shower and a cold beer at our very own wide spot in the road, we had dinner at a roadhouse called Helena’s Diner.  It was a good day.

St Fintan’s to North of Heatherton   7/13/02     12/4697/83     Day 6

It was a great morning to be hiking, the sun was shining, the sky clear and it was a little cool, maybe low sixties.  Today I crossed four railroad bridges, all were the same with metal stringers and open crossties.  They are about 25 feet above the rivers they cross.  The gaps between the ties are about 10″-18″ wide.  A person probably couldn’t fall through if they tried, however, a broken leg is a possibility.  The bridge crossings require attention to foot placement so if I want to look around I usually stop, check the sites, maybe take a photo then move on.

There was about a three mile stretch of trail that had just recently been covered with rock.  It is almost like walking through water or mud in that it takes more effort and it slows progress.  The feet don’t get wet but they do get beat up after a few miles.

Just after plowing through the fresh rock, I was clipping along in the middle of no place and there was Betty, right where we had planned to meet.  She was in the car with the windows closed because the mosquitoes and black flies were a bit of a nuisance.  I also found they would attack if I stopped moving, a real motivator.

Betty:  Nuisance is an understatement!!

East of Heatherton to St George’s  7/14/02     21/4718/104      Day 7

Yesterday, Betty moved the RV from our “wide spot in the road” to an Irving Gas Station with a large gravel parking area.  She asked the management if we could park in their lot and they said of course, anyplace you want.  We have had a couple of trucker neighbors off and on but it has been very quiet for a truck stop.

Betty had me on the trail by 7:50 this morning.  The terrain was wonderful, rolling hills, streams with rapids and lots of lakes.  The railroad bridge over Journois Brook has been destroyed by fire, it was an easy rock hop over the shallow stream.

On a quiet lake, swimming toward me, were two common loons (that’s the “Gavia immer” variety not to be confused with many of the common loons we have seen in more urban areas).  I watched them feeding about a hundred feet away, for several minutes.  As I walked away they gave their haunting wail every few seconds.

The trestle across Flat Bay Brook may have been the highest and longest yet.  It must have been at least 40 feet high, maybe 50 and it was about 300 feet long.

The miles passed quickly and I arrived at our meeting point over two hours early.  After jotting a note to Betty, I tied it to a bush with some fuchsia colored surveyor tape (our standard color) and headed to the next road crossing seven miles away.

For some unknown reason, the railroad grade across a shallow grassy lake had been partially removed and the trail was in calf deep water for about 200 feet.  The trail bed was still crushed rock even under the water so that four-wheelers could cross.  Since I did not want to walk barefoot on the rather edgy gravel, I waded through wearing my low cut hiking boots.  Then, on the far shore, stopped to wring out my socks and empty the boots.

Upon arriving at the outskirts of St George’s, the revised place that I told Betty we would meet, I was unsure of which road or street crossing was the correct one.  As I pondered the map, I could see a person on the trail almost a mile away.  It was Betty hiking out to meet me.  After linking up, we were hiking back to the car but could not get by the St George’s Lounge.  It was a typical local small town watering hole.  I’ve been developing a kinship with Newfoundland’s Dominion Ale and Betty settled for LaBatts Blue.

St George’s to Black Duck Siding  7/15/02      16/4734/120     Day 8

We have been dry camping (no water, sewer, electric) for two nights at the Irving Truck Stop and we dry camped one night at the “wide spot”.  In only three nights we have used all of our fresh water supply.  Our tank holds 80 gallons and it was nearly full when we left Grand Codroy Campground.  Usually, that will easily last us five to seven days.  In retrospect our water use has increased for a couple of reasons: while hiking, I hand wash my clothes each evening so the sweaty things don’t pile up and the blackflies tend to root into our hair so they get a thorough shampooing with each evening shower.  So, today while I’m hiking Betty will come up with a plan to dump our tanks and take on water.

It was another early start and great weather for hiking.  The first ten miles were through forests and across rivers, then along a bluff overlooking the beach and St George’s Bay (which opens into the Gulf of St Lawrence).  There is a long trestle with a high iron superstructure across St George’s River as the trail enters town.  As Betty was driving through Stephensville Crossing, she liked the looks of it and parked north of town and hiked back to meet me.  We hiked through town together.  At one point we stopped to talk with Frank, a retired wood cutter.  He told of working and camping in the forested mountains of Newfoundland.

When we hiked by the car, Betty drove off to do some errands and would meet me a couple hours later in Black Duck Siding.  By this time I was getting too much of a great day.  There wasn’t a cloud in the sky and the hot sun made trudging through more thick crushed rock a very sweaty undertaking.

After Betty picked me up at the small village of Black Duck, we moved the RV northward to Barachois Pond Provincial Park.  It is a beautiful setting, the pond is about a half mile across and a couple of miles long.  Mount Erin, across the pond, is just over one thousand feet high.  Their campsites do not have hook-ups, but they have a dump station and a fresh water point near the entrance.

The first few minutes we were outside, we saw a Baltimore Oriole, a Red-breasted Nuthatch and a Black Throated Green Warbler.  We immediately decided that we like this place and Betty made reservations for two nights.

7/16/02  Thanks to the ladies at the Stephensville Library for letting me update the website.

Black Duck Siding to Gallants   7/16/02     14/4748/134     Day 9

This morning we said good-bye to our camping neighbors, Leo and Sandra from British Columbia.  Leo recently retired from the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and they have been traveling throughout Canada.  I was disappointed to learn that the Mounties are no longer mounted.  He said they stopped training with horses several years ago and now the RCMP’s only have a few horses for ceremonies.

About three miles down the trail, I found five four-wheelers (ATVs) parked next to a couple of tents.  Four guys and a woman were driving their four-wheelers on a trip of about 500 miles from the ferry at Port-aux-Basques to the ferry at St John’s.  They told me all about their machines and how they prepared for the trip.  John Ross and his wife were excited about the adventure and John took our email address and will let us know when they finish.  All five are from Nova Scotia.

After Betty picked me up, just past Gallants, we went back to the Provincial Park for a bike ride.  Then we grilled burgers over a campfire.  Another good day.

Gallants to Spruce Brook  7/17/02     4/4752/138     Day 10

We planned a very short day today.  A four mile hike to Spruce Brook gets us to a departure point for a twenty plus mile crossing with no entry points.  Our maps are the pits.  We have been using a Newfoundland road map that has a general trace of the Trans-Canada Trail (TCT) on it.  The TCT map that I have is the same small scale but does not have many of the roads that Betty needs to use.  There are times when we both are frustrated by not having topographic maps with sufficient detail.  The result of poor maps is that distances on the trail between points is mostly guesswork.  Also, sometimes finding the pick-up points is trial and error.  Betty generally drives ahead to the next day’s pick-up point to insure that she can find it and drive to it.

Today we departed Barachois Provincial Park and left the RV near an access road that would get us into the trail.  After the short hike, we drove the RV to the town of Corner Brook, parked in a shopping center and had McLobster sandwiches at a McDonalds. 

Corner Brook is the largest town we have been in since entering Newfoundland.  At 21,900 people it is the second largest town in Newfoundland.  It is a sawmill town and has been since the mill was built in 1894.  Captain James Cook explored this area and camp up the Humber River on which the town is located.  This river is supposedly world famous for its salmon.

We reconned tomorrow’s pick-up point and some of the route through Corner Brook for the day after tomorrow.  All the driving around, dead-ends, stopping to ask local folks about the trail and then remembering which route was best is tedious to say the very least.  I’m glad I’m doing the hiking, I don’t know if I can handle many more of these low mileage days.

We moved the RV to George’s RV Park just north of Corner Brook.  We’ve noticed, both here and two years ago in Quebec on the Gaspe’ peninsula, that these remote campgrounds have fewer amenities.  The last campground had no utility hook-ups and this one has very low water pressure and a weak 20 amp electrical service.  This is not really an inconvenience but just an observation.  It sure beats a tent on a rainy night like tonight.

Spruce Brook to Mount Moriah  7/18/02     18/4770/156     Day 11

As Betty drove me to our start point, there was heavy fog.  Soon there was a light rain.  Betty said it looked like a good “moose day”.  Even though we have seen lots of tracks and droppings, we have yet to see a moose in Newfoundland.

 

We were not sure of the distance of today’s hike.  I had heard that it was about 25 miles across an interesting stretch of roadless wilderness.  About two hours after starting, I spotted a cow moose on the far side of a small lake.  As I continued toward the end of the lake, it wandered up a swampy valley and disappeared in the thick forest.  This moose was very dark, almost black, and looked like a large horse from a distance.

The light rain continued throughout the day.  Early in the afternoon a fox stepped onto the trail and walked directly toward me.  I stood still and it did not sense me until it was about 15 feet from me.  I snapped a couple of pictures, hope they are focused.  It was a silver fox, black with a silver tint and a white tip on its tail.

At the end of the day’s hike (it was only about 18 miles), Betty was waiting.  We drove to a sporting goods store to find better maps.  The rain continues. 

Mount Moriah to Steady Brook  7/19/02     14/4784/170     Day 12

This morning I was on the trail at 6:45am.  Betty needed to have the CRV at the Corner Brook Honda service center before 8am for an oil change.

What a great morning!  The rain stopped during the night and a beautiful sun was rising over Humber Arm, the bay formed as the Humber River flows into the sea.  Mount Moriah is high on a ridge that looks down on Humber Arm and the neat little city of Corner Brook.

The old railroad bed snaked its way through the outskirts of Corner Brook, going unobtrusively through residential areas and slowly descending off the ridge to the water’s edge.  In days of old, all railroads in this area led to the Corner Brook Mill, now operated by the Corner Brook Pulp and Paper (CBPP).  They are still the major industry here, employing about 1500 people.  After passing the mill, I walked along the Humber River and past the high cliffs of Breakfast Mountain with the “Old Man of the Mountain”.  Early travelers would row upstream and stop for breakfast at this mountain.  Supposedly, the face like rock formation of the “Old Man” looked down on the travelers and protected them.  I hope he saw me.  At this point the Trans-Canada Hiway has been constructed on top of the old railroad bed.  As I hiked along the highway a convertible pulled to the side just ahead of me and asked if I was from Florida and if my name was Wilson.  It was Bob Diamond a leader in the local trail club.  Betty had gotten his phone number yesterday and I left a message for him last night..  He guessed right when he saw me.  He took me to his home which was only a couple of miles away.  It was a frenzy of trail talk about local hiking trails, their efforts to establish a “thru-trail” in Newfoundland and about my hike.  We decided to meet at a local restaurant for dinner and Bob made some calls to invite other club members.  He then deposited me back along the hiway exactly where he had gotten me a couple hours earlier.  I ended the day’s hike when I got to our campground.  Since we still had several hours before dinner, I drove to the regional forestry office that I had seen from the highway.  While there, Glenn Thistle, a forester, told me about their reforestation program.  He also explained local timber harvesting methods and how local residents could get permits to cut timber for personal use.  Glenn was a fountain of information.  It was a very worthwhile visit.

Betty and I were a half-hour early at the Amore’ Restaurant.  Soon Arne Helgeland and Rose arrived, then Bud Hiscock.  Bob Diamond and Terry, and Bob Day made the group complete.  We had great conversation during dinner then we walked a mile or so on a new wooded trail that has recently been built right in the heart of Corner Brook.  Those in our group knew almost everyone we met on this pleasant little trail.  It was a very enjoyable stroll during the extended twilight that the north country enjoys in summer.  Bud invited us to his home as we walked nearby.  It was a beautiful, older house in a neighborhood that, for years, has included many of the mill executives.  The wonderful stories and discussions and laughs went on till nearly midnight.  We found that even though we live nearly 5000 miles from these folks we have much in common with them.  Oh yes, Arne was born in Norway so he and Betty struck it off well.  I held off on the Norwegian jokes, maybe when we know him better.  Before we left, Arne, the president of the Sou’Wester Hiking Club, and Bob Diamond invited us to speak about our trip at their Hiking Festival in August.

It has been a very special day.

Betty:  It sure has been and we’re really looking forward to spending more time with these wonderful folks in a few weeks.

Steady Brook to 5 miles north of Pasadena  7/20/02     18/4802/188     Day 13

It was a slow start after a late night.  We moved the RV to Bill’s Trailer Park in Pasadena.  Betty took me back to Steady Brook to start hiking, then she drove into Corner Brook to get some supplies.

As I started hiking along the Trans-Canada Hiway, it was only misting rain but within the hour it was a cold downpour.  A rain jacket protected my upper-half but the nylon hiking shorts didn’t do much for the lower-half.  Of course, large tractor trailers provide occasional cold showers spiced with road grit.  At the 13 mile point I hiked by our rig parked at its new home.  I stopped in to dry out and rest.  Then, when the rain stopped, I knocked out another five miles.  Betty chased me down and brought me back for a great supper of cod cheeks, a local delicacy, broccoli and potatoes.

Betty:  When you read this it will be with our thanks to Bruce and Cheryl at Bill’s Tourist RV Camp.  We’ve had a wonderful stay here.

Pynn’s Brook (5 miles north of Pasadena) to White Hills Convenience Store  7/21/02     20/4822/208     Day 14

A wonderful morning with clear skies; the miles clocked by easily.  As I blitzed through the town of Deer lake at almost 3mph, I stopped to talk with a couple of cyclists who were having lunch at a picnic table.  Renata and Ben are riding mountain bikes (hybrids) from St Anthony (near our destination) to Port-aux-Basques.  This interesting young couple, from BC, bicycled completely across Canada last year.  They are now studying at the University in Corner Brook.

From Deer Lake northward the route is called the “Viking Trail”.  It passes some ancient sites with evidence of old Norse settlements including L’Anse aux Meadows at the northern tip of the Northern Peninsula.  Newfoundland is now celebrating the 1000th anniversary of the Viking arrival and the 500th anniversary of Captain John Cabot’s rediscovery of the New Found Land.

This evening, Betty had arranged for us to go to a small dinner theater back in Corner Brook.  It was held above the Canadian Legion Hall.  We arrived early and asked the barkeep in the Legion Hall if he had drink for two weary foreign travelers.  I told him we were members of the American Legion and while we were looking at the WWI and WWII pictures on the walls, their steward presented us with the Crown’s Legion lapel pins and a keyfob.

As we were having dinner upstairs, Betty overheard those at the table behind us ridiculing Americans in general.  We have heard a bit of US bashing on some of the radio stations but this was the first time we had actually experienced it.  It detracted from a great evening and so many other good experiences in Corner Brook and Newfoundland.

The meal was good and the performance was entertaining, educational and interesting.  The actors were from the local university and they did a series of skits and songs depicting the fascinating history of Newfoundland.

During intermission, I stepped outside for some fresh air and, on my way back in, it seemed that I had just enough time for an ale.  While paying for my drink I met Peggy who was also attending the performance upstairs.  While chatting, she told me of her husband’s experience in WWII and introduced me to him when we returned.  John Vink, as a young dutchman, was sent to a Nazi workcamp in Germany.  He eventually escaped and evaded his way back to Utrecht, Netherlands.  There, he hid out for two years as part of the Dutch  Resistance.  After the performance, John told his story in such a clear riveting manner that we felt as if we too had been there.  While we talked with John, Peggy played some American tunes on the Legion’s piano.

Betty:  At the dinner theater I had a chance to visit with Jocelyn and Terry.  What a small world, it turns out that Jocelyn is Bud’s sister-in-law.  Bud is one of the hikers we went to dinner with on the 19th.

 Now, before anyone writes to say that Canadians are also Americans – you’re right, however, it has been our experience, here, that when people say Americans – it’s people from the US and when they say Canadians – you guessed  it.  As for the incident – well, we have our share of folks like that in the states too.

Today while I was scouting ahead I saw a moose along the road.  There were a couple of cars pulled over taking pictures and, of course, I joined them.  It gets to be a bit of a hazard with everyone pulling off the road, but we all want pictures.  By the time I left there were about eight cars pulled over enjoying the opportunity. 

White Hills Convenience to Inside Gros Morne National Park (17 miles south of Rocky Harbour)  7/22/02     15/4837/223     Day 15

We moved the RV forward to the gravel parking lot in front of White Hills Convenience store and I started hiking.  When the store opened, Betty would ask if she could stay parked there until the afternoon.

The “Viking Trail” leads right through Gros Morne (translation: Big Gloomy) National Park and the hills increase in size.  I saw a little sign that marked the northern limit for yellow birch, red maple, black ash, trembling aspen and white pine.  They only grow this far north here because of the rock soil and the sheltering hills around Bonne Bay.  There is almost no original growth timber here, it was commercially logged between 1920 and the early 1950’s.  It has recovered well.

Betty picked me up and we returned to drive the RV to Rocky Harbour.  We saw a cow moose along the road as we drove back through these low mountains.  The little town of Rocky Harbour is on the north shore of Bonne Bay as it enters the Gulf of St Lawrence.

Betty:  Rocky Harbour is a neat little town.  I did some looking around today and found some neat little shops.  One shop that really caught my eye was a gift/craft shop that had a sign outside that said “Check your email”.  I went in to see what the possibilities were and sure enough – I can plug in my computer and update the website. There were also some beautiful watercolors done by a local (Newfoundland) artist, which I would like to buy.  I’ve made arrangements for three more theater performances.  One is in the little community of Cow Head and the other two are on the north end of the peninsula.

Inside Gros Morne National Park to Rocky Harbour  7/23/02     17/4854/240     Day 16

The wind kicked up at about 2am with gusts that shook the RV rather violently.  We scurried about stowing items left outside and battening the hatches indoors.  It was still breezy when Betty put me on the trail this morning.  The scenery is great, with the route rolling around lakes at the base of the mountains in Gros Morne National Park.  Some of the bays are connected to Bonne Bay and are tidal.

A retired commercial fisherman and his wife were waiting for low tide so they could gather mussels.  Joshua Reed told me that these waters were severely overfished years ago and the island’s fishing industry (mostly cod and salmon) collapsed.  It is now only a fraction of what it was 25 years ago.  He said the salmon here are “Atlantic Salmon” and they return year after year, not dying each trip up the river like the salmon in British Columbia and Alaska.  He was upset that the limit for catching salmon here is now only four per season per person, but when the salmon return to the ocean they migrate by Iceland where they are netted by the ton.

On a lighter note, Joshua asked if I had tried “Screech”, the Newfoundland liquor.  When I said that I had only had a taste, he proceeded to tell me all about it.  As far back as the early 1800’s black rum (maybe what we call dark rum) was shipped from the West Indies to St. John’s, Newfoundland in large oak casks or barrels.  There it was bottled and distributed throughout the island.  Supposedly, it got its name because that is the first reaction after having a shot of it.  He said it is standard practice to sell the empty oak barrels and the buyer would pour in a few liters of water and splash it around inside each day leaving a different part of the key down each time.  After a few weeks they pour this into bottles for later use and is then called “Swish”.

Since I am now hiking along a road, it is easy for Betty to find me.  Today she buzzed out with lunch and found a beautiful spot right on the coast of Bonne Bay, which is a fjord.

After dinner at the rig, we drove to the National Park Visitors Center for a presentation about how glaciers formed this park and most of the island about 12,000 years ago.  Then we drove out to the Lobster Cove Lighthouse and still got home before dark, about 9:30pm.  Just in time to appreciate the Screech.

Rocky Harbour to Western Brook Picnic Area  7/24/02     20/3874/260     Day 17

We moved the RV forward to the parking area for the Western Brook boat tour here in Gros Morne Park.  A thick fog covered this sea coast road and completely obscured the mountains east of us.  The plan is for Betty to drive me back to Rocky Harbour to start hiking, then she will return to Western Brook for the world renowned boat tour.  This three hour boat ride goes through what used to be fjords, but now are lakes and are no longer tidal.  I will hike the 17 miles to the RV and wait for Betty to get back.  It was a good day for hiking, cool with a breeze.  The fog and light rain cleared by noon and it was beautiful.  The coastal road is on a plateau about one hundred feet above the sometimes sandy, sometimes rocky shore.  Waves crashing on the left and the Long Range Mountains on the right make for an ideal setting.

When I arrived at the RV it was blocked in with tightly parked vehicles on all sides.  I rested and when Betty got back I decided to hike a couple of miles until the parking lot cleared. 

After hiking three miles I came to a caribou in the middle of the road.  Traffic began to stop as the young caribou grazed along the side of the road.  While there, Betty drove up in the car to get me and she went crazy taking pictures of the first caribou we have seen in Newfoundland.

We retrieved the RV and drove ahead to a service station, motel, restaurant complex.  Previously Betty had been told that we could park in the rear of the building.  We did.  Later, Rex Hutchings, an employee there, we think, showed us a better place to park in a forested area near a lake with the mountains in the background.

Later, just as I was getting comfortable with a shot of Screech, Rex drove by to see if all was well.  I invited him and his wife, Eileen, in to see the RV.  Rex smiled approvingly when he saw the Screech bottle on the table.  The four of us had a taste of Schreech while Rex and Eileen told us about this area and about their kids and grandkids.  As they left they invited us to drop by their house in Cow Head tomorrow so they could return the favor.

Betty:  The Western Brook boat trip was wonderful.  No wonder it is so popular.  The walk into the boat dock took about 40 minutes.  There were three limestone conglomerates that we hiked over.  They were dry and had trees and wildflowers.  In between each of these was a bog.  Boardwalks were built over the bogs.  It was an interesting walk.  Once on the boat, we traveled through deep chasms.  Our boat was dwarfed by the majestic mountain walls.  While on the boat tour we saw a moose and a bald eagle.  Our guide told us all about the glaciers that had carved this beautiful area.    We were also told that the park doesn’t allow canoeing or kayaking in this lake because the water can be smooth one minute and turn violent a few minutes later.

There are a few popular traverses (hikes) within the Gros Morne Park.  When our boat reached its furthest easterly point, we pulled up to a wood dock and two hikers departed on one of the traverses.  The number of hikers is closely controlled on each of the traverses.  Our guide said from this point they dropped about 380 hikers last year.  There are trails and no marks, so when you go on one of these you have to have excellent navigating and compass skills.

I’d love to put some pictures on the website.  I’ve taken a bunch of digital pictures, but can’t get my camera and computer to work together.  I’ll keep trying!!!

Western Brook Picnic Area  to about 2 miles north of Parson’s Pond  7/25/02     20/4894/280     Day 18

This may be the most idyllic campsite we have ever enjoyed.  A full moon reflected off the lake below us and we could see the sheer cliffs of the Long Range Mountains in Gros Morne National Park on the far side.  It was absolutely still, I hoped that the coyote I had seen earlier would howl – but not.  Then, about 5am sunlight was bouncing off the lake and into the bedroom window.  As we pulled out, we were told that three caribou were swimming in the adjacent lake.  Betty later got some long distance photos of them.

On the drive to the start point we saw a young bull moose cross the road in front of us.  The day’s hike was mostly along Highway 430, the Viking Trail.  However, at times there would be small gravel or grass roadways closer to the coast line and parallel to the highway.  These little paths are a real delight, they are often on the edge of the bluff overlooking the rocky shore.

During a break at a scenic rest area, I met a young couple who were bicycling to L’Anse aux Meadows.  Fong and Lubo, a young Chinese lady and her Czech husband are from Toronto and having a great time.

Betty picked me up a couple miles north of Parson’s Pond and whisked me back to yet another dry camp in a seemingly miniature forest, the trees, mostly evergreens, are only about 15 feet tall.  She whipped up a great spaghetti dinner complete with garlic toast, wine and a salad.

2 miles north of Parson’s Pond to Bellburns  7/26/02     22/4916/302     Day 19

It was a beautiful but long hike today, almost always overlooking the rocky seashore.  The Long Range Mountains continue just east of us.  The tree line is only a couple hundred feet up from their base, so the top portion of the range is smooth and treeless.

Tonight we returned to the little town of Cow Head to see a play called “The Maritime Way of Life”.    It was forgettable.  On the way back to our dry camp we saw the reflection of eyes in the headlights as two moose crossed in front of us.

7/27/02    Betty: This morning we moved to a Torrent River campground in Hawke’s Bay .  We had reservations in Portland Creek, but they lost our reservation.  That was unfortunate, because that’s where I had my mail all forwarded.  Oh well, the folks here are so nice that the campground said they would hold it when it came in and also the postal lady said she would watch for it and if she saw it before it got to the campground, she would hold it – so I’ll drive back down when it gets in.  On a happy note, we were already a little north of there, so it was probably for the best.  We are in an overflow at Hawke’s Bay, but we have electric and water – so that’s wonderful!  We also have a beautiful view of a pond in front of us and the sea out to the side. 

I wanted to tell you all one of the interesting things about Newfoundland, and maybe the rest of Canada, but I’ve noticed it most here.  There are almost no rules.  They have a helmet rule, a seatbelt rule and gun rules, but other than those you don’t see rules posted anywhere.  There are no signs around saying you can’t park here or there, there are no lists of rules when you check into a campground.  It’s really refreshing!!

Chuck got a late start hiking today, but probably for the best since he has some blisters.  I’m washing clothes and Levi.  Tonight we’re going out to dinner at a wonderful looking restaurant that we passed on the way through town.

Wish you were here!!!

Bellburns to 2 mi south of River of Ponds  7/27/02     16/4932/318     Day 20 

It is another good weather day, sunny and cool.  We’ve had a 10-20 mph quartering tailwind for the past few days.  I have seen what I think is a gyrfalcon on two occasions.

Walking on and along side the road for the past several days is giving my feet a beating.  I’ve noticed this previously on long roadwalks.  Rotating to different footgear each day hasn’t helped much.  I may try slowing my hiking pace.  It has been over 3 1/2 mph which is pretty fast for long distance hiking but on roads is done easily.  Today I’ll try slowing to about 2 1/2 mph which is about the rate I manage on trails.

2 miles south of River of Ponds to Hawke’s Bay  7/28/02     14/4946/332     Day 21

The good weather continues.  We saw a bull moose along side the road as Betty drove me to the start point.  Today I tried wearing my leather hiking boots, this is the first time I’ve had them on since we were hiking on the Gasp* Peninsula, in Quebec, a year and a half ago.  After about ten miles I switched into Teva sandals with socks and did the last four miles into Hawke’s Bay.

As I hiked into town, two boys in their mid-teens stopped me to ask lots of questions.  D.J. and Jeremy were full of curiosity and enthusiasm.  They told me about the local music festival and that they had friends who played in one of the bands.

Newfoundlanders love music, they have their own style that seems similar to the country music we had forty years ago but with an Irish influence to it.  Most of the songs tell a story, often of life in Newfoundland or on the sea.  One of the reasons I like it is that the words can be heard and understood.

Tomorrow, we plan to give the feet a break and see some of the local sites.  We’ll go to Port au Choix (pronounce porto-schwa) National Historic Site.  They have archeological evidence there of Maritime Archaic Indians who lived here over 5,000 years ago.

No Hiking Today

7/29/02     0/4946/332     Day 22

We took a day off, no hiking.  This morning we did a few chores around the RV and in the afternoon went to the Canadian National Historic Site of Port au Choix.  This site is only a 30 minute drive from our campsite in Hawke’s Bay.

The little peninsula of land, mostly high beach, probably not over 30 feet above sea level, has been home to six different cultures during the last 5,000 years.  Starting with the Maritime Archaic Indians, then two different types of Eskimos cultures, recent (last 500 years) Indians, French and finally English.  All had one common trait, they lived off the rich bounty of the sea.  Fish, shrimp, lobster, crab, whales, and most importantly seals have been readily abundant.  Interestingly, evidence of all these cultures has been reasonably well preserved in the soil.

After spending the entire afternoon browsing through the displays, we went out on the beach in hopes of spotting a whale – not!

Hawke’s Bay to Eddies Cove West  7/30/02     14/4960/346     Day 23

First thing this morning we topped off our fresh water tank and dumped our holding tanks in preparation for a few days of dry camping.  We then moved the RV to the very small community of Barr’d Harbour (not to be confused with Bar Harbor).  The best we can tell there may only be two houses that are still inhabited.  A few other houses and buildings are scattered over about ten acres along St. John Bay.  They have a short, but well constructed, rock coffin (revetted rock) pier but no boats afloat.  A few small fishing boats are deteriorating on the weeded shore.  There are no stores, although we parked next to what might have been a general store in years past.  The weather has scoured any paint that might have been on the wood siding and all the window glass is either broken or missing.  Betty asked Mrs. Chambers, an elderly resident, who we should ask for permission to park here for a couple of days.  She said she would give us permission, so here we are.  Mrs. Chambers lives in a very well kept house, freshly painted white with lots of dark brown trim.  Later, Betty found that all the electric power for this little place, comes from a small central generator.

About five miles after starting the day’s hike, a pick-up truck with two province road workers stopped to talk.  They asked about the hike and gave me a little insight into the local area.  Then, abruptly, they said the “super” was driving up to a job site just down the road and they had to go.

The “Twin Towns” of Port Saunders and Port au Choix are about five miles off the main (only) highway.  In order to interest travelers in their towns, they have an information booth along the highway.  It consists of a retired cod-fishing boat that has been converted to an office with displays but it still looks like a boat sitting on land at the junction of the road to their towns.  George Raymond is the young landlocked skipper.  He explained that the cod were severely overfished in all of these waters and a moratorium was placed on all cod fishing about ten years ago and it is still in effect.  He asked if it snowed where I lived, when I said no, he proudly told me that snow had drifted completely over this fishing boat last winter (the boat must be at least ten feet high).  He grinned, telling me that a “skidoo” (snowmobile) did not know the boat was under the snow and accidently ran a ski through the boat’s cabin wall near the ceiling.  We inspected the damage.

About 11am it started drizzling rain and it continued, off and on, throughout the day.  During these conditions, I try to get as far over on the shoulder as I can and still hike at a reasonable pace.  When oncoming traffic passes, I usually turn away from the road to avoid the splash and spray.  As one car approached, it honked and quickly slowed to a stop.  It was Fung and Lubo, the energetic young couple who were cycling to L’Anse aux Meadows.  They passed me on their way north about five days ago.  They had that look of satisfaction from having completed a physically challenging adventure.  Now in a rented car, they were on their way home to Toronto.  It was good seeing them again, it reminded me of the Appalachian Trail where hikers are constantly meeting others they have seen days, weeks or months earlier.

Later, Betty overtook me, she had driven south to Portland Creek to pick up our mail.  After checking on me, she agreed to return about 2pm and take me to a dry place.

Hiking along the road in the rain has some advantages.  Lots of people wave as they go by and some drivers honk.  Two vehicles even stopped to offer me a ride.  One of these was the pick-up truck with the two road workers.

Oh yes, Betty and I saw two moose as we moved the RV forward this morning and I saw one while I was hiking.  Betty said she also saw another as she drove to pick up the mail.

Betty: Seeing the moose is always really exciting, but they do not stay and pose for pictures.  By the time I get my camera out and pull to the side of the road, they disappear into the woods.  Some day I hope to come away with a good picture, but so far that hasn’t happened.  I thought I had some good shots in Gros Morne only to find that one roll of film wasn’t on the spool, so I took a whole roll of great pictures 🙂

Eddies Cove West to Squid Cove  7/31/02     14/4974/360     Day 24

Our little nook at Barr’d Harbour is very quiet and scenic.  The front of the RV is facing the tiny harbor and even from inside the RV, we can see from the back bedroom through the RV and across St. John Bay to St John Island and some smaller islands.  Quite a view.  Someone cranked their community generator about 5pm and it ran until 11pm.  We saw lights burning in only two of the houses.

It was cool and windy when Betty dropped me along the road to start hiking.  We saw a large bull moose, just before we reached the start point.  It disappeared before we could get back to it with a camera.  That seems to always be the case.  After Betty sent me on my way she was off on her morning moose hunt.  One time, as I hiked over a knoll, I saw our little Honda backed into the bushes.  Betty had spotted a bull moose and was quietly waiting with her camera at the ready position for it or another to appear.

The feet felt good for about a mile then I could feel the left foot complaining.  By 11am I had walked seven miles to the entrance lane for our hide-away parking area.  I stopped for lunch and to rest the feet.  Betty whipped up a grilled cheese and Canadian Pea Soup, just right on a chilly, breezy day.  After a three hour break I continued hiking north as Betty drove on up to find our next campsite and to make some phone calls if she could locate a pay phone.

Meanwhile, I was again walking along the coastline.  A killer whale had washed up on the shore, it appeared to have died a day or two ago.  It was about 25 feet long.  Betty picked me up on her way back.

No Hiking Today   8/1/02     14/4974/34     Day 25

We made this another “tourist” day.  There are a number of things we want to do and see on this Northern Peninsula and we’ll do some of them and let the feet recuperate for a day or two.  First, we moved the RV forward about 30 miles to a school parking lot at Plum Point.  The school is inactive during the summer and provides a distant view of the bay.

Today we were off in search of icebergs.  A couple of weeks ago some visitors at a campground told us that they had seen several icebergs on the northeast coast of the Northern Peninsula.

We drove about 55 miles across the peninsula to St. Julien’s.  The Postmaster there told Betty that the last of the icebergs passed St. Julien’s about two weeks ago.  He thought we might find some at the little fishing village of Conche about 40 miles south, down the coast.  It was about a 60 mile drive to get there, but sure enough, we spotted the brilliant white spot across the bay as we descended into Conche.  Evidently, as other icebergs floated southward to melt in warmer waters, this one got trapped in the bay.  The visible portion may have been the size of a large ship, which is smaller than many of the icebergs that pass here.  In order to get as close as possible, we drove through the neat little village then on a dirt lane onto a hillside.  From there we walked along the steep cliffs to a good view point.  The little berg was probably a mile away but it was exciting to actually see an iceberg.  We had only seen them from an airliner at 30,000 feet before this lucky day.  While scanning the horizon of the sea, we saw another iceberg that was at least 12 miles away and maybe a lot farther depending on its size.

As we waked down the grassy lane toward the car we both remarked at how it seemed like the heather of the coastal hills above an Irish or Scottish village.  It was a quaint setting that just made you feel good and very glad to be there.

Today was also a good day for spotting moose.  It was raining this morning on the way across the low Long Range Mountains and we saw eight moose.  However, we were not quick enough to get a picture of one.  Then, on the drive back to the RV, a beautiful cow moose posed while Betty clicked away at the shutters of two cameras (not at the same time).  I even had time to get out and get a shot with my little camera.  The total for the day was 10 moose sighted and one captured on film.  It was a good, restful and memorable day.

Betty:  When we left Barr’d Harbour this morning, I stopped in to tell Mrs. Chambers good bye and thank you.  She had tears in her eyes when she said, “You’re leaving already?  It’ll be so lonely when you’re gone”. 

No Hiking Today  8/02/02      0/4974/360     Day 26

Labrador!  Just the sound of it stirs the imagination and conjures up images of dogsleds, eskimos, explorers, tundra, and frozen islands with polar bears.  An elementary school book picture comes to mind.  An explorer and his Eskimo guide were dressed in long fur parkas and mukluks next to their skin kayaks on pack-ice and the caption said they were in Labrador.

Today we took a 17 mile ferry ride across the Strait of Belle Isle to Labrador.  It was a memorable day, we saw icebergs, the barren tundra, a whale and had the best seafood chowder ever made.

We were hoping to see a puffin but only identified common terns and herring gulls.  There is a small island in Bradore Bay that is a preserve because it is the summer home of puffin and razorbills by the thousands.  We drove south along the coast and just into the province of Quebec to Bradore Bay.  The closest that viewers can get is about a quarter-mile so our 400mm lens only shows tiny white dots that we are calling puffins until we find out differently.

Time out!!!

It is dusk and we are now back at the RV in Plum Point, Newfoundland.  Betty has been walking Levi behind the school building.  As I wrote this, she tapped on the window and said they walked up on a big bull moose.  I grabbed a couple of cameras and we went stalking in hopes of some good pictures.  Betty said it had a beautiful large rack, she was only 150 feet away when she first saw it.  Unfortunately, by the time we returned, it had slipped back into the darker woodline near a little lake, so there will be no pictures of this one.  Well, it was an exciting few minutes.

It was a memorable end to a memorable day.

Squid Cove to Plum Point  8/03/02     17/4991/371     Day 27

It felt good to be back at it.  First along the coast then into the thick stunted, windblown fir and spruce that they call tuckamore.  In 17 miles, the only notable events were the sighting of a moose and what I guess to be an otter.  The feet must have needed a couple of days rest because they did fine today.

While I was enjoying the scenery, Betty was scouting ahead for an RV site.  She found that the nearest possibility was near St. Anthony, 80 miles ahead.  We moved the RV forward to the Triple Falls RV park.  This will require a long shuttle for the next couple of days, but if I can knock out 17 plus miles each day we’ll soon be within a reasonable distance.  This may be the last RV move we have before we finish.  This site is only about 15 miles from L’Anse aux Meadows at land’s end.

On the drive up here, we spotted two young moose playfully practicing their head jousting and another a few miles later.  The combined total for us today was nine.

Betty:  When I went out scouting for a campsite today, I was really surprised to find none between where we were parked at Plum Point and St. Anthony.  We had been coming across RV parks, that weren’t listed in any of our resource material, every 20 or so miles.  We had dry camped for four days, so our last dump station was in Hawke’s Bay.  Well, 80 miles or not, we had to make the drive.  The folks at Triple Falls RV Park are wonderful and they have a beautiful campsite.  I had originally placed a reservation to be here on the 3rd of Aug.  Then when Chuck’s feet were giving him trouble and we realized we wouldn’t be there, I called and changed our reservation to the 6th.  Then out of necessity, I appeared on their doorstep on the 3rd to find out if they could squeeze us in.  They did.  Our thanks to Nate and Ruth!!!  We have water, electric and empty tanks.

Plum Point to Deadmans Cove  8/04/02     17/5008/388     Day 28

Yesterday we parked in an “overflow” area of the campground.  They said the a/c power was 15 amp, but we popped circuit breakers every time we hit 12 amps.  This morning they said we could have a 20 amp site as soon as an RV caravan departed.  It was about 9:30 before we could move in so we got a late start.  Then, we had to drive one and one-half hours back to our start point.  Because it was so far, Betty waited until I finished hiking to take me back.  Usually, she can return to the RV and come back to pick me up later.

On the way to the start we saw a cow moose posing along side the road. Also some icebergs were in the Strait.

It was a breezy day, but fortunately it was a quartering tail wind and the miles passed quickly.  Betty was waiting at the 17 mile point as planned.  It was a long drive back but it will get significantly shorter each day.  Betty:  Chuck went over 5000 miles today!   While Chuck was hiking today, I went poking around Plum Point and the neighboring villages.  Regardless of where you go here, the scenery is just beautiful and the villages are so quaint.  I drove through Plum Point and into Bird Cove and noticed a sign pointing to an archeological dig.  So, I decided to check it out.  When I got near the site I found an Interpretive Center and even though it was Sunday, they were open.  Michelle Dempster and Helda Pittman welcomed me to the center and Helda took me on a tour of their museum.  The digs in the Bird Cove area have provided evidence of the Maritime Archaic Indians living in the area 4,500 years ago, followed by the Groswater Palaeoeskimo people about 2,000 years ago and then recent Indians.  The digs in the area are still actively producing artifacts and clues about the inhabitants.  Helda told me that one of the curious facts is they have not uncovered human remains.  This may be because they haven’t discovered the burial site yet.  It’s amazing to realize that people could survive in a climate as harsh as this must be in the winters without the modern conveniences we take for granted.  Wow!

Deadmans Cove to Eddies Cove  8/05/02     20/5028/408     Day 29

Since it is sixty miles from our RV campsite to today’s start point, I came up with a plan to preclude the need for Betty to take me.  If she drives me to the start point, she either has to wait about seven hours or make the long drive twice.  The alternate plan is that I will load a bicycle on the back of the Honda and use it to shuttle.

As I was about to leave, Betty said she thought the weather looked like it might get worse and maybe she should drive me.  Casually, I said not to worry, I’d be fine – wrong.  By the time I drove to the point at which I expected to end, it was misting.  Since there was no wind, I decided to leave the car there and ride the bike the twenty miles south to the start then hike north to the car and drive it back to get the bike.  Within five miles the mist became rain, a breeze picked up and soon it was pouring and blowing.  At the start point, I locked the bike to a pole and immediately started hiking before I got chilled.  Starting a 20 mile hike with soaked feet, socks and shoes is not really very smart, but that dry car was waiting so it seemed best to get on with it.  My parka kept the top half dry but my hiking shorts were soaked and drained water down my legs and into the already flooded shoes.  This wasn’t one of my better trail days.  On the bike ride, I had spotted a little cafe (one of only a couple on the day’s route) that said “Home Made Chowder”.  That became my goal, the L&E Cafe.

Upon arrival, I was a mess.  I parked my daypack, hat and hiking stick in the entry and checked to see how much Canadian money I had in my wallet.  Drats, only US dollars.  I asked if they took VISA, while giving me the once over, the waitress reluctantly acknowledged that they did.  After ordering the chowder and chips, I stepped in the washroom to dry off a bit.  The guy in the mirror scared me.  Emptying my shoes, wringing socks and drying my face and hair probably didn’t help much but I felt better.  The steaming chowder and hot tea were heavenly.

That warm glow carried me for about five miles, then it was back to confronting the reality of wet feet and blowing rain.  This stretch of 20 miles is entirely along the coast and I had hoped to spot a whale or at least some icebergs.  However, the visibility was barely beyond the rocks in the surf.  Finally, about five miles farther than it should have been, the ending and the little Honda eased out of the fog.  Now drive 20 miles back to get the bike and 60 miles to the RV and call it a day.  It was 8:30 pm and Betty had a warm smile, chilled wine and a hot meal waiting.  She also had that look of “I tried to tell you and you wouldn’t listen”.  But, she said nothing while listening to my whining about the trials of the trail.

No Hiking Today  8/06/02     0/5028/408     Day 30

Today is our 36th anniversary so we decided to take the day off and maybe poke around this unique and historic area.

We caught up on some correspondence and Betty tapped into the campground phone to send and receive email messages.  Nate and the folks that manage this campground have been very helpful. Our next door neighbors are John and Alma George from near Kingston, Ontario.  The more we talked the more we found that we had in common: hiking, biking, canoeing, sailing and much more.  Too bad we are committed this evening and they depart tomorrow.

It was a rainy afternoon and we hoped to locate a local fisherman named Boyce Roberts in the village of Quirpon near L’Anse aux Meadows.  Last year Eb Eberhart (Nimblewill Nomad) arranged to have Boyce take him by boat to Belle Isle.  This is about a 20 mile trip and since no one lives on the island, there is no need for a ferry service.  Having neither address nor phone number we decided to drive to Quirpon and ask around until we located him.  Betty read from the journal of Eb’s hike and found that there were about 25 exchange students staying with Boyce and Joanne when Eb arrived.  As we drove through Quirpon, I saw a large home on the water with a dock out back.  Thinking that this would be a good place to start, we stopped and I knocked.  The gentleman who came to the door introduced himself as Boyce Roberts.  It was almost as if we had found long lost relatives.  Joanne and Boyce invited us in and the air was alive with chatter about Eb, Belle Isle, our hike, boats and the weather and whales.  Whales!!  The Roberts showed us several rolls of recently developed film and hundreds of digital pictures on their computer.  They had so many great, close-ups of whales, breaching diving and waving that National Geographic should be so lucky.

Boyce agreed to take us to Belle Isle when we desired as long as the weather was agreeable.  We made it clear that we too wanted good weather, meaning calm seas.  As we were departing, Boyce gave us enough fresh cod that we can feast for days.

We had dinner at the Norseman Restaurant.  They had an entertaining show that told about the Viking history that occurred in this area.  As luck would have it, at our little table which seated five, one of the ladies, Jennifer Crandall, wrote the text for some of the historical presentations and she has written some books and stories.  The other two young ladies, Christie and Laurie Phillips, are the great granddaughters of Doctor Grenfell, a respected legend in the development of healthcare in this remote area.  They were all interesting and it was a delight to talk with them during the evening.

Jennifer told us that the young woman who acted as a hostess during the presentation, Gina, could tell us how to hike to “Brendan’s Rock”.  This stone has some carvings that many authorities believe prove that the Irish were here drinking ale a few hundred years before the Vikings arrived.  Gina Hodge is the owner and manager of the restaurant, she said she could lead us on a three mile hike to Brendan’s Rock any day that she did not work.  When we told her that we planned to hike the length of Belle Isle, she was interested in joining us.  She is gathering data for a Masters Thesis concerning coastal morphology of this area.  We promised to check with Boyce to see if Gina and her sister could accompany us.

Eddies Cove to 15 miles East  8/07/02     15/5043/423     Day 31

When Betty dropped me at the coastal village of Eddies Cove, the wind was blowing at about 15mph.  I used my rain parka as a windbreaker.  There were white caps on the Strait and I was glad we were not going to Belle Isle today.  Our RV neighbors, John and Alma George, waved as they drove by heading south to catch the ferry to Labrador then home to Ontario.

Within an hour it was raining hard and the wind was probably 20mph gusting to 30mph.  By this time I had put on my rainpants.  It was the first time on this trip to hike in long pants.  Even though the temperature was 52 degrees, it was cold.  I had the parka hood over my head and was wearing wool gloves and hiking fast to create as much body heat as possible.  A weather front must have been passing because an hour later the rain stopped, the wind was down to about 10mph, and the temperature was up to 63 degrees.  By the time Betty met me, I had taken off the gloves and rainpants and was back in my comfort zone.

This evening we attended “The Great Viking Feast” in St Anthony.  It was held in Leifsburdir, a sod covered hall that was half dug into the ground.  We had moose stew, cod casserole, Jiggs Dinner (a mix of cooked veggies), baked salmon, squid fried rice, cod tongues and roast capelin.  For dessert it was partridgeberry flatbreads with bakeapple sauce.  This was all local fare that has been eaten in this area for generations.  All the staff were dressed in Viking garb and Captain Hroadsson, with his big curly beard and long hair, carried a large broad sword and held court to settle any disputes.  It was a good meal and a lot of fun.

Moose count, 8 for the day.

15 miles East of Eddies Cove to 30 miles East of Eddies Cove  8/08/02     15/5058/438     Day 32

It is cloudy but the rain has stopped and it is a bit warmer, maybe 65 degrees.

Just a few miles into the day’s hike I saw a young bull moose grazing in a foggy woodline.  It was a great day to be hiking.

For days we have been moving northward along the west coast, often right at the water’s edge.  Then, yesterday we turned eastward to cut across the northern tip of this long peninsula.  It will take three days to hike across it, then we will turn north again for the final stretch into L’Anse aux Meadows and land’s end.  After that, a boat trip to Belle Isle and a 12 mile hike up its length and we will finish.

The trip across the peninsula is pretty barren, mostly rolling miles of rock and bog.  Some of the lower areas are protected enough to support small fir and spruce.  The road is often flat and straight for two or three miles.  Looking ahead, I saw a dot that was growing bigger.  It was a lone cyclist.  Soon we were both standing on this remote road comparing notes.  Marty Basch is from Conway, New Hampshire and is bicycling around the Maritime Provinces.  He cycled up through Nova Scotia and after Newfoundland he will take the ferry to Labrador.  Eventually, he will make his way to Goose Bay and back down through Quebec.

We had an interesting time talking but after about 20 minutes we departed in opposite directions to continue our distinctly different but related adventures.  Wishing each other a safe journey we were then back in our own world of thoughts.  As is often the case after such encounters, I replayed the discussion in my mind.  There were questions about his trip that I wished I had asked.  Oh yes, and I should have told him about the chowder and chips at the L&E Cafe and much more.  That thread of thought carried me for about three miles.

With a continuing rise in temperature, I slowly adjusted my own climate control system.  First, I unzipped the top half of my parka and loosened the wrist straps.  That creates a bellows effect as the arms swing while walking.  Soon the parka was off and stowed in the pack and the shirt sleeves were rolled higher every few minutes.  Finally, the shirt buttons were unfastened.  The midday temperature was about 75 degrees, so it was still comfortable hiking.

Betty met me at the 15 mile point and we drove directly to a meeting with Dave Taylor, the Principal Lighthouse Keeper who had worked at the NE Lighthouse on Belle Isle for 26 years until it was automated last year.

Betty said yesterday morning that she wanted to locate a lighthouse keeper who had worked on Belle Isle.  Actually, she got leads on two.  Nate, at our campground, told her about Randy Campbell in nearby Raleigh and he also suggested that she talk with folks at the Canadian Coast Guard station in St Anthony.  While at the C/G station, Pat Simms made a call to Dave Taylor who now works at the St Anthony Lighthouse.

When we met, Dave showed us photos of the lighthouse and the surrounding area.  He also made a copy of a map of Belle Isle for me.  It was the first map of the island that I have seen.   It was immediately obvious that Dave was very proud of the work he had done on Belle Isle and missed being isolated on that remote rock 20 miles out in the Atlantic Ocean.  He was there last year when Eb Eberhart hiked up to the lighthouse completing his long saga.

The information Dave provided will be most helpful.  It will help insure that I complete the entire 12 mile hike in one day and still keep the hiking time as brief as possible.  As we said good-bye he suggested that we talk to Terry Simms at the Coast Guard station to see if they might have a maintenance run to Belle Isle scheduled for next week.  If there was any possibility that I could ride to Belle Isle with the crew, then Boyce could pick me up without the need to wait about six hours for me to complete the 12 mile hike.

Pat, who put Betty in contact with Dave yesterday, escorted us into the St Anthony Coast Guard communications and control center to meet Terry Simms.  Terry showed us around the center and explained how they tracked vessels coming from Europe.  He said since the attacks in September last year they more closely follow vessels entering the St Lawrence headed to the Great Lakes and those bound for the NE United States.

Unfortunately, they had no trips scheduled to Belle Isle next week but he offered to loan me a hand held radio if I needed it.

Later, back at the RV, Nate delivered a large package of forwarded mail to our door.  Betty did a great job fixing the fresh cod given to us by Boyce and Joanne.  After dinner, she paid all the bills that had just arrived in the mail drop.  Some are only a couple of days from their due date.  What a credit to our civilized system that we are in a foreign country on the remote fringe of North America and the bills still find us.  Next time we’ll try harder.

No Hiking Today  8/09/02     0/5058/438     Day 32

We locked up the RV, left it at Triple Falls Campground near St Anthony and headed south in the Honda.  The destination is Corner Brook about 300 miles back down the island where we will attend the first annual (hopefully) Newfoundland Hiking Festival hosted by the Sou’Wester Hiking Club at Corner Brook.

This is sort of a return to civilization for us.  Corner Brook is the second largest city in Newfoundland and we really enjoyed our time here as we hiked through this area about three weeks ago.

Our first order of business was to drop off eight rolls of 35mm film for developing and two memory chips from the digital camera for loading onto CDs.  Then we checked in at the beautiful Glynmill Inn and called Bob Diamond and Arne Helgeland to let them know that we had indeed returned since they had scheduled us to talk about our trip after the Festival dinner on Saturday (tomorrow) evening.

This evening, we joined about one hundred Festival attendees at the Rod and Gun Club for some wine and cheese and some stimulating conversation with lots of interesting folks.  There were two slide presentations, both were superb.  Keith Nicol, a geography professor at Grenfell College, talked about hikes throughout Newfoundland and had spectacular slides of mountain views and trails.  Kathy Didkowsky, author and tour guide, told us about the 4 1/2 month supported hike on the Trans-Canada Trail she and her three teenage children completed.  What a challenge for a mom.  She had great slides set to music they had recorded as they hiked – very entertaining.

After the presentations, I talked with Judy who, about five years ago, camped on Belle Isle for a few days.  She promised to bring some photos and more information tomorrow night.

It was a most enjoyable evening.

No Hiking Today  (In Corner Brook)  8/10/02     0/5058/438     Day 32

In the hotel room we were able to connect the computer to their phone line.  Betty spent the morning posting the website and answering email.  We ran some errands and I sent some email messages in the afternoon.  We arrived at the Rod & Gun Club early for a meeting with Bob Diamond and Mike Roy.  Bob was unable to contact Dr. Roy so there was no meeting.

Judy arrived early with the pictures of her trip to Belle Isle just as she had planned.  She and her husband, Barry, and another couple spent four days camping on Belle Isle about five years ago.  She said a tent was blown away with camping gear inside it.  It would have blown off a cliff into the sea if it had not caught on some rocks.  We enjoyed hearing her stories and the pictures helped us visualize what to expect on Belle Isle.

We talked with lots of interesting folks including Keith and Kathy, both of the speakers at last night’s event.  Our evening meal was called a “Jiggs Dinner” and is one of their traditional dishes.  It is unique in that it does not include fish.  Consisting mostly of vegetables, it includes: boiled potatoes, carrots, cabbage, rutabaga, peas pudding (very thick pea soup) and salt pork.  We had partridgeberry cake for dessert.  All was good.

After dinner, the first presentation was interesting but lasted 45 minutes longer than programmed.  Bob Diamond, the host, asked this guy to wrap it up several times and finally stood in front of his projector.  As Bob was politely but firmly trying to thank him and present him with a token gift, the guy just keeps on talking, referring to what would have been on the screen.  The crowd applauded as Bob came forward and kept applauding to let this guy know it was enough, but he just kept going.  We might have seen it as a bit more comical if he had not been cutting into my scheduled time.  At Bob’s request, I drastically cut my talk to get them back on schedule. As I quickly concluded, I received a resounding ovation, mostly because I kept it brief and to the point, I think.

A band followed.  Several folks approached us to find out more about our trip.  A couple of members apologized for the rudeness of the first speaker. 

No Hiking Today (Drove from Corner Brook to St Anthony)  8/11/02     0/5058/438     Day 32

I had intended to hike with this interesting group today.  The day’s  route, will someday be part of the mountainous trail from one end of Newfoundland to the other.   Even if the hike ended as scheduled it would be midnight by the time we drove three hundred miles back to our RV near St. Anthony. 

We thought it best that I not hike so we could arrive back at our RV without driving through the night.  About 10pm last night, I called both Arne and Bob to let them know that I would not be at the hike.  Neither was home, so I left messages.

This morning, Betty bought some groceries from the large supermarket here and we were ready to start driving north.  Before leaving town we stopped for lunch at a Tim Horton restaurant and met John and Alma George who just happened to be staying in Corner Brook for a couple of days.  They were our next door neighbors, at Triple Falls Campground near St Anthony, last week.  Since then they have been off on adventures in Labrador.  It was good seeing them and we eagerly chatted about all sorts of things.

It rained all of the afternoon.  We stopped for dinner at a nice restaurant called the Silver Spoon.  We had passed it several times as I was hiking north but the timing was never right to stop for a meal.  It was great food, a picturesque atmosphere and it had good service.  We got a picture and their brochure to give to our friend Jim Glowacki who manages the Silver Spoon restaurant in Naples, Florida (there is no connection).

On the way back we saw five moose and arrived at the campground, in the rain, just at dusk.  I was glad we did not have to drive all night in the rain.  Few people here travel at night because of the very real danger of hitting a moose.  Every morning I see fresh moose tracks all along the shoulders of the road.

30 miles east of Eddies Cove to 2 miles north of 430 on Highway 436  8/12/02     17/5075/455    Day 33

The rain stopped during the night.  Betty drove the RV to the campground dump station then back to our campsite.  None of the campgrounds have had sewer hookups since we were at Corner Brook about three weeks ago.  But, they generally, but not always, have a dump station and we usually move on after a couple of days so it’s not a problem.

It was a good hiking day, cool and clear.  I saw three moose the first couple of hours.  Just before Betty picked me up, I turned north off of Hiway 430 onto 436 toward L’Anse aux Meadows – the final stretch.

After a glass of wine, Betty fixed some cheese fondue.  This may date us but it brings back some good memories, like back in the sixties in a chalet on a fog covered lake in Switzerland with my mom and my sister Mae.  Also with us were our daughter Susan and Mae’s son RD, both about age three.  As I remember they didn’t have any wine but didn’t care for the fondue.

Betty:  The trip down and back from Corner Brook took us along and through the majestic Long Range Mountains which are part of the Appalachian chain and where, some day, there will most likely be an extension of the International Appalachian Trail.  As we looked at the mountains we talked about that trail and how Newfoundland would conquer building the trail and having access points.  Right now there are few roads that lead into the mountains.  Most development is along the coast and the main highways.  It will be quite an undertaking, but with wonderful results as these mountains will offer spectacular vistas and challenging hiking.  Dr. Roy, who gave one of the presentations at the festival, is the same person who is trying to get this dream of a mountain trail realized.  And now, on to the trail.  The weather forecast shows sunny days in our future.  Hopefully it will also mean smooth seas.

2 miles North of Highway 430 to Land’s End at L’Anse aux Meadows  8/13/02     18/5093/473     Day 34

This morning we packed up to move the RV from Triple Falls Campground to Viking RV Park.  On the way, we stopped to have the propane tank filled.  After hooking up at our new site, we drove a couple of miles to Quirpon (pronounced karpoon) to check in with Boyce and Joanne Roberts.  Boyce was gone at that time and we arranged with Joanne that they would stop by the campground this evening.  We will discuss the plans for the boat trip to Belle Isle.

We had planned a short hike (14 miles) for today which was good since I didn’t get started until 1:30pm.  This will get us within four miles of the point of land at L’Anse aux Meadows.  Then we will have only the 12 miles hike on Belle Isle to complete the entire journey.  I can easily knock out the four miles in the morning, leaving the afternoon open for sightseeing.

There was a light rain and heavy fog all day.  The Newfoundlanders call it a “mossy” day.  It is one of those rare times when I can hike right to the RV and Betty doesn’t have to drive to get me.  She had a great spaghetti dinner ready when I got out of the shower.  With the dinner she had a salad and fresh bread.  Both are treats for us.  Fresh veggies are hard to find and the bakeries often only have white loaf bread.  Betty had just finished cleaning up after dinner when Boyce Roberts and a fishing friend, Ralph, arrived.  Boyce said the weather forecast was for ideal conditions tomorrow.  Great, it is a go!  We agreed to meet at his place at 8am.  His wife, Joanne, would call Allan Bock, the local reporter.  Betty and I would contact Gina Hodge and let them know the plan.

It was almost 8pm when Boyce and Ralph drove off.  Betty and I left a minute later on our way to the Norseman Restaurant to notify Gina.  We caught her between acts at her dinner theater.  We quickly decided that Gina, her sister Jill and a friend would see if they could rearrange their schedules.  Those who could make it would be at Boyce’s dock NLT 8am in the morning. On the short drive back to the RV, we decided that I would hike the remaining four miles to “land’s end” tonight.

At 10 minutes after eight, I was on my way.  The rain had stopped but light was already fading, so I clipped along at a brisk pace.  It was a magical, kind of eerie, feeling walking through the flat terrain of L’Anse aux Meadows in the stillness and foggy low light.  It was easy to imagine norsemen roaming the meadows and a Viking village just over the rise.  As the sea came into view,  I could hear the faint moan of a distant foghorn.  It was nearly dark as I neared the point of land, the sound of thousands of birds chattering drifted across the calm water from a low island just offshore.  Betty was waiting at the end of the road, it was 9:10pm.  In order to get to the actual point, I crossed the low bank and walked on the beach to a rocky area, then rock hopped over tidal pools to the water’s edge.  It was low tide so I was a couple of hundred feet from land as I splashed the sea and looked around.  It was now dark, I could see lights from a tiny coastal village.  I think I identified lights from the Norseman Restaurant where Gina and her crew would be wrapping up their performance.

As I returned to the car, it occurred to me that this would not be a good place to fall and break a leg or get knocked unconscious.  The tides in Newfoundland rise and fall over 30 feet in some areas.  In the dark, Betty would have only a general idea of my whereabouts but wouldn’t know the exact route.  I was a bit more careful on the return trip.

Back at the RV we carefully chose and packed the items we thought we might need for the boat trip and island hike tomorrow.  I stuffed items into my larger pack that would be needed if I had to spend a day or two waiting on the island.  We both packed rain gear, wind breakers and warm clothes for the 20 miles boat trip over and back.  And, we took three cameras (a 35mm, an auto-focus and a digital).  So, a day pack for Betty’s gear, a day pack for the cameras, lenses and film, and my medium sized pack with emergency gear.  The plan is for Boyce to drop me off at the SW lighthouse then he and Betty will take the boat to Black Joke Cove near the NE lighthouse to pick me up, hopefully all the same day.  However, should the weather turn bad, during their six hour wait, they will return home and get me when the weather clears, if they feel like it.

No Hiking  8/14/02     0/5093/473

We were up before six double checking our gear.  It was foggy, but since it had been mostly clear last night we hoped the sun would soon burn it off and we could depart on schedule.  A few minutes after seven Boyce drove up to ask if I would feel comfortable hiking the entire 12 mile length of Belle Isle in very thick fog.  He said a heavy fog often settles on Belle Isle and will hide the 300 foot high rocky isle even when the sea around it has better visibility.  Since I had a map and a compass and had talked with Dave Taylor who had walked this same route, I told Boyce that I didn’t anticipate a problem.  So, we are still on for an 8am departure.

When we arrived at the dock behind Boyce’s house, he told us he had just received a current weather report.  The fog was expected to hold on the water for the next 24 hours or more.  Translation – he can get us there, but we’d have to go slow watching closely for freighters and icebergs, plus we would not be able to see anything but fog.  We decided to hold a day or two until the weather cleared.

A few minutes later, Gina Hodge and her sister Jill arrived.  They were dressed for the trip and eager to go.  I think they were more disappointed than Betty and I.  Of course, we know we will go when the weather clears; they may not be able to arrange their schedules for a later day.

Betty and I took advantage of the “free” day to visit the Grenfell Center in St Anthony.  It was quite interesting, we spent most of the day going through the Interpretive displays then a visit to the Grenfell house.  Doctor Wilfred Grenfell came to Labrador in 1889 to aid fishermen and their families.  In 1892, he established a hospital in St Anthony and medical clinics along the coasts of northern Newfoundland and Labrador.  Travel then was by coastal boat in summer and by dog sled in winter.  During freeze-up and thaw there were long periods of total isolation.  He and his wife, Anna, had a major influence on the economic, social, cultural and medical development of this remote part of the world.  He was knighted in the 1920s and Sir Wilfred Grenfell was given the “Livingston” award (their highest) by the National Geographic Society before his death in 1940 in Vermont.  A guide at the Interpretive Center, proudly told us that Dr. Grenfell’s great-granddaughter, Laurie, had worked there this summer.  It was Laurie and her sister, Christie, that sat at our table last week at the Norseman Restaurant.

There is a tradition in Newfoundland that visitors who make the effort to get here and like this land are initiated as “Newfies”.  They call the ceremony a “Screech In”.  This was our night.  We went to the Canadian Legion Hall in St Anthony for fish and chips.  They had a local band and during a long break we, along with several others, were “Screeched In”.  During this goofy ritual, the inductees learn to talk, eat, drink and dance like Newfoundlanders.  We all repeated local slang, ate dried little fish and some other stuff, drank a shot of Screech rum, and danced the Newfie scuff.  The highlight was a codfish that was passed around for everyone to kiss.  We survived.

Betty:  We had to say something romantic to the cod before we kissed it.  Ugh!  Another interesting thing about Dr. Grenfell and the doctors that followed in his footsteps.  He traveled aboard a ship that was a fully equipped hospital ship.  He could perform surgery and also had wards for both females and males aboard the ship.  He also founded an orphanage in St Anthony.  As he would make his rounds, he would often come upon children who had lost their parents or the parents couldn’t provide for them.  He would take them to the orphanage.  They were well cared for and could attend school.  For most of them it probably was the difference between life and death.

Dr. Grenfell was actually a missionary doctor and along with his medical services, he also provided spiritual guidance to fishermen and their families.

Waiting on Weather  8/15/02     0/5093/473     Day 34

Heavy fog this morning, so it is another “no go” day.  By noon it was a beautiful clear day, but the wind picked up and is now easterly which is not good.

Great, we used the time to visit the L’Anse aux Meadows Canadian National Park and Historic Site.  For years we have read about it and often talked of visiting.  It was fascinating.  This site of a Viking settlement was first discovered in 1961 and there have now been years of archaeological digs and much historical and scientific research.  Thousands of artifacts have been found and identified.  It is clearly established that Vikings lived here 1,000 years ago.  They think that the first Vikings on this site were led by Lief Ericson.  It is the only authenticated Viking site in North America and the oldest verified site of any Europeans in the “New World”.  It was intriguing to roam about these very old sites.  Off to the side, the Park has reconstructed a tiny settlement of sod structures as a “living history” display.  Interpreters dressed in Viking garb gave demonstrations and answered questions.  This has been the highlight of the trip.

Back at the RV park, Betty started dinner while I drove a couple of miles into Quirpon to talk with Boyce.  The wind had picked up during the day and Boyce said the wind was often twice as strong out on the open water.  The forecast for tomorrow is even stronger winds.  We wait.

Betty:   Tomorrow while we wait we will visit another site, Norstead.  Even though the weather is not good for boating – it is wonderful for sightseeing.  The sun is out, it is warm and there is some wind.  It is just incredibly beautiful here.  When we were driving around yesterday, we visited with an older retired fisherman, Job Anderson.  He lives right out on the edge of L’Anse aux Meadows, his house sitting right at the water’s edge.  He told us he worked on the excavation at L’Anse aux Meadows for twenty-some years.  He also said  many years they don’t get much snow here.  Maybe it has to do with the tropical currents.  We haven’t seen evidence of the high posts that mark interior roads where lots of snow is expected.

We’re in Viking RV Park, just about 4 km from L’Anse aux Meadows.  Rex, who owns and runs the park, is just wonderful.  He’s a retired fisherman and he checks on our progress daily.  Great guy!  Wonderful park!!  A winning combination.

Yesterday when we pulled back into the park from sightseeing, we had the most unusual surprise.  There was a big bus looking RV.  It was from Germany and had about 20 people on it.  It is the size of a large charter/greyhound type bus.  The front half has seats like a greyhound would have, but the back half has little oval windows – like portholes – stacked three high and about seven long.  These apparently are like berths.  Each berth having its own window.  The outside underneath of one side of the  bus had stoves and counters that pulled out and bays for cooking supplies and equipment.  The outside of the other side had a tent extension that pulled out and stairs that probably led to the sleeping compartments.  It was fascinating.  I did get a picture of it  The folks were just getting ready to eat when we pulled up and one of the guys asked if we wanted to join them, but we thanked him and declined.  They have no other vehicles, so when they pulled out this morning, I suspect they drive to the sights just like a sightseeing bus would do.

Waiting on Weather at Viking RV Park  8/16/02     0/5093/473     Day 34

Another day  of relaxation and waiting for favorable weather conditions to make the 20 miles crossing to Belle Isle.  It was a great day here on the northern tip of Newfoundland’s Northern Peninsula.  It was warm and sunny with a stiff SE breeze.

We visited an area called “Norstead”.  It is a recreation of an old Viking village.  In their ship repair house they have the “Snorri”, the actual Viking replica that sailed from Greenland to L’Anse aux Meadows, Newfoundland three or four years ago.  This boat is a Knorr the sea worthy trading vessel the Vikings used for long voyages on open water.  At fifty feet long and a beam of thirteen feet, it could carry over 20 tons of cargo.  It was interesting to browse through this facsimile of Viking life a thousand years ago.  This little village is located only a few hundred feet behind the tiny village of L’Anse aux Meadows and the Norseman Restaurant.  At the entrance to Norstead we met Nicole and Dave.  They were on a small Honda motorcycle just ready to leave when we talked with them.  Dave lives in Newfoundland and Nicole is from Quebec.  She has been living on the road in her RV.  Her little motorcycle fits into a rack on the back of the RV.  She said she mostly dry camps at quiet remote sites.  While talking with this interesting pair, a fellow working on the entrance building filled us all in on some local information about polar bears that roam through their village, and local customs, etc.  His name is also Dave.  He pointed out where a polar bear had poked three holes through the wall of a small outbuilding. He also told us about two fishermen who had stopped on a snow covered island.  Suddenly a polar bear came running at one of the guys.  As the man was fleeing and the bear chasing him, the bear took a swipe at him.  Its large paw ripped off the mans coat and lacerated his side.  The other man saw what was happening and quickly got a rifle from the boat and killed the bear before it mauled the man to death.

While there, we hiked to the top of Roundhead Mountain.  It is about 1 1/2 miles each way.  There is a great view from the summit.  We would have seen Belle Isle if it had not been for the haze.  It is a good feeling to hike through these low hills and bays with islands all around.  If we have to wait, this is a good place to do it.

Waiting on Weather – Whaling Trip  8/17/02     0/5093/473     Day 34

This morning Boyce stopped by to ask if we had a couple of hours to take a boat ride.  He thought we might see some whales.  We immediately said yes and structured our day around this wonderful opportunity.  Thirty minutes later Boyce and Joanne plus their niece Lorna, a sixth grader, were telling us local whale and sea stories as we motored out of the harbor.  Boyce has been a fisherman and lived on the sea all his life.  He has a well used, 19 foot boat powered by a new 90HP Honda outboard motor.

There was heavy fog as we entered Belle Isle Straits that separate Newfoundland from Labrador.  This is the preferred route of ships coming from Europe bound for the St. Lawrence Seaway and the Great Lakes.  In winter this channel ices up and ships must take a longer route around the southwestern coast of Newfoundland.  Within five minutes, Boyce spotted a whale blowing a high spout of water.  As he moved us closer there were at least two humpback whales surfacing every minute or so.  At times they

would dive and flip their big tail fluke high above the water.  Sometimes they were only a hundred feet from the boat.  Boyce and Joanne convinced us that the whales know the boat is there and will stay clear of it while putting on a show for us.  This went on for about 15 minutes and they disappeared beneath the surface.

Only a minute or two later, Joanne saw whales quite a distance away.  As we got closer, we saw at least three gracefully rolling and diving.  Again we watched and snapped lots of pictures.  Whales can be identified by the white pattern on the underside of their tail fluke.  These were different whales than we had seen earlier.

As we motored back, we saw yet another whale, a seal and a school of porpoise playing around the boat.  We also saw some sea birds that we don’t find in Florida: Arctic terns, Kittywakes and Shearwater gulls. 

On the way into the harbor we passed Quirpon Lighthouse at the point of Quirpon Island.  Boyce’s brother and his wife operate a B&B in the lighthouse keepers house.  Joanne wanted to show us the buildings so we pulled into their little dock and waked up the hill to the lighthouse.  Madonna was there getting ready for evening guests.  She and Joanne gave us a tour of this beautiful, quint inn.  Betty, Lorna and I climbed to the top of the lighthouse.  As we enjoyed the view we saw whales surfacing in the distance.

Back at the boat, Boyce spotted a small school of capelin, a kipper sized fish.  He got a cast net from his boat and with only two casts we had a bucket of capelin.  He will dry them, then they can be roasted and eaten.  We have had them at a few restaurants in the area, including at the “Screech In”.

This boat trip along was worth the four day wait for good weather.  Boyce told us that the forecast was favorable for tomorrow.  He said it may be windy with some chop but the visibility should be good.  We made plans to go and left a message for Gina in the event she could join us.

Belle Isle  8/18/02     12/5105/485     Day 35

Well before the appointed time of 8am, we were on the dock behind the home of Boyce and Joanne Roberts.  Soon we had the gear loaded in Boyce’s boat and were ready for this final phase of our five thousand mile saga.  Apparently, Gina could not make it so we pushed off a few minutes after eight.  Boyce had asked a friend and experienced fisherman, Sean Blake, to come along and help with handling the boat.  Joanne also came along although she said it was against her better judgement.  She brought their german-shepard like dog, Grizzly.

Soon the five of us plus Griz were splashing through a light chop in the Straits and heading for Belle Isle, twenty miles out in the North Atlantic.  This isolated island is uninhabited and has an ominous reputation.  Its two lighthouses guide ships crossing the Atlantic Ocean into the Straits of Belle Isle and onto the St Lawrence Seaway.  It is known for treacherous seas and has been the scene of many shipwrecks and other catastrophes.  One story is that the Captain’s wife on a ship crossing the North Atlantic had an affair with one of the seamen on board and both were put ashore on Belle Isle to starve or die of exposure.  Another tale is that the European architect who designed the first lighthouse on Belle Isle sent two ships with men and materials to this remote spot.  The ship with the men, granite blocks and horses for power landed safely on the island deposited its cargo and departed.  The other ship with a year’s supply of food was lost at sea.  Month’s later the architect came to check on the progress.  He found the starved men had eaten the horses and were barely alive; no work had been done on the lighthouse.  There are many other stories so strange that they are almost unbelievable so we’ll not repeat them here.

So, we have Belle Isle in sight, the seas have been building, whales are breaching and puffin are flying near our little boat in this big ocean.  Soon Boyce points the bow into some concrete steps built into the steep rocks about 300 feet below the Southwest Lighthouse on Belle Isle.  As I stepped off, Grizzly leaped to the rocks.  I asked Joanne if it was OK for Griz to go with me, she said “of course” and I waved goodbye. 

Looking back as I climbed higher up the cliff their boat seemed so tiny as it left a small wake through the white caps.  They were starting a nine mile trip around the exposed Northwest side of the island.  As I stood there on firm ground, they seemed so helpless.

A quick trip up to the lighthouse for a snapshot and I started the twelve mile hike across this rocky rolling plateau to the Northeast Lighthouse.  Dave Taylor, the Principal Lighthouse keeper on the island until last year when both lights were automated, had told me they used four-wheelers to travel between lighthouses.  I found a four-wheeler track leading Northeast and Griz and I were on our way.  This track seemed to have had little use and was mostly overgrown with moss and other ground vegetation not over an inch or two high.  It was difficult to follow and I spent an inordinate amount of time searching for tracks that would quickly fade again and again.  After wasting much time trying to follow these ghost tracks, I decided to follow a compass heading.

The wind was at least 20 knots strong and was destroying my map each time I pulled it out to check my progress.  Most of the terrain was rock or a peat moss kind of dry bog.  It was spongy and, with each step, would sink three or four inches.  This was easy on the feet but gave the legs a real workout.  I soon took off my rainpants but kept the parka on as a windbreaker.

The setting was eerie, desolate and beautifully enchanting.  Just knowing that I was the only human on this island was intriguing.  The wind was unrelenting and as I crossed knolls and ridgelines it was even more intense.  I tried to crouch behind large rocks when I looked at the map but even that didn’t help much.  Twice I came over a rise to find a canyon two or three hundred feet deep in front of me.  One time I was able to edge my way down and back up the other side.  But the other canyon had sheer cliffs and I had to detour almost a mile around it.  There are hundreds of ponds or small lakes with little streams flowing from some of them.  These streams get bigger as they flow to the sea and in a few cases have created large deep, steep walled valleys.

The plan was for me to arrive at the Northeast Lighthouse as soon as possible.  I told Boyce I thought it would take me about six hours, that would be 4pm.  He said he could comfortably wait only as late as 6pm in order to return before total darkness.  I also understood that they may have to leave earlier or may never get to the lighthouse if the sea conditions worsened.  So, as the clock ticked, Griz and I keep plugging.  The northeastern half of the island narrows and in places I was able to get glimpses of the sea and icebergs, on both sides.  Progress seemed faster to rely on a compass heading and weave my way around peaks and between lakes rather than refer to the map.  About three miles south of the NE Lighthouse I found a well used four-wheeler track and followed it and the sound of a fog horn to my destination.

At 4:30pm, Griz and I walked down a rocky path to the lighthouse, Joanne stepped out of one of the abandoned houses and yelled.  Betty and the others were right behind her.

The excited chatter was thick as we simultaneously heard, asked about, and told others of the day’s events.  I soon realized that they were the ones who had all the excitement while Griz and I were having a stroll on the knoll.

I soon came to realize that Sean and Joanne had pulled Betty from the icy water, Joanne had helped her into dry clothes and Boyce had expertly navigated through very rough seas to the safety of Black Joke Harbour at the foot of the lighthouse.  I later found that Sean is the same quiet, quick thinking guy that we had heard about, who shot a polar bear before it killed his partner.  Betty can give you the details of the sea adventure.  I can’t thank the rest of our crew, Boyce, Joanne and Sean, enough for insuring her survival.

The guys were making preparations for spending the night at the deserted lighthouse.  They had drained some fuel oil from an old engine and were foraging other supplies to help us stay warm through the night.

A little after 5pm, Boyce and Sean studied the sea conditions and Boyce decided we should try.  The plan was to turn back if it proved to be anything like they experienced this morning. Fortunately, it was a following sea and it had calmed considerably, there were few white caps and Boyce sped homeward.  We passed numerous seals, Puffin, Kittywake and Shearwater.  We saw a few whales about a mile away and a large school of porpoise escorted us a few miles.  Sean refueled while enroute and in about two hours we were picking up Madonna at Quirpon Lighthouse dock to take her to the mainland.

It was a very exciting day that could have been disastrous if it had not been for our three cool-headed and experienced guardians.  We all went out to dinner to celebrate our good fortune; we were joined by Sean’s wife Fawn and their two children, Monica and Jared.  It was a quiet, very satisfying meal at the Northern Delight restaurant with our new found friends in northern Newfoundland.

Betty:  So here it is (a printed version) – a story about a dip in the North Atlantic.

After we dropped Chuck at the steps of the SW Lighthouse, we headed out and pulled into a little harbor.  As I was stepping out of the boat onto a rock, I slipped on the moss and started sliding into the water.  I managed to grab the boat on the way and was able to hold on with both hands, but the bottom half of me was in the water.  We had already talked about the fact that if a person fell overboard their life expectancy in this temperature was five minutes.   I treaded water and tried to reach the rocks with my feet.  The moss was so slippery I couldn’t get a foot hold.  At the same time Sean and Joanne had reached me and were holding my arms, as I was quickly tiring.  Boyce was manuvering the boat to try to get to a place that I could get some traction and help with the efforts to pull me back on board.  We finally managed to pull it off and I landed in the boat, on top of Sean – nice landing for me, but not so nice for him.  Now, I have to tell you that I was freightened all the way across the Straits, and now I was even more frieghtened.  I had a change of clothes with me and Joanne helped me out of my wet stuff and into dry clothes (bottom half).  I had a change of socks, but no shoes.  Joanne had extra shoes and gave me her boots – which were big enough for me to get my bigger feet in, and she put on her shoes.  My rainpants were wet, so I wrapped another rain jacket around my legs and wrapped a wool blanket over that.  I was still shaking uncontrollably and will probably never know if I was cold or just scared or both.  Anyway, we had wasted far too much time and needed to head out.  As we continued north around the island, the seas were much worse.  Boyce expertly weaved through huge waves and breakers.  I spent most of the day talking to God, hoping he was hearing me and would watch over us.  Joanne and I commiserated on how we would surely call in a helicopter to rescue us if only we had contact with the outside world.  We didn’t.  Boyce and Sean concentrated on the seas.  We saw many whales, seals and puffin on our way around and were soon at Black Joke Cove, the harbor at the north end.  We got off the boat and headed up to the houses near the lighthouse.  Boyce said that there was no way we could leave in seas like they were at the present time, so we should prepare to spend the night.  The seas had huge white caps and it would be a following sea as we headed back.  The two are not a good mix.  Joanne and I hung my wet clothes out to dry.  I soon discovered that the pants and socks I had put on were now wet and Joanne loaned me a pair of shorts and socks.  We stayed warm in the houses and when the sun came out for a short time, we sat in it.  The sunshine warmed me up and I stopped shaking and began to recover.  Joanne and I walked around the area, exploring buildings and finding things that may help us through the night, should we have to stay.  We all kept an eye on the sea and thought it was starting to calm a little.  At about 4pm, Boyce said if it continued to calm, we should be able to leave between 5 and 6.  Shortly after Chuck arrived, Boyce said we should give it a try.  He said we would go as far as the SW end of the island and then when we could establish contact with the mainland, we would ask about the sea conditions and if they were favorable, head home.  We did and the seas were good enough to make it under Boyce’s expert boatmanship.  What an adventure.  Thank you Boyce, Joanne and Sean!!!!

Posted in International Appalachian Trail, The Hike | Leave a comment

International Appalachian Trail – 10/15/00 – 11/5/00 Matagamon Gate, Baxter State Park, ME to the Cliffs of Forillon, Cap Gaspe’, Quebec

Sunday  10/15/00  17 miles/4247 Total.  302 on IAT. 266 Trail Days.  Matagamon Gate of Baxter State Park, ME to Shin Pond.  We are back in Maine starting where we left off on 26 September 00 at the North Gate, Matagamon, of Baxter State Park.  It feels good to be back continuing the unbroken trail northward.  Unseasonably warm and sunny weather, beautiful autumn leaves just starting to fall, and a gently rolling gravel road all make for a great day.

Alas, I see signs of Indians.  It appears that I am passing through Penobscot Indian territory.  Fortunately, the signs are nailed to trees and in big bold print, so it is not a hair-raising experience.  The signs are warning not to trespass or hunt on their lands unless you have bought a permit.

The miles slipped by quickly and Betty met me at the 17 mile point.

Monday  10/16/00  24 miles/4271 Total.  267 Trail Days.  Shin Pond to Smyrna Mills.

Last night the temperature dropped to 17 degrees.  The lights Betty bought for the basement compartments and the propane furnace running almost continuously, kept our tanks from freezing.  At 3AM I checked a cold water faucet, it was only a trickle.  After a few minutes it was back to normal, so I let it run slowly the rest of the night.  This was our coldest night in the RV to date and we seem to have survived without incident.

As Betty and I were departing for the trail, I saw our neighbor outside with a hair dryer trying to thaw his pipes.

Most of today’s hike was on remote roads with almost no traffic.  Moose and deer tracks were common along the edge of the road.  Both on the drive to the start point and during the day’s hike, I would look to the west and see Katahdin, now partially capped with snow.  We first saw Katahdin about 10 hiking days south.  Now we are six hiking days beyond and she still looms large as the sun sets behind her.

Betty:  After dropping Chuck on the trail, I headed south to Medway.  We had some packages going to the Medway post office and I had talked with Jeff, the postmaster, while in Quebec and told him we would be coming back for them in October.  He had them ready for me when I arrived at the post office.  Great guy and very efficient postmaster.  He had helped track down a package that was to be forwarded to Medway from Monson.  I was in the Monson Post Office three days in a row and finally when we were just too far to keep driving back, they said they would forward it to Medway.  They didn’t, but instead returned it to my parents.  Since then I have found out that other hikers have had problems with Monson Post Office.   Anyway, everything was in Medway and my Thanks to Jeff!

My next stop was at D & M Trailer sales and service, where David has agreed to winterize the RV on Wednesday and to either store it on their lot or move it to Katahdin Shadows Campground for storage, which Rick at  Katahdin Shadows has said would be fine.  We will then be moving northward and working out of motels.  Packing is going to be a challenge, after having the whole RV in which to spread out.

Tuesday  10/17/00  19 miles/4290 Total.  345 IAT. 268 Trail Days.  Smyrna Mills, ME to Houlton, ME.  With a cloudy sky last night the low temperature was 23 degrees, a little warmer, but with clouds obscuring the sun today it was significantly cooler than the beautiful sunny day we had yesterday.

Today’s hike was a road walk, first on US2, then Ludlow Road, a little used back road, and ending on US1.  Similar to the roadwalks in Florida, Alabama and Georgia, it is somewhat dull walking but permits consistently higher daily mileage.  The feet take a beating due to the hard surface, the higher mileage and the feet striking the pavement exactly the same way with each step throughout the day.  On a trail, each foot strike is a little different.  One of the joys of roadwalking is the opportunity to meet more people; owners of country stores, road maintenance crews, rural residents and others.

This morning I stopped at The Pioneer Store, an Amish general store with hardware and supplies plus Amish made products.  The owner, Chris Brimley and I talked at length about Amish farming and cooking and about my hike.  He told me that “Spur” and “Silver Moon” had stopped at his store a couple of months ago.

By 11:30 AM, I was passing the Brookside Restaurant and Motel.  we had arranged to park the RV in their parking lot for a day last month.  Also, Betty and I had lunch in their restaurant then.  The lunch today was even better, Shepard’s pie, but the company wasn’t as good.

This afternoon, as I was approaching Houlton, ME, two men were working at a railroad crossing.  Bill Collins had a cable and connected it to both rails activating the crossing bell and lights.  They explained how the system works.  Bill and Noonan (I think) are railroad safety inspectors for the Federal Railroad Administration, a part of the US Department of Transportation.  They took the opportunity to explain the dangers of hiking along the track.  I suspect they thought me to be a vagrant.  Anyway, it was interesting conversation.

The end of today’s hike was one of those rare times that I can hike directly to the RV.  It is parked at My Brother’s RV Campground two miles north of Houlton on US1.

Wednesday  10/18/00  25 miles/4315 Total/370 IAT.  269 Trail Days.  Houlton, ME to Bridgewater, ME.  We packed the car with gear, food, etc. to support us for the next three weeks.  The plan was for Betty to drive about 60 miles south to Medway, ME and have the RV winterized and stored.  Meanwhile, I would hike north and Betty would find me before dark.  We have now hiked all of the mountainous trails and all of the overnighters, so we plan to stay in motels when possible.  We packed camping gear just in case Betty got the urge to sleep out or if we cannot locate a motel.  We have been concerned about the water lines and tanks freezing in the RV and will feel more comfortable knowing it is winterized and stored.

Just north of the RV park, I pick up the rail-to-trail path that we had been told would lead to Bridgewater.  Apparently, this trail was designed primarily for snowmobilers.  Two couples with three “four-wheelers” stopped to chat.  They said more “four-wheelers” are out on weekends, but when the snow falls the snowmobiles are out in force sometimes all night.  There is a network of snowmobile trails here called “its” (interconnected trail system).  I am hiking north on “its-83”.  The miles go by fast on this type trail; mostly straight and level with a gravel or rock surface.

It is raining and cold, but good to be off of US1 where 18 wheelers send a wet cold blast as they pass by at a distance of only three or four feet.

Betty met me just south of Bridgewater, ME.  She had arranged for us to stay at the Budget Traveler Motel in Presque Isle, ME.  While I showered, Betty found some Mexican food to “take-out”.  It was great.

Betty:  The Budget Traveler was very nice, clean and offered a breakfast with the room.  I now have unlimited use of a telephone and we have TV.  Those two items we have had in limited quantities for many months, so I’m overindulging.

Thursday  10/19/00  21 miles/4336 Total/391 IAT.  270 Trail Days.  Bridgewater, ME to Hersom Road in Maine.  West on Snow Road, north on Buckley Road, then on Boundary Line Road and East Blaine Road, it was a day on the back roads of NE Maine.  This morning, Betty spotted an IAT marker near Mars Hill, by 1:30PM I was back on the International Appalachian Trail.  The morning had been cold and windy with rain.  It was good to enter the forest on the southern slopes of Mars Hill, the trees buffered the wind.  The trail up Mars Hill took more time than expected and the top half was in the clouds.  I have heard that each day the suns rays first strike US soil atop Mars Hill.  The summit is about two miles west of the Canadian border.  It was socked in today, so no views across Canada.  The Bigrock Ski Area is on the western slope and the IAT follows a summit ridge north about five miles and descends to Knoxford Rd.  The trail markers at this point were confusing but appeared to indicate east toward the border.  This led to a road leading to a farm house which seemed to stop at that point, but no marks anyplace.  The route marked on my map indicated west and since it was on a road, I followed it even without trail marks.  This route deteriorated to a series of mud holes with tracks between them.  After about two miles of mud, I called Betty on the cell phone to have her meet me on Hersom Road, an east-west back road that I knew I would eventually cross.  She arrived about two minutes after I stepped onto Hersom Road.  I was cold and wet; it was good to be in the warm car heading for a hot shower.  Unlike the RV, where we often have only a limited amount of water, this would be a luxurious shower with lots of hot water.  This shower even had a sign warning users to close the door so that the steam would not set off the smoke/heat detectors and possibly the fire sprinkler system.

After cleaning up, we ate at Governor’s Restaurant in Presque Isle.  This very popular place is part of a small chain in Maine and they feature many Maine grown dishes: potatoes, beans, lobster, etc.  The meal and the service were good and the price was very reasonable.

Betty:  We mentioned back at the finish of the Appalachian Trail, that Harold (Mississippi Hiker) had offered the use of his two way radios.  Well, we have been using them and they are wonderful.  There are many areas where our cell phones are not in a service area or where it’s just not important to use them, these locations are great for the radios.  Thanks Harold!

Friday  10/20/00  20 miles/4356 Total/411 IAT.  271 Trail Days.  Hersom Road to Perth-Andover, New Brunswick.  On the way back to the motel last night, Betty and I had driven some of today’s route looking for IAT markers without any success.  Therefore, my plan for the day was to walk a series of roads that would zig-zag around some swampy areas and finally get me to the Fort Fairfield border crossing.  After about one mile, while on Riviere des Chutes Road which parallels the border, I saw a snowmobile trail that Betty pointed out last night.  I thought this trail must lead to the border and the IAT is surely right on the border at this point.  It worked.  At the border, I turned north and about 15 miles later arrived at Fort Fairfield.  It was interesting to hike along an international border.  Every half mile or so there was a small granite monument with the word Canada etched on one side and United States on the other.  The trail mostly stayed right on the line, but often veered to one side or the other to miss marshes, beaver dams or steep bluffs.  After serving in countries that barricade their borders and shoot trespassers it is refreshing to hike along this open border.  A grouse flushed on the US side and landed in Canada.  Moose tracks followed the border for a few hundred yards then visited the US.  Canada geese flew in formation overhead without regard for the border.

Upon arrival at Fort Fairfield, I was exactly on the border and between two border checkpoints.  On my left was the US border station and the Canadian station was on my right.  I turned right and processed into Canada.  A backpack, long hair and a beard did not impress the agent on duty.  He took my identification and told me to wait inside until they ran some checks.  A few minutes earlier, while I was standing between the two border stations, I saw a US agent watching me with binoculars.  When I started toward the Canadian side, he was immediately on the telephone.  My bet is that he alerted his comrades across the border.  Anyway, after lots of questions, some feeble explanations and a return phone call saying that I was not one of America’s Most Wanted, I was allowed to pass. I hiked to the Perth-Andover Motor Inn where Betty was patiently waiting.

Betty:  Keep in mind as you are reading this, the IAT is still a work in progress.  Everyone who hikes it, hikes a little different trail, some because it’s difficult in places to know where the trail is, and some because there are new sections of trail continuing to be built.  Since the trail is continuing to change there are many areas without actual trail maps, only maps giving a general idea of where the trail is.  It would be prohibitively expensive to print and reprint maps with every change in the trail.

Saturday  10/21/00  20 miles/4376 Total/431 IAT.  272 Trail Days.  Perth-Andover, NB to Plaster Rock, NB.  Up well before daybreak, I thought I would surprise Betty with a hot cup of coffee.  This motel does not provide morning coffee, but not to worry, I can perk a pot on my camp stove.  I part the window drapes just enough to allow a little light in from the night light just outside.  The camp stove uses Coleman fuel and gets pretty hot, so I placed one of the two dinner plates Betty had brought along under the little stove to protect the table.  In order to fire up this apparatus, you first pump up the pressure in the fuel tank that is connected to the stove with a small flexible metal tube.  Then, open the valve just enough to allow a bit of liquid fuel in the little bowl under the stove, shut the valve and ignite the tiny (maybe 1/8 teaspoon) bit of fuel.  The little flame will then warm the generator so that when the fuel valve is eased back on air and fuel will be forced into the burner and this efficient little blow torch will boil a pint of water in only three or four minutes.  Somehow, in doing this without my glasses and in the dim light, not to mention the mental fog and cobwebs that come with pre-dawn operations, things did not go as planned.  Apparently, when I cracked the valve to allow that little bit of fuel into the tiny metal bowl on the underside of the stove, I was getting more than anticipated.  Actually, it overflowed and nearly filled the dinner plate, so that when I put a flame to it – VOILA!!!!

Now, imagine Betty asleep in a nearly dark room awakening to see this flame reaching nearly to the ceiling.  Sitting on top of a table that is nearly three feet high, a four foot flame must look pretty awesome as you look up from a bed that is only a couple of feet away.

There are some lessons here.  First, it is amazing how long a plate of Coleman fuel will burn.  Also, it is interesting how slowly or how quickly one can awake.  Plus, Betty had some thoughts about lessons relearned, but I won’t bother to list them here.

Fortunately, after what seemed like hours, the flame burned itself out.  The first alternative that came to mind was to snatch the blanket off of Betty and smother the whole thing, but a large black hole in a motel blanket would be hard to hide.  Also, it was fortunate that the smoke detector did not work and that the room did not have fire sprinklers.  If this had happened the previous night, the sprinklers would surely have activated and the entire building, about 60 rooms, would have been standing in the parking lot pointing at us and whispering bad things.  As it was, just an hour later, most of the smoke had cleared and that stubborn sooty build-up that plates and stoves and tables tend to get on such occasions was beginning to scrub off.

Well, it’s good to be out on the trail where things are more predictable and safer than back in civilization.  At this point the IAT uses the New Brunswick Trail.  Here, this is an old railroad bed that has been converted to a hiking, biking and snowmobile trail.  It is along the Tobique River and very scenic.  In the early afternoon, I pass a log cabin on the river bank.  A family is unloading fire wood and stacking it alongside the house.  The father says hello, and soon I am talking to the very interesting Smith family.  Alley, his wife, Julie, and their two teenage (or almost) sons, Hunter and MacKenzie, have a beautiful, rustic looking cabin that they use for weekends and vacations.  They once lived in Inuvik, Northwest Territories.  Inuvik is north of the Yukon and the MacKenzie Mountain Range, and just inland from the Beaufort Sea and MacKenzie Bay.  It is on a latitude similar to Prudhoe Bay and Point Barrow, Alaska, way up north.  They moved from this frozen part of the country just after their second son, MacKenzie, was born.  It was a lively conversation with me asking about their experiences and their interest in my trek.  Hunter may do a report for his class about my trip, so I gave him a card with our website address.  We hope to get an email from him.  As I was leaving, Alley called me back and said that he and Julie would like for Betty and I to stay at their cabin if we could not find a motel.  He showed me how the systems in the house work and I thanked him for the generous offer.  I noticed that they heated with a pot-belly, woodburning stove.  It did not seem like the time to go into the details of this morning’s stove experience.

On down the trail and in the late afternoon, I saw another log cabin.  The back porch overlooked the trail and the river.  The back porch had a huge Moosehead Pale Ale emblem on the wall.  A man was sitting in a rocking chair on the porch.  He waved hello, and I asked how the Moosehead was, he said “cold and good, you want one?”  I replied that I shouldn’t, then walked up to meet Norman McCarty, who recently retired from the nearby Fraser Paper Company.  Over a Moosehead, one of Canada’s best beers, we talked about the river and canoes and the joys of retirement.  While talking, some younger (about 40) guy came out and asked if I did anything weird.  When I told him I wasn’t sure what he meant, he said, “Like drugs”.  I said “No” and he went back inside.

Meanwhile, Betty had found the Tobique View Motel right on the Tobique River, just outside of Plaster Rock, NB.  She must have looked hard to find one with a kitchenette so I could make coffee on an electric range.

Betty:  The Smith’s log cabin sounds wonderful and it sure would have been a neat place to stay.  We thank them for their kind offer.  As you will remember from the accounts in Florida, Alabama, and Georgia prior to the Appalachian Trail, one of the neat things about the trails that aren’t as finished and as busy as the Appalachian Trail, is the neat folks you meet along the way.  We are finding this to be the case now as we are on the sections of the IAT that are on roads or trail close to the roads.  All along, the best of the trail has been the wonderful folks we have had occasion to meet.

Now, for those of you traveling in New Brunswick on the IAT or for other reasons.  The Tobique View Motel is right on the river and is very nice.  We have a suite with a kitchenette.  It’s the end of the season, so they gave me a better deal than would normally be the case.  Many of the motels here in New Brunswick allow dogs, so Levi (the schnauzer) is happy.

Oh, by the way, the Corelle plate that Chuck set the stove on, saved the day.  It got a bit sooty, but the table got warm and that was all.  The plate eventually cleaned up pretty well, but now we know for sure which plate is Chuck’s.

Sunday  10/22/00  21 miles/4397 Total/452 IAT.  273 Trail Days.  Plaster Rock (5 miles south) to Everett Road and Church.  It was cold and windy as I started along the New Brunswick Trail that is also the IAT.  The weather forecast called for 40km/hr winds (25 mph) and I believe it.

By early afternoon, I had crossed the Tobique River and was searching for the trail that showed clearly on the map.  A man in a pick-up truck stopped and asked if he could help.  When I told him I was looking for the New Brunswick Trail, he smiled and said I was on it.  He went on to tell me that this portion had not yet been built and it was now a roadwalk.  Then he surprised me by asking if I was staying at the Tobique View Motel in Plaster Rock.  He was Tom Chamberlin, owner of the Tobique View Motel and Restaurant.  He had talked with Betty yesterday when she was arranging for: a room, phone for internet access, permission to have a dog, and a place to do laundry.  By now he had parked alongside the road and we were talking about local rivers that were good for canoeing, wildlife in the area and trails.  He said snowmobile trails are very popular in this area.

Late in the afternoon, a man on a bicycle came up behind me.  He said his wife had seen me walk past their house and she remembered seeing my picture in the paper.  I told him she had probably seen Nimblewill Nomad and that I was on a similar trip.  He insisted that I come back to their house to tell his wife about our trip.  I told him that when Betty met me we would return.  About an hour later we met John Cannon and his new wife, Sandra.  John is Indian (Native American), his mother was Algonquin and his father was Mohawk.  John’s Indian name translates to Light Footed Running Bear.  Sandra was raised in this area and is learning Native Indian crafts and skills from John.  He had skulls of wolves, eagles, deer, moose, etc.  He showed us some of the traditional ways his people use the bones, teeth and antlers of these respected animals for both decoration and function.  Before we left, we took some pictures and John gave us each an Eagle feather.  I think he felt the grouse feathers in my hat band were not worthy of the name “Swamp Eagle”.  John and Sandra were preparing for an upcoming craft show and showed us many of the items they were making.  They had many beautiful dream catchers, jewelry items and clocks that would be displayed and sold.  Sandra’s artistic skills were evident throughout their home.  What a wonderful time we had chatting with them and enjoying coffee and Sandra’s famous Molasses Cookies.  Thanks to both of you.

Back at the Tobique View Motel, we stopped by the restaurant to talk with Tom and his wife, Debbie.  They were not there, but we spent an enjoyable hour talking with two of the women who work there, Kendy and the cook.  A large plaque hung behind the cashier’s counter:

*”Live Well, Laugh Often, Love Much”.

 

Monday  10/23/00 

Betty:  Yesterday, on my way to retrieve Chuck, I scouted ahead for a place to stay.  There are not a lot of places on this stretch that we are traversing and it is now deer season, so there are many hunters looking for lodging, as well.  When I drove into the village of Riley Brook I saw a beautiful log cabin lodge on the right.  They had a room available and ordinarily they don’t allow dogs, but decided Levi could stay, too.  So today we are checked into “The Bear’s Lair”, owned and operated by Don and Evelyn McAskill.  Our room overlooks the Tobique river.  What a beautiful, quaint lodge.  We will be joining Don, Evelyn and some of the hunters for dinner tonight.  I can hardly wait.  I’ll go by this afternoon and see if I can help with anything.

After dropping Chuck on the trail this morning, I drove ahead to Mt. Carleton Park.  There, I met Bertin Allard, Superintendent of Mount Carleton Park,  Elaine Cote, Activity Coordinator, and Sandra.  Bertin offered the use of one of their cabins during our stay at the park.  Chuck should arrive at the Park tomorrow afternoon (Tuesday) and Wednesday he will hike some of the mountains in the park.  New Brunswick is beautiful and once again we are experiencing the warmth and generosity of it’s residents.

Oh, I almost forgot — on the way into the park I saw a big black bear crossing the road.  When I got to the headquarters office, he had left his calling card (bear scat) in their parking lot.  I would like to get a picture of him – from the car!  No night walks for Levi!!  We also are seeing many deer.  The deer here are much darker than those we see in the United States.  They are a charcoal color which contrasts beautifully with the white.

Monday 10/23/00  23 miles/4420 Total/475 on IAT. 274 Trail Days.  Everett Road to 11.7 miles north of Riley Brook.  The morning was clear, cold and beautiful.  The temperature went down to 19 degrees last night but the wind has subsided and it is a great day to hike in Canada’s back country.  Today was the first day of deer hunting season here.  I saw 19 deer before 10AM.  However, some were so far away that I could not tell if they were bucks or does.  Also, a lot of them were on property that is posted, no hunting.  The custom here is to nail discs, that are about 10 inches in diameter, to trees or posts along a property line.  A red disc means no hunting, a yellow disc is for hunting by permission only, and a blue disc prohibits motorized vehicles.

The trail in this area is along NB Road 385.  This road is not well traveled, only hunters, logging trucks and a very few local residents.  The road follows the Tobique River and in most places is picturesque.

Betty made arrangements for us to stay at the Bear’s Lair Lodge in the very small community of Riley Brook.  Owners Don and Evelyn McAskill made us feel welcome.  Don is a local guide and helped meplan an off-road route into Carleton park that will eliminate a lot of road walking and will save several miles.  We had a great meal and enjoyed the tales told by Don and some of the hunters who were also staying at the lodge.  It is a rustic log building, with wood paneled rooms and it overlooks the Tobique River that is just one hundred feet away.  The large dining area has a high ceiling with lots of game trophies hanging on the walls.

We saw in their register book that “Spur” and “Silver Moon”, and “Nimblewell Nomad” and John O. also stayed here.  Wonderful place, great atmosphere.

Tuesday  10/24/00  23 miles/4443 Total/498 IAT.  275 Trail Days.  ll.7 miles north of Riley Brook, NB to NB Road 180.  It is a clear cook day on a remote road through Fraser Paper Company forests in the middle of New Brunswick, Canada.  The miles are slipping by as a pick-up truck with a NB Forestry emblem stops beside me.  Mel Fitton introduces himself and tells me he is a coordinator for the IAT in New Brunswick.  Betty had arrived just minutes prior to Mel and the three of us talked for almost one half hour.  Mel told us about the challenges the NB Chapter of the IAT faces in trying to establish their portion of the trail.  He explained a lot of the disconnections about the trail that had concerned us.  I told him that I appreciated the tough job they had in front of them and that, for now, by job was much easier, “just keep moving”.

A few miles later, Betty returned to tell me that she had arranged for us to stay in a cabin at Carleton Provincial Park.  While we were talking, Park Manager Bertin Allard stopped.  He was eager to help us and was glad that I would be hiking through Carleton park even though it is not yet an actual part of the IAT’s continuous trace.

Later this afternoon, on the way into the park, we saw a black bear cross the road in front of us.  Betty had seen one near this location a few days earlier.

For the evening, we moved into a warming cabin used in winter by cross-country skiers and snowmobilers.  There were no beds so a staff member placed two mattresses on the floor.  There was no water, but it did have generator power and best of all a kerosene heater.  The door did not have a working latch.  Betty insisted that I fashion some method to secure our sole entrance.  I did.

Today was Betty’s birthday and our accommodations were pretty basic.  We agreed to have a more appropriate dinner celebration at a later date.  It was pleasant there in sleeping bags drifting off into dreamland while watching the flicker of the fire in the heating stove.  Through the window, we could see a star filled sky on this cold, clear night.

Betty: Tuesday 10/24/00  Our little cabin here at the park has become home.  Bertin, Elaine and the staff moved some mattresses in and fired up the stove and probably lots of other things of which we aren’t aware.  By the time we arrived in the afternoon, it was nice and toasty.  Inside we have a (probably) fuel oil stove for heat (it looks about like the one we had at the farm when I was a child), a propane cook stove and a counter for preparing our food.  There are some chairs and two mattresses for our sleeping bags.  There is a privy just outside the cabin.  We made ourselves at home, cooked our meal and then Chuck surprised me with a cake, complete with candle, and some presents and cards to celebrate my birthday.

Betty: Wednesday 10/25/00  Things that go bump in the night —- a bear bumping into the porch of your cabin.  Yes, that’s right – it was the return of the black bear and he came up to the porch or onto the porch, we aren’t sure which.  Levi growled, I said “What’s that”, Chuck and I both looked out the windows and sure enough caught a glimpse of him heading across the road and toward the office.  They have a bear trap over by the office and had put bread spread with honey in it.  Well, this bear decided he liked the idea of bread spread with honey, so he managed to have it, but not get caught.  The staff here at Mt. Carleton Park are trying to catch the bear and move it further from inhabited areas, since it is getting quite used to hanging around the buildings.  Last night’s encounter was at 9:50 (EST).

This morning as I came back from dropping Chuck on the trail, a big moose (I think a cow), crossed the road in front of me.  We had seen tracks in the road on our way out to the trail.  Wow, it’s so neat to see all these animals.

Today we will be leaving the park.  Our heartfelt Thanks to Bertin Allard, Elaine Cote and the kind staff at Mt. Carleton Provincial Park.

Wednesday  10/25/00  17 miles/4460 Total/515 IAT.  276 Trail Days. Hike over Mount Carleton and Sagamook, then on to NB Road 180 to 8 miles east of Five Fingers, NB.  We had a guest last night.  About 10PM, there was a noise on our little front porch.  Levi was growling and Betty was in her alert mode.  A few seconds later she saw a bear outside her window, then I saw it, outside another window, running across an open area.  Later in the day, we learned that it had also visited the only other park visitors.  After sticking its head in their tent, they spent the night in their little Jeep with three large dogs.

During the morning, I hiked up the highest mountain in the Maritime Provinces, Mount Carleton, 2689 feet.  It was a great view, the park’s brochure says 10 million trees can be seen from here.  Mount Carleton was named after  the province’s first Lieutenant Governor, Thomas Carleton 1736-1817.  Then on a trail along a ridgeline to the mystical Sagamook.  Legend has it that this mountain was a spiritual meeting place of Indian chiefs.  The view from Sagamook was also good.  It was a steep trail down to meet Betty at Nictau Lake.

Ten more miles along NB Road 180 and Betty whisked me away to find a place to stay in Kedgwick, NB.

Thursday 10/26/00  20 miles/4480 Total/535 IAT.  276 Trail Days.  8 miles east of Five Fingers to Kedgwick, NB. This isolated road through the forests of Fraser Paper Company gets little traffic.  This time of year, logging trucks and hunters are the primary users.  The logging trucks here seem longer than in the “lower 48”.  Most have either 22 or 26 wheels and they must get paid by the load because they fairly fly down the road.  Even the hard surfaced roads have a rough gravel finish.  As these big monsters blow by, they push a gusty wave of dust and gravel with them.  I step well off the shoulder, grab my hat and turn away each time one passes.  Even then, I sometimes get pinged with bits of gravel and usually have an eye full of dust, unless it is raining, then it is a cold shower blowing sideways.

Today, I noticed a snowmobile trail just a couple hundred feet inside the woodline.  Since it was parallel to the road and had no trucks, it an easy choice.  By 2:30PM, I was in Kedgwick, NB at the O’Regal Motel.  This motel is directly across the road from the Forestry Museum and campground which links us to the portion of the IAT that we completed about two weeks ago.

While I was hiking this morning, Betty drove a couple hundred miles to the Fort Fairfield, Maine Post Office.  She picked up our absentee ballots which she had arranged to have forwarded.  She returned just as I was approaching the O’Regal Motel.  Only minutes later, we were loaded in the car and headed north to Mont Saint Pierre, Quebec.  This four hour drive will get us to the northern end of our hike at this time.  We now have all the portions that have been hiked linked together in one continuous trek from Key West to La Galene near Mont Saint Pierre.

Betty had arranged for us to stay at the Mont Saint Pierre Motel.  Owner/Manager Raymond greeted us and brought us up to date on local trail events since we talked with him about a month ago.

When we departed New Brunswick, we left Atlantic Standard Time.  Here in Quebec we are back in a familiar time zone, but with a mostly unfamiliar language.  As we move north it is obvious that many places are closing for the winter season.  Many of the motels are closed with boards over windows, Carleton Park was shutting down to a caretaker status as we left and, our precious campsite, at the Forestry Campground in Kedgwick is now gated and locked.  Another indicator of the coming winter season is that small fir trees are already being cut to ship south for Christmas.

Friday 10/27/00 24 miles/4504 Total/559 IAT.  278 Trail Days.  La Galene, Quebec to Mont Louis, Quebec.  Raymond whipped up a good breakfast for us and gave us an update on the weather.  Due to recent snowfall in the higher mountains and with even more last night, he recommended that I hike from La Galene on the road rather than the new trail.  Probably a good call since I could not locate the new trail when I descended from Mount Jacque Cartier last month.  Several other hikers had reported difficulty with this new stretch of trial and had advised against using it until it is better marked.  The road was great.  A gravel road with no traffic- zero, and high mountains all around.  It descends down a picturesque valley with great views of a stream alongside.  Waterfalls cascade from the adjacent mountains.  The roadway gives enough visual clearance to see these panoramas without obstruction.  Also, the surface is smooth so no rocks and roots to stumble over while looking up.  It was an enjoyable and fast (downhill) 17 miles into Mont Saint Pierre.  I met Betty at the motel, rested for about an hour and continued along the coast of Quebec Highway 132.  A very different setting, but also enjoyable.  This highway is only a few feet from the very wide St. Lawrence Seaway.  A seawall keeps the waves from eroding the highway.  The water is about 12 feet below the road level and signs warn that waves may be a traffic hazard.  Today, the waves gently lap against the seawall.  It is brisk and a little windy as the sun drops behind me.  I am walking with the wind and on a wider than normal shoulder.  I like this, hope I still like it after the 112 miles to Cape Gaspe’.

Saturday 10/28/00 23 miles/4527 Total/582 IAT.  279 Trail Days.  Mont Louis, Quebec to 10 miles east of Grand Vallee.  Another good breakfast, however, Raymond’s weather report was not as good.  He said to expect rain, high winds, cold weather and possibly as much as two feet of snow.

The first few hours were fine, cold and windy but the road along the Seaway was exhilarating.  About noon, Betty drove by with a couple of baguettes (small loaves of French bread) and some cheese.  As we were eating in the car, it started raining.

As the afternoon unfolded, the weather deteriorated.  Cold, windy and rainy turned to cold, very windy and sleet.  My guess is that the winds fluctuated from 20 to 30 mph, plus the wind direction changed.  It was at my back but now it is a quartering head wind.  Angry waves were now rolling on the St. Lawrence Seaway and surf hitting the seawall splashed 20 or 30 feet into the air.  This is not a good time to go for a walk.

The road has moved inland and now weaves around and over hills and cliffs along the coastline.  We have been told that this roller coaster will continue the remaining hundred miles or so as we go on to Cape Gaspe’.

Betty came by at 4PM, about an hour early.  I accepted her offer to go find a warm, dry, place with a hot shower and cold beer.

At 8PM it was snowing sideways.  The weather report calls for more of the same and with winds reaching over 50 mph.

Sunday 10/29/00  0 miles/4527 Total/582 IAT  280 Trail Days.   Snowbound at Grand Vallee, Quebec.  Unfortunately, Raymond’s weather forecast yesterday was correct.  All night long a blizzard raged.  This morning, the wind had subsided to about 20 mph and it was still snowing.  The snow was between 18 inches and three feet deep.  A snowplow made a pass through the motel parking lot blocking our car.  I borrowed a snow shovel and within an hour or so had the car out and on the road for a test drive.  The previously plowed road now had about eight inches of fresh snow on it and visibility was less than one hundred feet.  After some difficulty, I found a place wide enough to turn around and returned to the motel.  In over two hours, we have not seen another vehicle moving.  Even though I have the gear to hike in reasonable comfort in this weather, it is not safe to be on the road.  It is a ten mile drive to get me back to the start point.  Betty had been outside earlier to walk (???) Levi and since has been looking out the window occasionally to check my progress.  She gave a sigh of relief when I returned to announce that we should stay put for the day.  When I returned the snow shovel to the motel owner, he was concerned.  My best guess is that he was telling me the road was only plowed through the middle of this little village, but not through the countryside outside the village.

The snow continued through the day, dropping another foot or two.  The power and phone went out during the afternoon.  Our little room has electric baseboard heat , but we have down sleeping bags and lots of warm clothes.  Fortunately, the outside temperature had risen to right around freezing and the motel room is weather tight.

Just before dark, Marie Josee, the motel owner’s daughter, brought us some candles.  We already had some large camping candles, but did not have a little candelabra.  We are all set.

Betty: 10/30/00  Our little motel room stayed quite warm all night.  We never did break out the sleeping bags.  The power came back on at about 4:00AM, it had gone off at about 3:30PM yesterday.  What next?

Monday  10/30/00  22 miles/4549 Total/604 IAT.  280 Trail Days.  10 miles west of Grand Vallee to 2 miles east of Pointe a la Fregate.  The roads have been cleared and Betty gets me back to the start point without a problem.  Along the coastline it was raining, at our starting point, higher in the coastal hills, it is sleeting.  We are in the clouds with a thick fog.  Later the sleet turns to wet snow, then thick mist, then rain again.  So it went all day.

Repeatedly, the road overlooks the coast, descends to pass through a coastal village then climbs back into the hills in order to bypass sheer coastal cliffs.  Up and down with a light rain sums up this day.

Tuesday 10/31/00  22 miles/4571 Total/626 IAT.  281 Trail Days.  2 miles east of Pointe a la Fregate to Pointe-Jaune.  The morning was an easy walk with winter scenery all around.  The one meter of snow that we received a couple days ago is starting to melt, but the woods and hills are still white.  Toward the end of the day I could feel a blister developing under a toe on my left foot.  It was probably due to damp socks, maybe a combination of sweat and the damp road.  Anyway, it was good to see Betty coming to get me.  During the day she drove to Forillon Parc and talked with the rangers there.  They told her the last 20 miles of our hike are still covered with deep snow and will take more time than normal.  Ranger Ben Gagnon loaned her a pair of snowshoes that I can use for that last 20 mile bit in the park.  He recommended that we plan three days for it.  The final day will be short and he will take Betty to the cliffs at the end on either a snowmobile or a 4 wheeler.  We hear that the Cliffs of Forillon are 300 feet high and plunge dramatically into the sea (Atlantic Ocean).  Can’t wait!!

Betty:  When I dropped Chuck of on the trail this morning, I drove around the end of the Gaspe’ peninsula, wow, what a dramatic drive.  You can see some of the cliffs as you make your way around the eastern end.  I checked several information centers for the park, but all were closed.  When I arrived at the south eastern side of the peninsula I found the operational center for the park and their office was open.  I first talked with Stephanie about the trail and asked if Benoit Gagnon was available, we had heard from Nimblewill that Ben had helped him greatly with his trek.  Park Wardens Ben Gagnon, Stephanie and Daniel Sigouin were extremely helpful.  Ben loaned us the snowshoes for Chuck, and Chuck was able to try them out this afternoon.  What a wonderful group of folks.

Wednesday 11/1/00  13 miles/4584 Total/639 IAT.  282 Trail Days.  Pointe-Jaune to IAT Trailhead on PQ Road 197 in Forillon Parc.  Betty drove me back to the start point in a mist and fog.  This will be the last road walk of our entire trek.  The route today is east along the coast on Quebec Road 132 then south and inland on Road 197.  The trailhead here is still covered with snow and Betty parked on the shoulder of the road.  At this point the trail goes east into Parc National Forillon (pronounced Fore-e-on).  It is a three or possibly four day hike across the park to the cliffs at the end of the Cape.  This will be the lands end of the Appalachian Mountain chain.  The land drops off with steep cliffs into the sea.  At this point the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, on the north, and the Bay of Gaspe’, on the south, come together with the Atlantic Ocean reaching eastward.

Today was a shorter walk than normal and we finished early in the afternoon.  We drove to the operations center of Forillon park and Ranger Ben Gagnon gave us a detailed explanation, using a topographic map, of the trail across the park.  We have three tough days on snowshoes ahead of us.

Betty:  We moved to Motel Adams in the town of Gaspe’.  The motel is wonderful.  Our room has a sofa, bed, and a little kitchen area (no stove), but with a coffee maker and refrigerator.  Wonderful!!  We will stay here while Chuck finishes his trek.  He will finish either Saturday or Sunday.

Thursday 11/2/00  10 miles/4594 Total/649 IAT.  283 Trail Days.  IAT Trailhead on Quebec Road 197 in Forillon Park to Le Portage Trail near Forillon Park Operations Center.

We knew this would be a difficult day with a lot of unknown factors so we were at the trailhead at 7AM.  Only a quarter mile from the trailhead, the snow depth increased from about eight inches to eighteen inches and the trail started climbing.  The higher the trail ascended the deeper the snow.  The trail topped out on a ridge at about 1500 feet above the trailhead.  The depth of the snow fluctuated from two feet to four feet and even deeper in drifts.

I was fortunate to be wearing snowshoes, but they are tiring in deep wet snow over a long distance.  It occurred to me that using snowshoes is so much like work that it is not surprising that they have not caught on as a popular winter sport.  First, I took off my parka, then hat and gloves, then unbuttoned my shirt and finally unzipped the side vents on the legs of my snow pants.  Still, I was getting soaked with sweat.  The trail had many ups and downs, on the climbs.  I often stopped momentarily to let my heart rate subside; this also helped with cooling.

It has now been three days since the last heavy snow stopped falling and the trail has no other human tracks but many animal tracks.  Birds, mice, voles, chipmunks and squirrels have been busy skittering about.  I saw one snowshoe hare hopping across the trail in front of me and lots of snowshoe hare tracks.  The hare’s primary predator is the lynx and I also saw many of their tracks.  The lynx has very large feet for their body weight and can usually walk on top of the snow without breaking through the surface, ideal for hunting the snowshoe hare.

Often the large deep tracks of moose follow the trail for a quarter mile or more.  These large animals push down deeply into the snow, so deep that their feet and legs do not clear the surface between steps and leave long furrows in the snow.  Sometimes their chests and bellies push through the snow leaving a sled like track.

Tracks of bear cross the trail eleven times, some are a day or two old and some quite fresh.  One set of fresh tracks were much larger than the others.  No bears were sighted.

The snow filled woods were still and beautiful, only the sound of my snowshoes crunching and dragging broke the silence.  The Penouille (Pinwheel) Lakes were nearly covered with ice.  They marked the start of a gentle descent to a point on the Le Portage Trail.  I hiked south on this trail one kilometer to meet Betty at a trailhead.  The Forillon Park Operations Center is only a few hundred meters from this trailhead.  We went to the Operations Center, as requested, to let them know that we had returned safely.  We are, currently, the only back country hikers in this large park and it is comforting to know that the park rangers are following our progress with interest.

On the drive back to the town of Gaspe’, we stopped at the IAT office to see Henri-Paul Molaison.  I met Henri-Paul a few days ago west of point Jaune.  He and his crew had just finished working on a new section of the IAT.  Unfortunately, Henri-Paul was not at the office this afternoon, but two of the men there showed us their construction maps and progress charts.  They explained that the recent heavy snow had really slowed their construction effort even as they near completion of this long section of trail.  If our interpretation is correct, they have nearly one hundred people working full time and a budget of over one million Canadian dollars.  Their total commitment of this project is obvious.

Friday  11/03/00  8 miles/4604 Total/657 IAT.  284 Trail Days.  Le Portage Trail near Forillon park Operations Center to Quebec Road 132.  This is a great day.  The sun is shining for the first time in at least a week.  Also, it was cold enough last night to freeze a crust on the snow that was melting yesterday.  This crust keeps the snowshoes mostly on top gliding along instead of sinking down several inches with each step.  It is a good feeling to be deep in a snow covered woods on a sunny day.  The smooth white path is a narrow passage that twists and turns its way through thick stands of spruce and fir.  The climbs are not too steep and it is a low mileage day.  In addition to all of this, I am on a natural high just knowing that we are within a couple of days of finishing this little trek.

Even though I want to finish, I’m not sure I want this special time in our lives to end.  Forty-six hundred miles and we are still having fun, meeting interesting people and visiting new places.

Back at our motel in Gaspe’, Cynthia Dow, a reporter for The Gaspe’ Spec, met with us.  She wants to do a story about our trip, especially the portion on the Gaspe’ peninsula.  We learned much about this area from her.

Saturday 11/4/00  7 miles/4611 Total/664 IAT.  285 Trail Days.  Quebec Road 132 to Anse Aux Sauvages.  The weather is back to normal for this area, cold and raining.  Minutes after Betty put me on the trail, I was climbing up a snow covered slope.  Yesterday’s sun and today’s rain have melted several inches of the snow.  There are some bare spots and the snow is seldom more than a foot deep.  I started with the snowshoes strapped to my pack.  Only at the higher elevations are snowshoes required.  Once on the higher ridgeline, the going was easier, almost enjoyable, even in the light rain.  This is a beautiful trail in a very scenic Canadian National Park; it makes me wonder why others aren’t out here.  It is a natural for cross-country skiing.  However, I have it all to myself, it’s a good feeling.

Last evening I had a phone call from Dick Anderson, President of the IAT.  During our conversation, he told me the view from the tower at Mont Saint-Alban near Cap Bon-Ami is the best on the trail and should not be missed.  Unfortunately, I am in a thick fog with rain and visibility is less than a couple hundred feet.  The view from the tower will be limited today.

Too soon, the trail is descending, next bare spots in the snow start appearing and it is time to get out of the snowshoes.  Going downhill in the shallow snow and without the cumbersome snowshoes it seems that my feet have wings.  Out in the fog somewhere in front of me, I hear a strange sound.  After a short pause, I realize that the sound is the gentle rhythm of waves lapping at the shore.  A few minutes later I intersect a park road that parallels the Gaspe’ Bay coastline.  I turn eastward and a half-hour later I meet Betty at Anse Aux Sauvages.

From Anse Aux Sauvages, it is only three miles to the cliffs of Forillon and the end of our journey.  It is not yet noon and we could easily hike to the end, descend the cliffs to the water’s edge, and return before dark.  However, previously Ben Gagnon, a park warden, had expressed an interest in joining us for the grand finale.  Plus, we’re not ready for it to end.

We use the free afternoon to visit the Museum of Gaspesie (Musee de la Gaspesie).  The Jacques-Cartier exhibit was especially interesting.  Cartier was the French explorer who first laid claim to this part of the world.  For centuries, what is now Quebec and the surrounding area was known as “New France”.  Consequently, Jacques-Cartier is held in very high esteem in Canada.  It is believed that Cartier first came ashore on the Gaspe’ peninsula and he is even more revered here.

The most revealing exhibit at the museum was one displaying the agricultural history of the Gasp* peninsula.  For centuries, these determined people, coming from many nations, have struggled to make a living in this harsh land.  Apparently, they are slowly losing the battle on the agricultural front.  The fishing and forestry industries are on the decline and there are only about 300 farms remaining.  This is down from over 12,000 farms just a few years ago.  Young people are moving to Montreal and Quebec City and entire villages have been vacated.  Many of the people here are either unemployed or under-employed.  Their plight is somewhat similar to that facing small farming communities in the U.S.

Tomorrow is the big day!!!

Sunday  11/5/00  3 miles/4614 Total/667 IAT.  286 Trail Days.  Anse Aux Sauvages to Cliffs of Forillon at Cap Gaspe’.   LANDS END.

As planned, we met Park Warden, Ben Gagnon at the Forillon Park Operations Center at 8AM.  Betty and I had a pleasant conversation there with Ben and two other wardens, Marie-Eve Foisy and Stephanie.  We decided that I would drive to the start point then hike to the lighthouse at the cliffs of Forillon.  Ben would bring Betty and Marie-Eve to meet me at the lighthouse.

A cold light rain was falling as I started this last short segment that would complete our trip.  I must have been numb with exhilaration.  The cold, the rain and the small climbs along the trail went unnoticed.  It seemed an instant later, the lighthouse was only a couple hundred feet away with Betty and the wardens waving to me.

Ben had brought along some climbing gear which we would use if the route down the cliffs was icy or slick.  As we started down, we stopped often to watch a young humpback whale performing just a few hundred feet off shore.  What a welcome to the finish.  The show continued the entire time we were at the point of Cape Gaspe’.  Breaching and rolling, often completely clearing the water, the whale stayed close to us.  Ben told us that, at about 30 feet, this was a young whale.  He said adult humpbacks can be twice as long.  We followed the switchbacks on the trail down to an observation platform that was about 75 feet above the surf.  Then it was over the rail and down to the rocky shoreline.  Ben and I let the waves surge around us as Betty and Marie-Eve snapped some pictures.  Marie-Eve had the foresight to bring along a digital camera.  Later in the day she would email them to us and Betty would put them on our website.  We watched the whale a few minutes then climbed back to the overlook at the top of the cliffs.

It was still cool with a light mist but no one seemed to notice.  We got more pictures and watched the whale a few minutes while Ben and Marie-Eve told us about the development and natural history of this special area.  These very old cliffs are considered to be the northern land terminus of the Appalachian Mountain chain.  Of course this point is significant to us because we have been hiking along the Appalachians since Alabama.  As we loaded into the park vehicle, the whale rolled out of the water several times waving first one flipper then the other.  Betty and I waved back.

Note:  Our trek is over, it has been 4,614 miles since we left Key West, Florida on 14 November 1999.  In nearly one year we have spent 286 days “on the trail” (about 260 actual hiking days).  The time off the trail was during Thanksgiving, Christmas, New Years, Easter and Betty’s high school class reunion.  Of our total mileage, 667 miles were on the International Appalachian Trail (IAT).

We will no longer update this website with daily journal entries.  If you would like occasional email blasts of follow-up information relating to the hike, please send us your email address.  We hope to post evaluations of the equipment and other gear we used plus info about hikers and other folks we met on the trail.  Betty will also be posting more pictures of the finish as she gets them developed.

Also, we would appreciate your comments about our trip and especially the website.  If we ever do something similar to this again, your suggestions will help us put together a better plan.

I personally want to thank all who have followed our trip, your encouragement has helped keep us going.  Just knowing that there were others interested enough to follow our progress was inspiring.

THANKS, it has been a trip of a lifetime for us.

PS:  We just thought it was over – the next year we headed for Newfoundland and the hike continued.

Posted in International Appalachian Trail, The Hike | Tagged | Leave a comment

International Appalachian Trail – 9/24/00 – 10/14/00 Kahtadin Stream Campground to Quebec and back to Maine

International Appalachian Trail

We would publish a schedule of our trip on the International Appalachian Trail, however, we don’t know for sure ourselves what it will be.  Chuck(Swamp Eagle)  finished the Appalachian Trail with the hike to Baxter Peak on Katahdin in Maine.  We knew the mountains in Quebec would be snowed in and the Parks closed before Chuck could hike to them, so he hiked out of Baxter State Park (which closes on October 15) and then we drove to Quebec.  He hiked the highest of the mountains in Quebec,  and also the areas that are closing because of caribou rutting season (mating season) and moose hunting season which coincides with their rutting season.  With these areas, which may close, now finished we are back in  Maine.  He is hiking north from Baxter State Park to Cap Gaspe’, Quebec, jumping over the areas that he has already completed.  We hope that this will allow him to complete the entire hike by the end of this year.  Actually, we hope to finish about mid November or a few days sooner.

Quebec was/is  great.  It’s beautiful and the people are warm and friendly.  The road along the northern coast of the Gaspe’ peninsula reminds me a lot of Norway.  Mountains that jut right out to the St. Lawrence seaway.  Many of the houses are very colorful, bright blues, purples, greens, reds, etc.  Most of the homes along the coast have large glassed in front solariums.  They are wonderful to sit on and enjoy the view of the St. Lawrence.  The Gite (lodge) associated with the campground we were in has a front solarium and that is also where the computer modem hookup was – what a great place.  The Quebecquois do speak French, however many people also speak English.  We have had many opportunities to practice our French and it is coming back little by little.  I think if we stayed in Quebec about a year, we’d be able to communicate much better.

Chuck also hiked many of the miles in New Brunswick, first in snow and sleet but then with some moderate temperatures.  We found a wonderful campground in Kedgwick.  It was closed, but they were kind and allowed us to stay there with electrical hookups.  We’d like to return when the weather is warmer and to do some canoeing in the area.  Beautiful rivers and countryside.

We figure Chuck  has about 5 days of hiking left in Maine, 5 days in New Brunswick and about 7 days to complete his hike in Quebec.  (I’m writing this on the 16th of October), so that would mean a finish during the first week of November.)  We want to keep it open so if there are some really bad weather days we can avoid them.  I think it’s safe to say we should finish before mid November.

Beginning the International Appalachian Trail.

Sunday  9/24/00  16 miles/3957 Total.  246 Trail Days.  Katahdin Stream Campground, Baxter State Park to Roaring Brook Campground.

We took a zero day yesterday in order to rest.  I thought it wise since any other decision would have resulted in the mutiny of the support crew.  We got lots of chores accomplished.  Betty and Mae drove to Bangor to get some items that are not available locally.  It was an enjoyable day.

Today was a road hike within Baxter State park to connect the Appalachian Trail with the International Appalachian Trail( IAT).  The entire 16 miles was on remote gravel roads.  The trees are turning to their fall colors each day and it was a colorful hike.  The cool weather and scenic beauty with high mountains in the background made it a very enjoyable day.  Betty and Mae met me at Roaring Brook Campground at the end of the road.

“Mississippi Hiker” joined us for dinner, it was a pleasant ending to a good day.

Monday  9/25/00  19 miles/3976 Total.  247 Trail Days.  Roaring Brook Campground (Baxter State Park) to Trout Brook Crossing Picnic Area, (Baxter State Park).

Due to the long drive from our campsite to the starting point for the day, it was another 4AM rising.  The route today connects two trails which cross a remote northern area of Baxter State Park.  From Roaring Brook trailhead, the Russell Pond Trail is seven miles to an isolated, “hike in only” campground, then the Pogy Notch Trail is 9 miles on north to South Branch Pond trailhead.  Park officials advised us to plan two days for this 16.4 mile stretch.  Betty and Mae had me on the trail at 6:30AM to insure that I could make it in one day.  We did not need another night exercise.  Plus, we planned to celebrate our completion of the Appalachian Trail this evening with the Howells.

The Russell Pond Trail was not as easy to follow as the AT because it gets little use.  It is marked with blue blazes which seemed odd at first after hiking over 2000 miles following the familiar white blazes of the AT.  It was an easy hike, the most time consuming aspect was the repeated stops to photograph the morning sun on colorful trees, reflecting lakes and steep mountainsides.  At Wassataqueik Stream, I had to remove my boots to ford the icy water.  It was a little over knee deep and, fortunately, only about 30 feet wide.  Like most of the streams in this area, the bottom is covered with a jumble of smooth, slick rocks.  Crossing with bare feet is tedious and takes time, enough time to more than “cool your heels”.

At Russell Pond Campground I talked with a couple of campers, the only people I saw on the trail today.  One of the campers had a “Trail Crew” AT hat.  I asked which section of the AT was his responsibility.  He said it was the Hunt Trail up Katahdin Mountain to Baxter Peak.  I told him he should do something about all those boulders.  He laughed and said that they were planning several reroutes around the more difficult parts of the boulder climb.  Evidently, numerous accidents and the prolonged time to negotiate these areas has been a major concern for them.

The Pogy Notch Trail had more rocks and roots, plus more ups and downs.  I had lunch on the shore of Upper South Branch Pond; it was spectacular.  It was 2:30PM when I reached the trailhead.  I was early, so I started hiking out the gravel road that Betty would use to get into this area.  After a couple of miles I reached a road junction at Trout Brook and waited there for Betty since it would be possible for her to arrive from either direction.  She drove up without Mae on board.  Mae had brought her little Boston Terrier pup, Susannah, and could not enter the state park.  They hiked a couple of miles, taking lots of pictures of the autumn foliage.  We picked them up then hustled back to our RV site, about 70 miles, so we could clean up for our celebration dinner.

We met the Howells at the Terrace Hotel restaurant in Millinocket.  As we walked to our table, I was totally surprised to find a “hiker doll” that looked so much like me in my hiking gear that it was scary.  Betty had arranged to have Mae make this weeks, maybe months, ago.  It stands about 14 inches tall, has a walking stick and is complete, even to include a whistle around the neck and a map in the right shirt pocket.  The likeness must have been good because when Betty and I walked in the door, a waitress immediately said, “Your table is over this way” and led us to it.  She explained that she recognized me because she had seen the hiker doll.

Mae had also made a diarama depicting the hike.  Starting with Key West as the lowest point it traced the highlights of the route through Florida, the Appalachian Trail and on to Cape Gaspe’, Quebec.  It was three dimensional and had lots of partially hidden surprises: a bear in the woods, a moose, a Canadian maple leaf, rock walls, etc.  She included something from each state we passed through and the route that we still have in front of us.

We had a wonderful evening with great friends and good food!!

Tuesday 9/26/00  7 miles/3983 Total.  248 Trail Days.  Trout Brook Crossing Picnic Area (BSP) to Matagamon Gate of Baxter State Park.

Directly after breakfast Mae packed the last few things in her car and started the long journey south to Naples, FL.  She has been a viable part of our trip and we would have liked for her to stay for the Canadian portion.

Betty and I moved the RV north about 50 miles and parked it temporarily.  Then Betty took me to Trout Brook Crossing so I could finish hiking out of Baxter State Park.  Those last seven miles were a breeze.

We then returned to get the RV and drive north.  We intend to hike the mountainous portions in Canada first before winter storms and snow preclude hiking in those areas.  We will then return to hike the lower elevations from Maine north to Cape Gaspe’.  We drove until about 8PM and dry camped behind a gas station in Van Buren, Maine which is right on the Canadian border.

Betty:  There are a lot of things that we have to consider now, if we are going to complete the trail this year.  Baxter State Park closes on October 15th and sometimes earlier if the weather turns bad, which meant that we had to make sure “Swamp Eagle” had hiked out of Baxter State Park.  The Canadian Appalachian mountains will soon receive their first bad snowstorms, plus the Canadians close the trails not only for snow, but for moose hunting season and for Caribou breeding season, all of which occur in the October timeframe.  They have been known to make some exceptions for hikers, but not always.  The Caribou breeding regions seem to be the areas with least exception, so we need to head up to complete those sections before the trails are closed.  Once we complete all of these “areas of concern” we can return to Maine and proceed north with the hope of finishing sometime around mid November.

Wednesday  9/27/00  0 miles/3983 Total.  249 Trail Days.  Travel Day to Canada.

On the road before 6AM, in the heavy fog we missed the turn to the border crossing.  We had to unhitch the Honda to turn around.  The agent at Canadian customs quizzed Betty about items we might have on board: alcohol, firearms, mace, pepper spray, etc.  He then said he wanted a closer look and proceeded to go through closets and drawers in the RV.  Betty said she knew it was because she broke eye contact with him when he said, “firearms”.  Fortunately, we had sent our complete arsenal back with Mae to avoid just such complications.  We did declare a canister of pepper spray.  They confiscated it, then, after some debate with a supervisor, returned it.  Finally, we are heading north through New Brunswick on a little used, but paved road.  Miles and miles of timber and hills went by before we reached Matapedia, Quebec.

We parked in front of the Restigouche Motel and called Paul LaBlanc, our point of contact for this part of the IAT (International Appalachian Trail).  Soon he stopped by with some beautiful trail photos and a xeroxed map.  He said his son, David, had lots more info and better maps.  Paul had just left when David came home for lunch; he lives adjacent to the motel parking lot.  I recognized him from the trail pictures Paul had shown us.  David went to get his maps and then we had a long planning session as he deluged us with good, pertinent information.  B & B had left maps and information for us with David.  With all this information we should be in good shape.

Before leaving Matapedia, we went to see Pete Dube, who owns the Restigouche Motel and was a member of the first Board of Directors for the IAT.  Nimblewill Nomad had asked that I contact Pete.  It was time well spent.

Our plan was starting to take shape.  We would go first to the Parc de la Gasp*sie and hike the mountainous portion that will close in a few days due to the annual caribou migration.  Then we will hike the other portions of the IAT within the park.  Next, we will hike through two game reserves.  Moose hunting season starts this coming Saturday, so there may be some restrictions on our movement in the area.

It was late in the afternoon before we reached the mountain road to the park office.  Betty had information about an RV park and soon we were there talking with the owner Georges Beniot.  He recommended a little restaurant  that had the best home cooked meals in the area.  It was also the only place to eat in the area.  Nonetheless, Chez Polo was an excellent “choice”.  We had onion soup, fish and chips and fresh raspberry pie with ice cream and coffee – did I mention a couple of LaBatts to get everything started.  It was all good, but the onion soup and raspberry pie were extra special.  Whether by design or neglect, the service was much like the French technique.  Keep them waiting for each item and they will love it when it finally arrives.

It started raining about dark; hope this is not an indication of the weather we will have for the next few days.

Thursday  9/28/00  6 miles/3989 Total.  250 Trail Days.  Quebec Road 299, Parc de la Gaspesie Interpretation Center to Lac aux Americans Parking area.

This morning we drove north into the mountains to the Canadian National Park “Gaspesie”.  At the park’s Interpretive Centre (Visitor’s Center) we met Madeleine Soucy.  Fortunately, she spoke English and helped us work out a schedule to hike through the park and through Matane Reserve.  If we had been just one day later, we would not have had enough time to hike through the caribou areas before they are closed on 1 October at sunset.  In the Matane Reserve, we will be restricted by moose hunting season which starts on 11 October.  Madeleine called a colleague, Jean Pierre, who secured an agreement from the Matane Reserve to allow me to hike from 9AM to 4PM each day.  I must wear an orange vest and cannot remain overnight in the Reserve.  We think we can make this work.  Others have told us that they were not allowed in the Park nor in the Reserve and had to hike on roads to bypass these beautiful areas.

It was noon by the time we worked out the details.  We left the RV in the Interpretation Centre parking area and Betty put me on the SIA/IAT (Sentier International des Appalaches/International Appalachian Trail) at Quebec Road 299.  It was a steady climb, but only six miles to Lake to the Americans (Lac aux Americains) parking lot where Betty met me.  The SIA/IAT is marked using metal rectangles 2 inches wide and 5 inches tall.  This marker is painted white with a blue border and blue lettering.  It reads “SIA” across the top and “IAT” down the center.  Both letter groups use the same “I”.

The weather here is noticeably cooler.  It snowed at some of the higher elevations last night and the dusting was brilliant in the morning sun.  Even when I was hiking at mid-afternoon, snow still covered areas not in direct sunlight.

There were several recent moose tracks on and near the trail.  Earlier today we saw a porcupine that had been killed last night.  Tomorrow, I hope to see caribou.  I’ll be passing through an area that is home to the only caribou herd south of the Saint Lawrence Seaway.

Betty found a campsite right on the Seaway just outside the coastal town of Sainte-Anne-des-Monts (Saint Anne of the Mountains).  Because it is late in the year, we are the only ones in the campsite.  Our front bumper is about 20 feet from the shore.  We can sit inside the RV and look out through the windshield onto the seaway.  It’s a “cool” place.  The owners, Normand and Diane Lafreniere, invited us into their home for tea after dinner this evening.  A couple from France is staying in the Lafreniere’s Bed and Breakfast and also were there for tea.  We had an enjoyable, but somewhat strained evening with us trying to understand French.  Normand and Diane speak English and Normand translated for us when our meager French and gestures were inadequate.  It was a fun evening.

Friday  9/29/00  14 miles/4003 Total.  (54 on the IAT)  251 Trail Days.  Lac aux Americains parking area to La Galene, Quebec Rd 2. 

Another early start, it was an hours drive to the trailhead and Betty had me there a few minutes after 6AM.  The ground was still frosted and crunched with every step.  Normally, I hike in shorts, but after about 15 minutes I pulled on some insulated pants.  It was clear and beautiful as the sun peeped over the mountains.  Soon I was on top of Mont Xalibu (Mount Caribou) then down along a saddle to Te’tras Refuge.  This is a building with eight bunks, a table and most importantly, a wood burning stove.  I’m sure these refuges are a welcome sight at the end of a long cold day.

As the long ascent of Mont Jacques-Cartier began, the trail entered a long area of broken rocks about the size of basketballs and breadbaskets.  Most of the rocks had sharp corners and edges not yet smoothed by the elements over time.  This made footing precarious since most of the trail was covered with snow.  As I went up hill the weather went downhill.  That clear sky was soon a full cloud cover which made it colder almost immediately.  The wind steadily increased as the trail emerged from treeline.  Soon I was wearing a knit hat, gloves and a wind parka over an insulated jacket.  The wind was now blowing even harder and it was starting to snow, not snow flakes, but rather snow pellets.  Visibility was reduced to only a couple of hundred feet.  Fortunately, the trail was well marked with cairns as it switched its way up to the summit.  Now I have my hood drawn tightly over my knit cap, my gloved hands have found the warming pockets in the parka.  Snow bullets are blowing sideways and the cold wind is cutting through multiple layers of clothing.  The summit house is in site.  It is two stories with a stove on the first floor in an enclosed area and the second floor is an enclosed observation area.  Their indoor/outdoor thermometer shows the outside air temperature at minus 7 degrees centigrade (about 19 degrees Fahrenheit).  The wind was shown as 55 kilometers per hour (33 mph), no wonder it seemed chilly out there.  Mont Jacques-Cartier, the highest mountain in Quebec, was named after the famous explorer and cartographer.  Do you suppose Cartier is where the word cartographer originated?  Mont Jacques-Cartier stands 1268 meters high, which is about 4,298 feet.  I had lunch and made my way down the other side of the mountain toward the point that Betty would be meeting me.  Once below treeline the wind subsided, the temperature was warmer and clothes started coming off again.

Betty arrived at nearly the same time I did, she said we would stop to see Raymond as we went through the coastal village of Mont Sainte Pierre.  Even though not a hiker, Raymond has a bar, restaurant and motel at a strategic point on the IAT.  He keeps track of most IAT thru-hikers and we compared notes on those hikers we had seen recently.  I had read in the summit register that “Class 5”, Jon Leuschel, passed here on 18 September 2000, eleven days ago.  Of course, Raymond had talked with him.

Back at the RV, we had new neighbors in the campground.  Tom and Karen Ried, from Palo Alto, California, came over for a short visit.  They have been touring the Northwest and Canada for about three months.

We had a great dinner of poached salmon at Restaurant du Quai, a local restaurant.

Betty:  For those of you who may drive up here in your RV’s.  We are parked at “Camping du Rivage” in Sainte-Anne-des-Monts.  The sites are right on the St. Lawrence seaway.  They have electric (15amps).  There is a restroom facility, no showers.  They have a dump station and fresh water.  It is a beautiful area. Email: roseriva@globetrotter.net  I am on my way over to see if I can use their phone line to post this.  If it is posted, it will be with thanks to Normand and Diane.

Later – They do have a modem hookup.  In talking with Normand and Diane, they told me they will have the 15 amp power upgraded next year to 30 amps and also will have water installed at each site.  They are also planning to add a number of new sites.  In addition to the RV sites they have lodging in their house, “Gite La Villa des Roses”.

Saturday  9/30/00  17 miles/4020 Total.  252 Trail Days.   Lac Cascape’dia on Quebec Rd 11 to Le Gite du Mont Albert on Quebec 299.

“O-dark-thirty” and we are out on the backroads of the Gasp* peninsula in the rain.  Betty finds the trail crossing near  Lac Cascape’dia (Lake Cascapedia) and leaves me there in the rain, the sun wasn’t even up.  It is to be a 17 mile day over Mount Albert (Mont Albert), a mountain with an altitude.  And, most importantly, if we don’t complete the hike back to Le Gite du Mont Albert, we will have to wait until next summer.

As of sunset today, park officials close the areas we have hiked the last two days and that which we plan for today.  This large mountainous area is home to a small herd of wood caribou, the only herd remaining south of the St. Lawrence Seaway.  At one time, this herd was huge and, with other herds, ranged much of Southern Canada and northern United States.  It is estimated that only 200 caribou remain.  Consequently, there is a major effort to protect them.  The rut season starts in October, so those “in the know” have selected the first of October to close the area.

It rained early this morning and the trail is wet and muddy.  After a few minutes of slipping and sliding, I am wet and muddy.  About 8:30AM, I met Harry Feldman, a native of New York, now living in Australia and hiking here in Quebec to practice his French.  We exchanged information about the parts of the trail we had each hiked.  He corrected an error on my way which proved to be very helpful later in the day.

After several hours of wandering up and down through Fir and Yellow Birch, the trail climbed through a Fir and White Birch zone then on up through a Fir and Black Spruce area and finally onto the alpine tundra.  The massif that includes Mont Albert (Mount Albert) has a large relatively level alpine top.  This impressive area is above the tree line and the views across it are great.  It is an alpine tundra, much of it soaking with water just below the surface grasses.  Rocks are scattered everywhere and the wind is relentless.  Fortunately, it is much warmer today, so the wind is not as biting as yesterday.

On a slope about a half-mile across this barren mountain plateau, I spotted at least two, probably three and possibly five or six caribou.  For sure, two were moving about grazing, a third one looked to be in motion also, then there were some that looked like caribou, but with no apparent movement, I could not be sure.  I did get a picture, but the distance was so far that they will probably only be dots.

The trail is marked with sticks and poles and cairns, as it winds up, down and around with the contours of the land form.  This goes on for a wonderful couple of miles then the trail descends steeply down a massive rock valley.  Vertical rock walls line either side of this canyon.  Water from the tundra is pouring down a stream over rocks and high waterfalls.  Dripping water has created hundreds of huge icicles, some about two feet in diameter and maybe 20 feet long.  There are dozens of ice formations containing interconnected icicles.  The warm day is causing the ice to melt.  Several times I heard a loud crack that echoed through the canyon as large pieces of ice broke and fell.  One time the falling ice, broke off more ice as it fell, then caused some rocks to break away.  Even though it was a very small avalanche, the sound was awesome.

In and near the rocky stream bed are tall poles marking the winter cross-country ski trail.  These poles are about 15 feet tall and have reflectors on the top.

About five kilometers from the end of today’s hike, I came across Tom and Karen, our RV neighbors that we met last night.  They were out for a day hike in the vicinity of Mont Albert.  It had started to rain again and the trail was slick and muddy.

Betty extracted me at Quebec Road 299 and whisked me back to a cold beer and hot shower.

Sunday  10/1/00  16 miles/4036 Total.  253 Trail Days.  Quebec Rd 11 (near Le Huard Refuge) to Lac Cascape’dia.

It was a long drive on mountainous back roads to get to my starting point.  Along the way, a large bull moose was blocking the road.  What a huge, regal animal.  He climbed into the underbrush and stopped just inside the woodline.  He had joined a cow moose.  They sniffed and paced and did a little do-si-do dance with little concern that we were watching.  After a few minutes, they ambled deeper into the forest.  A great show to start the day.  “Good Morning, Canada”!

Almost immediately the trail climbed to Mont Arthur-Allen.  It was a clear day, and the visibility from the summit was very good.

Due to the rain during the past couple of days, it was easy to spot fresh tracks.  No people, lots of moose, a fox, and a bear had all left their mark.  Also, I saw what looked like large dog tracks, but no one was walking with it and dogs are not allowed in the park.  I’ll have to check to see if wolves frequent this remote part of the park.  Several times everyday, I have seen Spruce Grouse and today was no exception.  They are so unafraid of people it is a wonder any are left.

It was lunch on Mont Blizzard and a stop at Pic de l’Aube for the view, then on in to Lac Cascape’dia where Betty was waiting.

Betty:  This morning we enjoyed seeing the bull and cow moose, then this afternoon as I drove out to pick up Chuck, I was confronted with the fact that moose season has really begun.  I met two vehicles with dead moose heading back into town.  It made me sick to see them strapped to the vehicles knowing that only hours before they had been beautiful, live creatures, searching for their mates and falling prey to a hunter.

Monday  10/2/00  11 miles/4047 Total.  98 Total for IAT.  254 Trail Days.  Cap-Chat (Road #1) in Matane Reserve to Mount Logan.  We packed my large “Gregory” pack with items needed to overnight in the mountains.  Winter clothing, sleeping bag, etc. are more bulky and heavier so the small lightweight “Lowe Alpine” pack I have been using was retired for the moment.  Since we were not certain that I could stay in a refuge (shelter), I needed to carry a tent and mattress so I did not have to spend the night above treeline without any type of shelter.

We entered the Matane Reserve on a gravel road, Cap-Chat Road.  It was about 30 miles to the point where the IAT crosses Cap-Chat Road.  We had to purchase a six dollar entry permit and since it is now moose hunting season I needed to wear red or orange.

Immediately after Betty dropped me at the trail, it started climbing.  First it was past a beautiful and high waterfall, Chute Helene, then up more and more.  Next the trail descended several hundred feet to cross a stream, then back up over a ridge, up and down till mid-afternoon when it was up a very steep mountainside of mostly grass and mud.  This workout ended at the summit of Mont Collins, 1022 meters.  This does not appear to be very high, about 3,342 feet.  However, the base of most of the mountains is within a hundred feet or so of sea level and due to the northern latitude, timber line is about 2700 feet.  Anyway, it was a tough, time consuming climb.  Then down onto a saddle to go up Mont Matawees, down a ridge, across a stream and up Mont Fortin.  Down a long exposed ridgeline and finally up a long ridge that led to Mont Logan, 1128 meters.  The views from Mont Collins and afterward were awesome.  Much of the time it was nearly straight down, often on both sides of the trail.  It was an exhilarating hike.

Just prior to the summit of Mont Logan, I saw a small sign reading: “Point d’eau”.  It was later afternoon and I needed to get water before camping.  It was good to see this sign indicating a water source a few hundred meters away.  It was a little spring and I pumped three quarts through my filter.

Mont Logan is very isolated, there is an unmanned antennae site and an old shelter with a few bunks and a wood burning stove.  It was not the Hilton, but any shelter on a mountain will do.  I was wet from perspiration, tired and getting chilled in the howling wind.  It was after five and the door did not have a lock, it was home for the night.  The woodshed outback was filled with cut and split birch.  With a little birch bark for a starter and some splinters for kindling, I soon had a roaring fire.  The stove had a flat top and my cooking pot was ready for business.  The shelter, even though old, is well built and insulated.  It has lots of windows for good light, but all have storm windows covering the outside.

After a great meal of pasta and sundried tomatoes, I was on one of their bunks before it was totally dark.  It was soon obvious that I had over done the fire.  The wind was blowing at about 30 mph, but the temperature was probably only in the forties.  The door was on the lee side, so I propped it open to get some cool air and went to sleep.  About eleven PM, it cooled and I closed the door but did not restoke the fire.  It was a good starlit night.

Tuesday  10/3/00  13 miles/4060 Total.  111 on the IAT.  255 Trail Days.  Mont Logan, Quebec to LeHuard Refuge on Parc Road 11.   Up at first light and the wind is still blowing hard.  They have cables at each corner of this refuge to guy it down.  That is a sure sign that the wind can get really strong.  Still, now as the building shakes and quivers against the wind it’s comforting to know that we are anchored to the mountain.

After putting a little more wood on the coals that remained in the stove, I soon had heat to cook some ramen for breakfast.  With everything stuffed back in the pack, I was descending off Mont Logan.  Only a quarter of a mile from the refuge, I saw fresh bear tracks on the trail.  This possibility did not cross my mind as I propped the door open last night.

A few minutes later there were caribou tracks.  The primary locations for caribou are on Monts Jacques Cartier, Xalibu, and Albert.  Caribou tracks are cloven, but much more rounded than moose tracks, there was no doubt that it was caribou.  It was exciting to see tracks of an animal in an area other than its known range.  Later in the day, I spotted the tracks of a small cat, maybe a  lynx, I thought.  But, back in the RV I read that lynx are larger.  It might have been a bobcat.

By midmorning I was laboring up a slope when I heard something in front of me.  Then I saw caribou tracks that were coming toward me, but had skidded to a stop.  Realizing that the animal had sensed my approach and bolted from the trail, I stopped and looked closely.  Wow, about one hundred feet to my right was a male caribou with its large distinctive rack.  Slowly, I reached for my camera but as I lifted the cover, the sound of velcro separating was more than this guy would stand for, he disappeared into the undergrowth.

It was early when I arrived at LeHuard Refuge, but Betty was already there.  She was chatting with a photographer that was trying to call moose close enough to get good pictures.  He told us that an angry bull moose had been on the trail, just minutes before I arrived.  He was really concerned about one being that close because last night an angry bull moose had tried to ram his car.

Betty:  Well, he got my attention.  He told me when I’m driving at night and see a moose to turn out my lights because the lights really make them crazy and they will run right for the lights.  I really didn’t want to know that, well, maybe I did.  Anyway, now I don’t want to see any moose.

Wednesday  10/4/00  14 miles/4071 Total.  255 Trail Days.  Lac Matane Trailhead to Mont Blanc Refuge.  It was a 60 mile drive, one way, for Betty to get me to the trailhead at Lac Matane.  The trail ascended to a ridge overlooking the lake and followed the ridgeline north for a couple of miles.  Then, some ups and downs until the steep climb up Mount Pointu.  Down off this pinnacle and back up Mont Craggy, it was like a roller coaster.

While descending down to a saddle, I heard some grunting and saw a large bull moose walking slowly just inside the treeline about one hundred feet below me.  Then I saw a cow in front of him.  They had not sensed me and were moving slowly to a point that would cross the trail in front of me.  I really did not want to meet them when we all reached that point.  Carefully, I continued, but never saw them again.

Now, for the long, somewhat steep ascent up Mont Blanc.  All day, I had been watching the time.  Since I had not brought a tent, I really wanted to reach the refuge on Mont Blanc before nightfall.  The climb seemed to take more time than it should and the sun was low in the west.

With about 30 minutes of daylight remaining, I reached the summit and the old shelter.  The building was about 10 feet by 15 feet and contained two sets of bunkbeds, a table, two chairs and a wood cook stove.  Unlike other shelters that had a square wood burning stove, this one had a true wood burning cook stove, complete with an oven and places for five large pots on the top.

It was cold and windy and there was not a large supply of firewood.  A few branches and dead fall had been placed behind the stove.  To conserve firewood, I built a fire in the small firebox and soon was cooking noodles followed by grits.  I put too much water in the grits and had the best grit soup I have ever tasted.

It was a cold night, probably in the mid-twenties.  With so little firewood I did not try to keep a fire going through the night.  Too bad, because it would have felt good.  As it was, I used all the tricks in my bag to keep warm: wear a knit cap, eat high fat snacks during the night, wear wool socks, etc.

Thursday  10/5/00  13 miles/4084 Total.  256 Trail Days.  Mont Blanc Refuge to Cap Chat Road at Mont Nicole-Albert.  Another little fire in the morning heated some ramen for breakfast.  It had snowed about an inch during the night so I dressed appropriately: long pants, gaiters, water repellant parka and gloves.  Before leaving the refuge I signed their register.  A lot of hikers had logged in during the summer but no one recently.  Jon Leuschel, “Class V”, had made the last entry on 12 September 2000, nearly three weeks prior to my visit.  Betty and I first met Jon in White Springs, Florida much earlier in our respective trips.

As the trail started up Mont Nicole-Albert, I saw a cow moose standing on the trail 200 feet ahead of me, then I saw a large bull with a huge rack, near her.  Both were watching me.  They grunted and after a couple of minutes, wandered off to my left.  Only seconds later, a young bull enters from my right.  He snorts and grunts and walks toward me.  My yelling and hat waving has no effect of him.  He stops at about 25 feet, then walks off to the left.  After a pause he circles and approaches again to within about 25 feet, then wanders off in the woods.

The miles seemed to go by fast and at 2:30 PM I was on the summit of Mont Nicole-Albert, about 3000 feet.  The west side of this mountain is a sheer cliff dropping nearly 2800 feet to a remote road below.  Betty was meeting me there.  On the off chance that she might be early, I tried calling her on the little walkie-talkies that Harold Howell, “Mississippi Hiker” had loaned us.  Betty was there.  I told her I would be down in a little over 30 minutes.  Not so, two hours later I was still descending very steep trail alongside high, but beautiful, waterfalls.  This went on and on, a treacherous, but awesome trail.  At many places the trail had drop-offs of several hundred feet.  The roar of the waterfall blocked other sounds at times.

 

Finally, I linked up with Betty and hiked the one mile road walk to the point on Cap Chat Road that I had departed three days ago.

Betty:  It occurred to me as I was typing this, it might be a little confusing as to why Chuck is hiking into places he’s already hiked out of.  So, here’s the explanation.  Chuck wants to hike the whole trail going north, but he had to get certain areas hiked before they closed and it seems the areas that were the highest and closing the first were the furthest along the trail.  There were two ways he could take care of these.  He could start at that furthest point and hike south, or if he wants to always hike north – then we figure out what section he is going to hike, I drive him to its southern point and he hikes north.  That is the way we are doing it, and it’s working very well.

Friday  10/6/00  17 miles/4101 Total.  156 miles on the IAT.  257 Trail Days.  John Entrance to the Matane Reserve to Lac Matane Trailhead.  We said goodbye to our new friends, Diane and Normand Lafreniere, who own the campground and a bed and breakfast.  We have been here six days, over twice as long as our normal stay.  The plan is to move the RV back to the west and south then look for a place to park it while I hike the western end of the Matane Reserve.

This Matane Reserve entrance checkpoint is staffed by Georgette LeVeque, a very pleasant and helpful lady, who speaks no English.  Nimblewill Nomad spoke of her willingness to help when he passed through here last July.  Because the campground portion of their operation is officially closed, she called her supervisor, Robin Plante, for an exception.  Robin said it would be fine and that he would drive to our location to help get us set up.  The water has been shut off and drained for the winter, but we do have electricity.  Power for the small ceramic heater provides more even and comfortable heat than having our propane furnace kick on and off during both day and night.

I hiked directly from the RV along a gravel road that leads deep into the Reserve.  It was an easy roadwalk and I made the 17 miles in just over four hours.  Mountain trails have taken over three times that long to go the same distance.  Betty met me at Lac Matane Trailhead.  This is the same point that I departed from two days ago on my way to Mont Blanc.

It was starting to rain as we made our way back to the campsite.  Along the way we saw a bull moose and a cow beside the road.  It was nearly dark as we watched them watch us.  Then they drifted into the shadows.

Betty:  We are really enjoying Quebec.  Diane and Normand at Camping du Rivage, were just wonderful to us and now here at the Reserve we have been treated very kindly.  We are looking forward to returning on a leisurely visit sometime in the future.

Saturday  10/7/00  25 miles/4126 Total.  258 Trail Days.  Amqui to John Entrance to Matane Reserve.  It rained most of the night, but by morning was only misting.  Betty drove me south to the town of Amqui so I could hike back north to our campsite at the entrance to the Matane Reserve.  Much of the route that I would hike through was covered with one or two inches of snow.  After putting me on

my way in Amqui, Betty found a place to have the oil changed in the Honda CRV.  Also, she had the antifreeze checked (-37 degrees) and had new windshield wipers installed.  Before leaving Amqui she stocked up on groceries.  The small towns we pass through have only had depanneur (convenience stores).

My hike was a 25 mile roadwalk, the kilometers clicked by and soon I was at a depanneur buying some sandwiches for lunch.  Betty knew this was about where I would be for lunch and she stopped on her way back.  We had a snack in the car; it was warm.

After arriving at the campground, I talked with the agent at the game check point to see if the water here was potable.  He said no, but he would allow us to run a hose into their kitchen to get drinkable water to fill our tank.  We’re the only ones in the campground and since the campground water has been shut off, we probably got special consideration.

The agent, Rejean Desgens, told me that hunters here have a 95% success rate and that they will take 200 moose this season.  They are permitted to take bulls, cows and young adults, but not calves.  He said they estimate that there are five thousand moose on this huge Reserve.  The IAT has been almost solid with moose tracks.  This land and 17 other reserves were set aside in the 1960s.  At that time there were only about 500 moose, but with proper management the population has steadily increased.  During the few days that we have been in the Reserve we have seen over a dozen moose.  Monsieur Desgens said the timber harvesting, so prevalent in the Reserve, helps the moose population.  Moose feed on the grasses, weeds and young tree sprouts that flourish in the sun after an area has been cut.  Also, moose like the tender seedlings used in reforestation.  I told Betty all of this, but it did little to help her accept the killing of these special animals.

Betty:  If they can now shoot cows, what happens to that cow’s calf?  I do understand that there has always been hunting and probably always will be.  I even intellectually will concede that overpopulation makes for weaker animals and that well managed hunting areas seem to  have healthier animals.  There is just something so sad and sickening about seeing these large, regal animals “spread eagled” on top of some trailer going down the road.  Their dignity is gone, not to mention their life.  I have to say there are some hunters who cover the animal up and treat them with some dignity, but most want to show them off.  Anyway, it’s not something we’re going to change, so enough said.

Sunday  10/8/00  22 miles/4148 Total.  203 miles on the IAT.  259 Trail Days.  St Marguerite to Amqui.  We topped off our fresh water tank and said good-bye to Rejean as we prepared to move the RV to Amqui.  Rejean gave us a copy of the weather dispatch they had just received; rain.  Our stay, here in the middle of no-place, has been very comfortable and informative.  Robin and his “band of agents” have made us feel very welcome.

After positioning the RV, in the parking lot of an old motel that had nearly burned to the ground years ago, Betty drove me the 22 miles to St. Marguerite so I could hike back to the RV in Amqui.  Our procedure seems a bit complicated ever since we leaped forward to hike the portions of the IAT that are in the Canadian Mountains.  Having completed the highest parts of the trail in Quebec, we are working our way south but I am always hiking north.  We want to do as much of the trail in this northern area as we can before the weather gets so cold that the tanks and pipes in the RV will freeze.  The plan is to keep moving south, but hiking north, toward New Brunswick and Maine.  When it gets too cold for the RV, we will drain the tanks and park it, then drive the Honda back to hike the remaining portions of trail and finally to hike the 10 day stretch from La Galene (the most northerly point I have hiked thus far) to Cape (Cap) Gaspe’.

Today the route skirts the southern boundary of the Duniere Reserve and the Matane Reserve.  We pass through the center of Causapscal, a quaint old village with large beautiful churches.  Betty read, in Nomad’s journal, about the Auberge La Coulee Douce (an inn to pass sweet hours).  While I was hiking in the snow and later rain, she located this Inn and made reservations for dinner.

Upon reaching the RV, I was cold and wet.  After a hot shower and a short drive we were enjoying a wonderful evening at La Coulee Douce.  It was much like the meals we have had at little restaurants and inns in France.  A mostly set menu with multi courses was served in a very relaxed atmosphere.  Enjoying great food, made even better with good wine, it was hard to believe that just two hours ago I was on the trail and soaking wet.  “La Coulee Douce”.

Monday 10/9/00   11 miles/4159 Total.  260 Trail Days.  Matapedia to St. Andre de Restigouche.

We moved the RV about 60 miles south to the town of Matapedia.  From Matapedia, I will hike north today to St. Andre de Restigouche and then will have a two day stretch from St. Andre de Restigouche to St. Marguerite.

The trail goes through the middle of Matapedia then climbs a steep hill overlooking the town.  The colorful leaves are falling now and in some places the trail is covered with a new blanket.  At times it is more difficult to follow the trail than it is without the leaves.  The trail twists and turns over hills and through valleys finally arriving at the little village of St. Andre de Restigouche.  It then follows a road north for 2 miles to a trailhead.  From the trailhead it is a two day hike to St. Marguerite.  Betty met me at St. Andre and Levi (our Schnauzer) joined me on the hike.

We returned to the Restigouche Hotel parking lot next to the home of David LaBlanc, Sally and their daughter, India.  They all joined us in the RV for some snacks.  Later, their friend, Bruno, arrived and we had many good stories about: the trail, moose, bear, the mountains and winters in Quebec.  Both David and Bruno are guides in this wild land.  Bruno also works as a skidder with a timber company during the winter.  David has a canoe livery business and is expanding it to include sled dogs.  In the winter he works as a biologist.  He and Bruno are now training the dogs to pull cross country skiers.  These guys also are responsible for building and maintaining one of the most rugged sections of the IAT.  David is planning to build a hostel adjacent to his canoe operation.  These guys love this great remote country and manage to spend as much time as possible outside in it.  Sally and David are passing this outdoor spirit along to India.  One cold morning we met Sally taking India for a two mile walk.

Tuesday  10/10/00  20 miles/4179 Total.  261 Trail Days.  5 miles North of Glenwood, New Brunswick on Rd. 17 to Matapedia , Quebec.  It rained all night and was cold and raining as we drove out this morning.  We decided to delay the overnight hike to St. Marguerite until better weather, so Betty took me 20 miles south and dropped me.  Sometimes I wonder if she really wants me to find my way home.  Today might have been one of those times.  After putting me on my way she drove on to look for a campsite.  As she gained elevation the rain turned to snow and soon she was in a heavy snowfall that would last all day and into the night.  She located Kedgewick Forestry Museum and Campsite, all of which closed sometime in September.  After checking for other places that might be open, she came back and convinced the caretaker to allow us to stay for a few nights.  He told her that the water had been cut off to prevent pipes from freezing but we could have electricity.

 Meanwhile, I am hiking north to Matapedia.  Soon I was hiking along the Restigouche River, This wide, shallow stream is known throughout the angling world for its great salmon fishing.  A local resident told me that many of the USA’s rich and famous have come here on a regular basis: Bing Crosby, Norman Schwartzkoph, and many corporate executives.  It is a picturesque river.

Once we were all back in Matapedia, we moved the RV almost 50 miles south to Kedgwick.  Betty was back in the same mountainous snowfall for the third time today.  It was dark when we arrived and it was still snowing.  Unfortunately, they had left the dump station padlocked and the parking site the caretaker suggested had an electrical breaker box, but no electricity.  We picked another site that did have power and by 8:30PM we were finally “home”.  During the day, Betty had purchased two “trouble-light” cord sets.  We placed one in each basement compartment that had a wastewater storage tank and underfloor plumbing.  Initial readings show the temperature to be almost ten degrees warmer with the lights.

After a great meal of steaming hot pasta, a garden salad, fresh French bread, and wonderful French wine, life again looks somewhat bearable.  Just like AA; “one day at a time”.

Betty:  I admit I have a low tolerance for problems and I usually error on the side of caution, so I have wanted to take the RV back to Maine to get it winterized before the tanks freeze.  Once I had dropped Chuck off and was headed south to try to find a campsite, already knowing that New Brunswick campsites have shut down for the season,  I was not happy to see the snow.  I thought about crying, but didn’t think it would serve any purpose, so I forged ahead, talked a lot to God about the weather, tanks, places to stay, etc.  We are in a precarious predicament.  At some point we will have to spend a day to take the RV to Maine.  The roads here are narrow and steep, so I am not driving it.  We already know of a place that will do the winterizing for us and we know of a place we can store it, but of course, this means a day or two off the trail for Chuck and he is also in a race with the weather.  So, right now we are trying to work our way south and with every couple days we are closer to Maine.  We also need to keep up with the weather forecast (which seems to be a problem) so he can do the high areas and the overnights when the weather is at its best.  So life goes on and we do our best.

Wednesday  10/11/00  27 miles/4206 Total/261 on the IAT.  262 Trail Days.  Kedgwick, NB to 5 miles north of Glenwood, NB.

At first light, an inch or two of snow covered the ground, trees and our vehicles, plus it was still snowing.  After we had breakfast, I departed north on NB Road 17.  It continued snowing until late morning.

Somewhere along this road, the IAT should depart to the northwest.  The New Brunswick Trail has two trailheads, but I must have missed the IAT intersection.  Yesterday I missed it also, but was pleasantly surprised with a beautiful hike along the Restigouche River.  Today the terrain consists of high rolling forests.  The predominate deciduous trees are maple and birch.  Evergreens here are fir and spruce.

We have heard that many, if not most, hikers have difficulty following the trail in this area.  Some have had to bushwack their way cross country to a road.  This is a very strenuous and time consuming way to hike.  For now, I am content to be making good mileage on a road rather than beating the bush.

Betty met me at our planned location and we returned to the Forestry Campground where we are the only campers.

Betty:  This campground, Kedgwick Forestry Museum and Campground, is beautiful.  They have wonderful sites.  In season, the sites have electricity.  They have very clean bathhouses, which they went ahead and shut down when I said we would just use our RV.  Jerry Perreault is the manager and has been very kind to let us stay even though they are closed.  We are the only site in the campground that has electricity and he has left the dump station unlocked for us to use, plus we can fill our water tanks at the office building.  We are very fortunate and thank him for his generous and kind support.

Thursday  – We will be staying at the campground until Saturday when we will leave for Maine.  This campground is right on the IAT, for those of you interested in hiking the IAT.  There are also lots of other trails in the area and canoeing possibilities.  Their email: museforest@hotmail.com    The weather has given us a little break and Chuck left this morning to do the only overnighter he had left.  I drove him to St. Andre de Restigouche where he started his hike to St. Marguerite.  I will pick him up in St. Marguerite tomorrow.  After dropping him at his starting point, I drove into Campbellton, New Brunswick to do laundry and buy groceries.  Campbellton is one of the larger towns in the area and has a good supply of services.  It’s about 56 km north of Kedgwick.  When I got back to the campground I talked to Jerry about using the phone line and I believe tomorrow I will have a chance to update the website.  Hope so.  He and Raymond are busy closing everything up in the park.  They have picked up all the trash containers and picnic tables from all the sites and have stored them away for the winter.

If you get to read this, it will be with our Thanks to Jerry and Raymond.

Well, Jerry did let me use the phone line and I was able to check messages, but for some reason my update wouldn’t go through.  So I will try again at another time.  It was great to have the opportunity to check messages.

Thursday  10/12/00  13 miles/4219 Total.  263 Trail Days.  St. Andre de Restigouche to Assemetquagan River.  The weather for the next few days is forecast to be warmer and dry.  We will take advantage of the better weather to hike the two day stretch from St. Andre to St. Marguerite.  We had put this overnight portion in Quebec on hold until the snow and freezing weather moderated.

It was early when we departed the RV in Kedgwick, NB.  Betty drove me the 60 miles back to St. Andre de Restigouche, Quebec.

At 8:55AM, I was on the trail for a two day hike through some beautiful Canadian wilderness to St. Marguerite, Quebec.  The morning was cold, but without precipitation.  About two inches of crusted snow crunched with each step.  The snow and a thick blanket of recently fallen leaves made it a challenge to stay on the trail.  The IAT in this area has only sparse markings and they take many forms.  Sometimes the standard 2″ by 5″ blue and white SIA/IAT plaques are used; at times blue and white plastic strips are tacked on trees; orange, pink or blue tape is occasionally tied to bushes and other times white, blue or orange spray paint is on tree trunks.  Often there are no visible marks of any sort for nearly a mile.  After over 4000 miles of following all sorts of trails, it is generally easy to follow a trail, even unmarked.  However, the IAT is a relatively new trail and gets only infrequent use.  Anyway, it must have been adequately marked because in spite of the snow and leaves, I was able to follow it.  Progress was a little slower than usual and there was a lot of uncertainty.

Fresh moose tracks were common, also some deer tracks, plus there was a lot of older bear scat, but no fresh bear tracks.  Grouse are seen every mile or so in the mountains.  The steep hills and valleys of this rugged country are better suited to these hearty wild creatures than to humans.

Late in the afternoon I reached the Assemetquagan River.  Previously, I had been told that there were at least two and possibly four rivers to ford.  The Assemetquagan at this point is shallow, about 18″, but wide, maybe 200 feet.  I carry Teva, strap on sandals, to wear when fording.  The recent cold weather and now melting snow made for a cool crossing.

It was 5:30PM and I made camp on the far shore.  Rice with broccoli was hot and good.

Friday  10/13/00  11 miles/4230 Total.  285 on IAT.  264 Trail Days.  Assemetquagan River to St. Marguerite, Quebec.  Last night I slipped into a sleeping bag at 7PM and did not crawl out of it until 6AM this morning.  It was a good night’s sleep.  A cold breakfast of fruit bars and water, a quick pack job and I was on my way.  It was a steep climb to a ridge with a good view of this expansive, rolling wilderness.  At higher elevations nearly all the leaves that are going to fall are now on the ground.  An exception is the European Larch.  This cone bearing tree with long soft needles looks like an evergreen but is actually deciduous.  Its normally light green needles have now turned to a bright yellow and stand out brightly in the midst of the aspen, black ash, maple and birch standing bare like skeletons, and the very green fir and spruce.  Venetian turpentine, a folk medicine that we often used to “doctor” horses, is made from European Larch.

Another ford, short but cold, and two “rock hops” across streams then past a shelter that was about 60% complete and up a steep long hill that led to a ridge and the final stretch for the day.

Betty was two hours early and had just arrived to drive us the 91 miles back to the RV campsite in Kedgwick, NB.

Saturday  10/14/00  0 miles/4230 Total. 285 IAT. 265 Trail Days.  Zero mile day – Traveled back to Maine.

Betty:  Saturday 10/14/00.  Today was a zero day for Chuck.  We moved the RV to Maine and Chuck will start hiking tomorrow in Maine and hike the sections of the trail that he hasn’t already completed.  After breakfast this morning, we dumped our tanks and proceeded south from Kedgwick, NB to Maine.  We arrived in Houlton, ME in the early afternoon.  The IAT comes through Houlton and is about a three day hike from the Matagamon Gate at Baxter State Park, where Chuck left off on the 26th of September.  We arrived here to find beautifully moderate temperatures and a wonderful campground.  We are currently camped in “My Brother’s Place” with full hookups and nice level grassy sites.  The office has a modem hookup and I will go over tomorrow to try it out. 

This is one of those rare days when we have some spare time.  Once settled in, we decided to go out to dinner and to a movie.  We drove around town, found a movie theater that had a movie we could easily pass up and decided to rent a movie and eat at home.  Well, we rented two movies and ate at home and it was wonderful.  What a great relaxing time.

We believe the weather is to remain above freezing for the next few days.  We are hoping to stay in the RV until Chuck has hiked to Houlton, then I will drive the RV south to Medway where it will be winterized and stored, while Chuck continues his hike north.  Say a prayer for us.

Posted in International Appalachian Trail, The Hike | Leave a comment